Your email was sent successfully. Check your inbox.

An error occurred while sending the email. Please try again.

Proceed reservation?

Export
Filter
  • 1985-1989  (117)
  • Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands  (117)
  • London : Palgrave Macmillan UK
  • Reinbek bei Hamburg : Rowohlt
  • Humanities.  (117)
Datasource
Material
Language
Years
Year
  • 1
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands | Dordrecht : Imprint: Springer
    ISBN: 9789401148467
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (vii, 127 p) , ill
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Introduction -- 2 History -- 3 Occurrence and isolation -- 4 Biological activities -- 5 Carbohydrate specificity -- 6 Molecular properties -- 7 Three dimensional structures -- 8 Biosynthesis -- 9 Applications -- 10 Lectin resistant cells -- 11 Functions in nature -- 12 Epilogue.
    Abstract: A characteristic property of most, or perhaps all, proteins is their ability to combine specifically and reversibly with various substances. Well known examples are enzymes that bind substrates and inhibitors, and antibodies that bind antigens. This book deals with lectins, a class of proteins that bind carbohydrates. Another characteristic property of lectins is that they agglutinate cells or precipitate polysaccharides and glycoproteins. This is because lectins are polyvalent, i.e. each lectin molecule has at least two carbohydrate binding sites to allow crosslinking between cells (by combining with sugars on their surfaces) or between sugar containing macromolecules. The agglutinating and precipitating activities of lectins are very similar to those of antibodies. They can likewise be specifically inhibited by low molecular weight compounds (haptens), which in the case of lectins are sugars or sugar containing compounds (Fig. 1.1). Not surprisingly, therefore, many of the methods used in lectin research are based on immunochemical techniques. Nevertheless, lectins are different from antibodies in several important aspects. Many lectins are found in plants, microorganisms and viruses, which do not synthesize immunoglobulins. In fact, they are found in almost all living organisms (Table 1.1) and are not confined to specific organs or tissues. Another marked difference between the two classes of compound is that antibodies are structurally similar, whereas lectins are structurally diverse. In general, lectins are oligomeric proteins composed of subunits, usually with one sugar binding site per subunit.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Introduction2 History -- 3 Occurrence and isolation -- 4 Biological activities -- 5 Carbohydrate specificity -- 6 Molecular properties -- 7 Three dimensional structures -- 8 Biosynthesis -- 9 Applications -- 10 Lectin resistant cells -- 11 Functions in nature -- 12 Epilogue.
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 2
    ISBN: 9789400911314
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: Use of modern NMR spectroscopy in plant cell wall research -- Near- and mid-infrared studies of the cell wall structure of cereal straw in relation to its rumen degradability -- An introduction to pyrolysis mass spectrometry of lignocellulosic material: case studies on barley straw, corn stem and Agropyron -- Cell wall autofluorescence -- Light microscopy and histology of lignocellulose related to biodegradation -- Electron microscopy as a method to evaluate structure and degradation of plant cell walls -- Some properties of cell wall layers determining ruminant digestion -- Identification and importance of polyphenolic compounds in crop residues -- 13C-NMR spectroscopy of lignins and lignocellulosic materials -- Lignin characterisation of wheat straw samples as determined by chemical degradation procedures -- Determination of phenolic compounds from lignocellulosic by-products by HPLC with electrochemical detector -- Electrochemical approaches to the oxidative degradation of lignins and lignocellulosic materials -- Methods for the evaluation of lignin properties suitable for conversion -- Comparison of chemical and biological methods for predicting feed intakes and animal performance -- Recommendations -- List of Participants.
    Abstract: The workshop reported in this volume is one of a series sponsored by the Commission of the European Communities, Directorate-General for Science, Research and Development (DG XII), under the Concerted Action Programme COST 84-bis, entitled "Use of lignocellulose containing by-products and other plant residues for animal feeding". Since COST 84-bis was established there has been a major shift of emphasis in agricultural research in Europe, with the development of alternative uses for crops and their by-products becoming a priority issue. In recognition of this recent workshops he,ld under the aegis of COST 84-bis have been equally concerned with the potential of lignocellulosic residues to form the feedstock for a variety of new and established industrial uses in addition to their established use as animal feed. Development of strategies for the use of plants or plant residues with a high cell wall content is dependant on knowledge of cell wall structure and organisation and how structure relates to the behaviour of the wall during mechanical, chemical or biological processing. Progress in cell wall research has been greatly facilitated by the substantial developments in methods of instrumental analysis that have occurred during the last decade. Plant tissues now can be examined in far greater detail and far more rapidly than was hitherto possible, often without the need for extraction or modification of the cell wall or its component polymers.
    Description / Table of Contents: Use of modern NMR spectroscopy in plant cell wall researchNear- and mid-infrared studies of the cell wall structure of cereal straw in relation to its rumen degradability -- An introduction to pyrolysis mass spectrometry of lignocellulosic material: case studies on barley straw, corn stem and Agropyron -- Cell wall autofluorescence -- Light microscopy and histology of lignocellulose related to biodegradation -- Electron microscopy as a method to evaluate structure and degradation of plant cell walls -- Some properties of cell wall layers determining ruminant digestion -- Identification and importance of polyphenolic compounds in crop residues -- 13C-NMR spectroscopy of lignins and lignocellulosic materials -- Lignin characterisation of wheat straw samples as determined by chemical degradation procedures -- Determination of phenolic compounds from lignocellulosic by-products by HPLC with electrochemical detector -- Electrochemical approaches to the oxidative degradation of lignins and lignocellulosic materials -- Methods for the evaluation of lignin properties suitable for conversion -- Comparison of chemical and biological methods for predicting feed intakes and animal performance -- Recommendations -- List of Participants.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 3
    ISBN: 9789400911413
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1: Measurement -- Integrated fermentor sampling and analysis -- Measurement of biological reaction rates using advanced pH control systems -- Morphological measurements on filamentous microorganisms by image analysis -- Reconciliation of measurement data in fermentation using on-line expert system -- Glucose biosensors for the study and control of bakers compressed yeast production -- Computer controlled system for on-line monitoring of a fermentation process -- 2: Modelling I -- Structured modelling of bioreactor systems -- Mathematical simulation of anaerobic stratified biofilm processes -- A new approach for development of structured growth models -- Modelling secondary metabolite production — case pleuromulin -- Modelling of kinetics, mass transfer and mixing phenomena in 45, 450 and 4500 L tank fermenters -- A software tool for fermentation modelling -- Hydrodynamic and kinetic modelling of a flocculating bioreactor with cell recycle -- Modelling and simulation of naphthalene to salicylic acid fermentation process -- 3: Modelling II — System Identification, Parmeter and State Estimation -- An introduction to system identification, parameter and state estimation -- Expert system approach to recognize the state of fermentation and to diagnose faults in bioreactors -- Toward a systematic method for the generalization of fermentation data -- Adaptive inferential estimation and its application to biomass control -- Experimental validation of a methodology for on-line state estimation in bioreactors -- Optimal feeding strategy for identification of Monod-type models by fed-batch experiments -- Identification of a simulated continuous yeast fermentation -- Structured modelling and parameter identification of budding yeast populations -- Parameter estimation of kinetics and modelling in methanogenic fermentation of Methanosarcina barkeri -- On-line estimation of cell mass using an extended Kalman filter -- Observability by pH in bioprocesses -- 4: Control I -- Process controlled temperature induction during batch fermentations for recombinant DNA products -- Application of an expert system to the operation and control of industrial antibiotic fermentation process -- IBE fermentation control -- Improvement of the penicillin production in bench-scale reactors by on-line measurement, data evaluation and parameter-adaptive control -- On-line parameter identification and computer control of an anaerobic waste water treatment process -- On experiences with expert systems in the control of bioreactors -- Intelligent purification of monoclonal antibodies -- 5: Control II -- A fed-batch process for pullulanase production -- A new approach for the control of baker’s yeast fed-batch fermentation -- Lyapunov design of convergent adaptive controllers for a class of multilinear systems arising from biotechnological applications -- A new nonlinear adaptive approach to automatic control of bioprocesses -- Adaptive algorithm for estimation and control of fed-batch bioprocesses -- Modelling and control of polygalacturonase production from Kluyveromyces marxianus -- Nonlinear estimation and adaptive control of a fed-batch fermentor -- Sensitivity analysis in static optimization of fermentation plants -- Maximum production of glutathione in fed-batch culture of Saccharomyces cerevisiae -- 6: Data Management -- Management of process control data for bio-process analysis -- Data handling for fermentation development — an industrial approach -- On-line monitoring of the response of a fermentation process to nutrient additions -- A modelling approach to trouble diagnosis by multilevel fuzzy functions and its application -- Model based optimization of a SCP fermentation process -- Adaptive monitoring of bioreactor contamination -- PC-based on-line estimation of derived variables -- The use of carbon dioxide evolution rate in consistency checking other fermenter sensor outputs -- Using the downhill Simplex method to fit complex rate equations to data -- Fermentation fault diagnosis using analytical redundancy -- Author Index.
    Abstract: Richard Fox Chairman, Scientific Programme Committee Between 25th and 29th September, 1988, 243 people who either apply or research the use of computers in fermentation gathered together at Robinson College, Cambridge, UK. They came from 30 countries. The conference brought together two traditions. Firstly, it continued the series on Computer Applications in Fermentation Technology (ICCAFT) inaugurated by Henri Blanchere in Dijon in 1973 and carried forward in Philadelphia and Manchester. Secondly, it brought the expertise of the many members of the International Federation of Automatic Control (IFAC), who focused their attention on biotechnology at Noordwijkerhout in the Netherlands in December, 1985. I am happy to say that the tradition carries on and a successor meeting will hopefully take place in the USA in 1991. If you find these proceedings useful or stimulating, then we hope to see you there. We set out to make ICCAFT4 a close-knit friendly conference. We housed all who cared to in Robinson College itself and organised no parallel sessions. Because we, the organisers, experience difficulty with the jargon of our colleagues from other disciplines, we asked Bruce Beck to present a breakfast tutorial on modern control and modelling techniques, and we set up informal panel discussions after dinner on two evenings. Neville Fish chaired a forum on the microbiological principles behind models, while Professors Derek Linkens and Ron Leigh led a discussion on expert systems in control.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1: MeasurementIntegrated fermentor sampling and analysis -- Measurement of biological reaction rates using advanced pH control systems -- Morphological measurements on filamentous microorganisms by image analysis -- Reconciliation of measurement data in fermentation using on-line expert system -- Glucose biosensors for the study and control of bakers compressed yeast production -- Computer controlled system for on-line monitoring of a fermentation process -- 2: Modelling I -- Structured modelling of bioreactor systems -- Mathematical simulation of anaerobic stratified biofilm processes -- A new approach for development of structured growth models -- Modelling secondary metabolite production - case pleuromulin -- Modelling of kinetics, mass transfer and mixing phenomena in 45, 450 and 4500 L tank fermenters -- A software tool for fermentation modelling -- Hydrodynamic and kinetic modelling of a flocculating bioreactor with cell recycle -- Modelling and simulation of naphthalene to salicylic acid fermentation process -- 3: Modelling II - System Identification, Parmeter and State Estimation -- An introduction to system identification, parameter and state estimation -- Expert system approach to recognize the state of fermentation and to diagnose faults in bioreactors -- Toward a systematic method for the generalization of fermentation data -- Adaptive inferential estimation and its application to biomass control -- Experimental validation of a methodology for on-line state estimation in bioreactors -- Optimal feeding strategy for identification of Monod-type models by fed-batch experiments -- Identification of a simulated continuous yeast fermentation -- Structured modelling and parameter identification of budding yeast populations -- Parameter estimation of kinetics and modelling in methanogenic fermentation of Methanosarcina barkeri -- On-line estimation of cell mass using an extended Kalman filter -- Observability by pH in bioprocesses -- 4: Control I -- Process controlled temperature induction during batch fermentations for recombinant DNA products -- Application of an expert system to the operation and control of industrial antibiotic fermentation process -- IBE fermentation control -- Improvement of the penicillin production in bench-scale reactors by on-line measurement, data evaluation and parameter-adaptive control -- On-line parameter identification and computer control of an anaerobic waste water treatment process -- On experiences with expert systems in the control of bioreactors -- Intelligent purification of monoclonal antibodies -- 5: Control II -- A fed-batch process for pullulanase production -- A new approach for the control of baker’s yeast fed-batch fermentation -- Lyapunov design of convergent adaptive controllers for a class of multilinear systems arising from biotechnological applications -- A new nonlinear adaptive approach to automatic control of bioprocesses -- Adaptive algorithm for estimation and control of fed-batch bioprocesses -- Modelling and control of polygalacturonase production from Kluyveromyces marxianus -- Nonlinear estimation and adaptive control of a fed-batch fermentor -- Sensitivity analysis in static optimization of fermentation plants -- Maximum production of glutathione in fed-batch culture of Saccharomyces cerevisiae -- 6: Data Management -- Management of process control data for bio-process analysis -- Data handling for fermentation development - an industrial approach -- On-line monitoring of the response of a fermentation process to nutrient additions -- A modelling approach to trouble diagnosis by multilevel fuzzy functions and its application -- Model based optimization of a SCP fermentation process -- Adaptive monitoring of bioreactor contamination -- PC-based on-line estimation of derived variables -- The use of carbon dioxide evolution rate in consistency checking other fermenter sensor outputs -- Using the downhill Simplex method to fit complex rate equations to data -- Fermentation fault diagnosis using analytical redundancy -- Author Index.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 4
    ISBN: 9789401164054
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Retail trade. ; Computer science. ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Overview of retailing: the future -- 2 Direct product profitability -- 3 Towards an integrated retail management information system -- 4 Planning profitable strategies -- 5 Simulating the retail environment for planning, assessment and training -- Problems Specifically of the Small and Medium Retailer -- 6 A decision support system for medium sized retailers using low cost local area networks -- 7 Technology for the small independent grocer -- Electronic Point of Sales -- 8 Retailing is communicating -- 9 Using point of sales -- 10 Technology for the independent retailer -- 11 Hand held systems in the retail industry -- Specialised Aspects of Retailing -- 12 Lessons for the future from out of the past -- 13 Design and implementation of forecasting and inventory control in the retail industry -- 14 Utilising private data networks to manage -- 15 Enhancing retail profitability using computer-aided design -- 16 Advertising tracking for retailers -- 17 Intreractive media — gimmick or real productivity tool? -- The Future — Land of Promise? -- 18 Making EFTPoS work -- 19 Smart cards in retailing -- 20 EFTPoS the consumer viewpoint.
    Abstract: Retailing today is one of the largest, most buoyant and most competitive market sectors. The large, medium and small retailers, providers of systems are the major players in this market. The exploitation of information technology and the use of quantitative corporate models are emerging as key factors in determining the strength and effectiveness of marketing plans and support logistics. Many major retailers have developed considerable in-house expertise in this area and many hard­ ware manufacturers and systems houses have created special divisions to provide turn-key installations, products and services in order to exploit these opportunities. However, in the research leading up to the seminar on which this book is based, a number of important gaps in retailer useage of systems were noted. While many retailers, including the large multiples, had very sophisticated electronic point of sales devices, the information that was available was not being used to plan effective marketing and selling strategies, nor yet to plan for growth. In the medium and smaller companies there was still concern whether electronic point of sales were cost effective for them or whether being without such aids put them at a grave disadvantage vis-a-vis their larger competitors.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Overview of retailing: the future2 Direct product profitability -- 3 Towards an integrated retail management information system -- 4 Planning profitable strategies -- 5 Simulating the retail environment for planning, assessment and training -- Problems Specifically of the Small and Medium Retailer -- 6 A decision support system for medium sized retailers using low cost local area networks -- 7 Technology for the small independent grocer -- Electronic Point of Sales -- 8 Retailing is communicating -- 9 Using point of sales -- 10 Technology for the independent retailer -- 11 Hand held systems in the retail industry -- Specialised Aspects of Retailing -- 12 Lessons for the future from out of the past -- 13 Design and implementation of forecasting and inventory control in the retail industry -- 14 Utilising private data networks to manage -- 15 Enhancing retail profitability using computer-aided design -- 16 Advertising tracking for retailers -- 17 Intreractive media - gimmick or real productivity tool? -- The Future - Land of Promise? -- 18 Making EFTPoS work -- 19 Smart cards in retailing -- 20 EFTPoS the consumer viewpoint.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 5
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400908253
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Fourth Edition
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 The Development of Antimicrobial Agents, Past, Present and Future -- The social and economic importance of antimicrobial agents -- An outline of the historical development of antimicrobial agents and of chemotherapeutic theories -- Reasons for studying the biochemistry of antimicrobial compounds -- Development of biochemical knowledge of antimicrobial action -- Scope and layout of the present book -- 2 The Bacterial Cell Wall — A Vulnerable Shield -- Functions of the wall -- Wall structure -- Structure and biosynthesis of peptidoglycan -- Antibiotics that inhibit peptidoglycan biosynthesis -- 3 Antiseptics, Antibiotics and the Cell Membrane -- Microbe killers: antiseptics and disinfectants -- Polypeptide antibiotics -- Ionophoric antibiotics -- Polyene antibiotics -- An inhibitor of membrane phospholipid biosynthesis -- 4 Inhibitors of Nucleic Acid Synthesis -- Compounds affecting the biosynthesis of nucleotide precursors -- Inhibitors of nucleic acid synthesis at the polymerization level -- 5 Inhibitors of Protein Synthesis -- Ribosomes -- Stages in protein biosynthesis -- Puromycin -- Inhibitors of aminoacyl-tRNA formation -- Inhibitors of initiation-complex formation and tRNA—ribosome interaction -- Inhibitors of peptide bond formation and translocation -- Nucleic acid synthesis during inhibition of protein synthesis -- Effects of inhibitors of 70S ribosomes on eukaryotic cells -- 6 Antifungal, Antiprotozoal and Antiviral Agents -- Compounds used to treat protozoal diseases -- Compounds used to treat fungal diseases -- Compounds used to treat virus diseases -- 7 Penetrating the Defences: How Antimicrobial Agents Reach Their Targets -- Cellular permeability barriers to drug penetration -- Some examples of modes of penetration of antimicrobial agents -- The exploitation of transport systems in the design of new antimicrobial agents -- 8 Resistance to Antimicrobial Drugs -- The genetics of drug resistance -- Spread of drug resistance by gene transfer -- Biochemical mechanisms of drug resistance -- Bacterial tolerance -- Practical approaches to the control of drug resistance.
    Abstract: The rapid advances made in the study of the synthesis, structure and function of biological macromolecules in the last fifteen years have enabled scientists concerned with antimicrobial agents to achieve a considerable measure of understanding of how these substances inhibit cell growth and division. The use of antimicrobial agents as highly specific inhibitors has in turn substantially assisted the investigation of complex biochemical pro­ cesses. The literature in Ihis field is so extensive however, that we considered an attempt should be made to draw together in an introductory book the more significant studies of recent years. This book, which is in fact based on lec­ ture courses given by us to undergraduates at Liverpool and Manchester Universities, is therefore intended as an introduction 'to the biochemistry of antimicrobial action for advanced students in many disciplines. We hope that it may also be useful to established scientists who are new to this area of research. The book is concerned with a discussion of medically important antimicro­ bial compounds and also a number of agents that, although having no medical uses, have proved invaluable as research tools in biochemistry. Our aim has been to esent pr the available information in a simple and readable way, emphasizing the established facts rather than more controversial material. Whenever possible, however, we have indicated the gaps in the present knowledge of the subject where further information is required.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 The Development of Antimicrobial Agents, Past, Present and FutureThe social and economic importance of antimicrobial agents -- An outline of the historical development of antimicrobial agents and of chemotherapeutic theories -- Reasons for studying the biochemistry of antimicrobial compounds -- Development of biochemical knowledge of antimicrobial action -- Scope and layout of the present book -- 2 The Bacterial Cell Wall - A Vulnerable Shield -- Functions of the wall -- Wall structure -- Structure and biosynthesis of peptidoglycan -- Antibiotics that inhibit peptidoglycan biosynthesis -- 3 Antiseptics, Antibiotics and the Cell Membrane -- Microbe killers: antiseptics and disinfectants -- Polypeptide antibiotics -- Ionophoric antibiotics -- Polyene antibiotics -- An inhibitor of membrane phospholipid biosynthesis -- 4 Inhibitors of Nucleic Acid Synthesis -- Compounds affecting the biosynthesis of nucleotide precursors -- Inhibitors of nucleic acid synthesis at the polymerization level -- 5 Inhibitors of Protein Synthesis -- Ribosomes -- Stages in protein biosynthesis -- Puromycin -- Inhibitors of aminoacyl-tRNA formation -- Inhibitors of initiation-complex formation and tRNA-ribosome interaction -- Inhibitors of peptide bond formation and translocation -- Nucleic acid synthesis during inhibition of protein synthesis -- Effects of inhibitors of 70S ribosomes on eukaryotic cells -- 6 Antifungal, Antiprotozoal and Antiviral Agents -- Compounds used to treat protozoal diseases -- Compounds used to treat fungal diseases -- Compounds used to treat virus diseases -- 7 Penetrating the Defences: How Antimicrobial Agents Reach Their Targets -- Cellular permeability barriers to drug penetration -- Some examples of modes of penetration of antimicrobial agents -- The exploitation of transport systems in the design of new antimicrobial agents -- 8 Resistance to Antimicrobial Drugs -- The genetics of drug resistance -- Spread of drug resistance by gene transfer -- Biochemical mechanisms of drug resistance -- Bacterial tolerance -- Practical approaches to the control of drug resistance.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 6
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401179249
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Third Edition
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1: Cocoa and Chocolate -- 1. History and Development -- 2. Cocoa Processes -- 3. Cocoa Butter and Replacement Fats -- 4. Emulsifiers in Chocolate Confectionery Coatings and Cocoa -- 5. Chocolate Manufacture -- 6. Confectionery Coatings, Chocolate Replacers, Dietetic Compounds -- 7. Chocolate Bars and Covered Confectionery -- 2: Confectionery: Ingredients and Processes -- 8. Sugars, Glucose Syrups, and Other Sweeteners -- 9. Confectionery Fats -- 10. Milk and Milk Products -- 11. Egg Albumen and Other Aerating Agents -- 12. Gelatinizing Agents, Gums, Glazes, Waxes -- 13. Starches, Soya Flour, Soya Protein -- 14. Fruits, Preserved Fruits, Jam, Dried Fruit -- 15. Nuts -- 16. Chemical and Allied Substances Used in the Confectionery Industry -- 17. Colors for Use in Confectionery -- 18. Flavor and Flavoring Materials -- 19. Confectionery Processes and Formulations -- 3: General Technology -- 20. Science and Technology of Chocolate and Confectionery -- 21. Pest Control -- 22. Packaging in the Confectionery Industry -- 23. Quality Control -- 24. Food Value of Chocolate and Confectionery -- 25. Research and Development in the Confectionery Industry -- Appendix I. Special Methods of Analysis -- Appendix II. Resources.
    Abstract: The second edition of this book achieved worldwide recognition within the chocolate and confectionery industry. I was pressed to prepare the third edition to include modern developments in machinery, production, and packaging. This has been a formidable task and has taken longer than anticipated. Students still require, in one book, descriptions of the fundamental principles of the industry as well as an insight into modern methods. Therefore, parts of the previous edition describing basic technology have been retained, with minor alterations where necessary. With over fifty years' experience in the industry and the past eighteen years working as an author, lecturer, and consultant, I have collected a great deal of useful information. Visits to trade exhibitions and to manufacturers of raw materials and machinery in many parts of the world have been very valuable. Much research and reading have been necessary to prepare for teaching and lecturing at various colleges, seminars, and manufacturing establishments. The third edition is still mainly concerned with science, technology, and production. It is not a book of formulations, which are readily available elsewhere. Formulations without knowledge of principles lead to many errors, and recipes are given only where examples are necessary. _ Analytical methods are described only when they are not available in textbooks, of which there are many on standard methods of food analysis. Acknowledgments I am still indebted to many of the persons mentioned under "Acknowledgments" in the second edition. I am especially grateful to the following.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1: Cocoa and Chocolate1. History and Development -- 2. Cocoa Processes -- 3. Cocoa Butter and Replacement Fats -- 4. Emulsifiers in Chocolate Confectionery Coatings and Cocoa -- 5. Chocolate Manufacture -- 6. Confectionery Coatings, Chocolate Replacers, Dietetic Compounds -- 7. Chocolate Bars and Covered Confectionery -- 2: Confectionery: Ingredients and Processes -- 8. Sugars, Glucose Syrups, and Other Sweeteners -- 9. Confectionery Fats -- 10. Milk and Milk Products -- 11. Egg Albumen and Other Aerating Agents -- 12. Gelatinizing Agents, Gums, Glazes, Waxes -- 13. Starches, Soya Flour, Soya Protein -- 14. Fruits, Preserved Fruits, Jam, Dried Fruit -- 15. Nuts -- 16. Chemical and Allied Substances Used in the Confectionery Industry -- 17. Colors for Use in Confectionery -- 18. Flavor and Flavoring Materials -- 19. Confectionery Processes and Formulations -- 3: General Technology -- 20. Science and Technology of Chocolate and Confectionery -- 21. Pest Control -- 22. Packaging in the Confectionery Industry -- 23. Quality Control -- 24. Food Value of Chocolate and Confectionery -- 25. Research and Development in the Confectionery Industry -- Appendix I. Special Methods of Analysis -- Appendix II. Resources.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 7
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401170031
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1. Introduction To Standards and Specifications -- 2. Understanding Blueprints -- 3. Processes And Tolerances -- 4. Artwork Inspection -- 5. Planning: Multilayer And Double Sided Printed Circuits -- 6. Planning Flex And Rigid-Flex Jobs -- 7. Aspects Of Quality Assurance -- A. MIL-STD-275E: Printed Wiring for Electronic Equipment -- B. IPC-D-300G: Printed Board Dimensions and Tolerances -- C. MIL-P-55110D: General Specification for Printed Wiring Boards -- D. IPC-A-600C: Guidelines for Acceptability of Printed Boards -- E. MIL-P-13949F: Plastic Sheet, Laminated, Metal Clad (For Printed Wiring Boards) -- F. MIL-STD-2118: Design Requirements for Flex and Rigid-Flex Printed Wiring for Electronic Equipment.
    Abstract: I would like to present some definitions which will be helpful in understanding the purpose of this book. From The American Heritage Dictionary of the En­ glish Language: Engineer 1. A person who skillfully or shrewdly manages an enterprise. 2. To plan, construct, and manage, as an engineer. 3. To plan, manage, and put through by skillful acts, or contrivance. Engineering 1. The application of scientific principles to practical ends as the design, con­ struction, and operation of efficient and economical structures, equipment and systems. 2. The profession of, or work performed by an engineer. Some words encountered in the definitions of engineer and engineering are Skillfully, Plan, and Manage. This book is concerned with engineering the man­ ufacture of printed circuit boards, and is dedicated to those people engaged in designing, planning, manufacturing, and achieving quality assurance in printed circuits. In The Handbook of Printed Circuit Manufacturing (Van Nostrand Reinhold, 1985), I presented detailed practical and theoretical information on the opera­ tions involved in manufacturing printed circuits. It is possible to perform each operation in an optimum fashion, and still leave room for improvement. Much of that room for improvement requires the skillful application of scientific prin­ ciples, planning, and management. It is the goal of this book to provide a sound background in industry standards and specifications, blueprint comprehension, artwork inspection, processes and tolerances, planning and quality assurance.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. Introduction To Standards and Specifications2. Understanding Blueprints -- 3. Processes And Tolerances -- 4. Artwork Inspection -- 5. Planning: Multilayer And Double Sided Printed Circuits -- 6. Planning Flex And Rigid-Flex Jobs -- 7. Aspects Of Quality Assurance -- A. MIL-STD-275E: Printed Wiring for Electronic Equipment -- B. IPC-D-300G: Printed Board Dimensions and Tolerances -- C. MIL-P-55110D: General Specification for Printed Wiring Boards -- D. IPC-A-600C: Guidelines for Acceptability of Printed Boards -- E. MIL-P-13949F: Plastic Sheet, Laminated, Metal Clad (For Printed Wiring Boards) -- F. MIL-STD-2118: Design Requirements for Flex and Rigid-Flex Printed Wiring for Electronic Equipment.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 8
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401170352
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Optical Fiber Waveguides -- 1. Transmission Properties of Optical Fibers -- 2. Measurement and Characterization of Optical Fibers -- 3. Advanced Single-Mode Fiber Designs for Lightwave Systems Applications -- 4. Polarization-Maintaining Optical Fibers -- 5. Transmission Limitations in Fibers due to Nonlinear Optical Effects -- 2 Fiber-Joining Technology and Passive Optical Components -- 6. Optical Fiber Connectors, Splices, and Jointing Technology -- 7. Passive Components for Optical Coupling and WDM Applications -- 3 Semiconductor Laser Sources and Photodetectors -- 8. Basic Physics of Semiconductor Lasers -- 9. Fabrication and Characterization of Semiconductor Lasers -- 10. Transverse Mode Control in Semiconductor Lasers -- 11. Longitudinal Mode Control in Laser Diodes -- 12. Modulation Properties of Semiconductor Lasers -- 13. High-Power Semiconductor Lasers -- 14. Photodetectors for Long-Wavelength Lightwave Systems -- 4 Optical Transmitters and Receivers -- 15. Semiconductor Laser Transmitters -- 16. Optical Receivers -- 5 Applications of Optoelectronics in Lightwave Systems -- 17. Optical Communications: Single-Mode Optical Fiber Transmission Systems -- 18. Optical Fiber Communication Systems: Local Area Networks -- 19. Future Applications of Optical Fiber Networks -- 20. Free-Space Optical Communication Systems -- 21. Optical Fiber Sensor Technology -- 22. Optoelectronic Information Processing: Laser Bar Code and Laser Printer Systems -- 6 Future Optoelectronic Technology and Transmission Systems -- 23. Optoelectronic Integrated Circuits -- 24. Coherent Optical Fiber Communication Systems—The Promise for the Future -- 7 Impacts on the Information Society -- 25. The Impact of Optoelectronics Technology on the Information Society.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Optical Fiber Waveguides1. Transmission Properties of Optical Fibers -- 2. Measurement and Characterization of Optical Fibers -- 3. Advanced Single-Mode Fiber Designs for Lightwave Systems Applications -- 4. Polarization-Maintaining Optical Fibers -- 5. Transmission Limitations in Fibers due to Nonlinear Optical Effects -- 2 Fiber-Joining Technology and Passive Optical Components -- 6. Optical Fiber Connectors, Splices, and Jointing Technology -- 7. Passive Components for Optical Coupling and WDM Applications -- 3 Semiconductor Laser Sources and Photodetectors -- 8. Basic Physics of Semiconductor Lasers -- 9. Fabrication and Characterization of Semiconductor Lasers -- 10. Transverse Mode Control in Semiconductor Lasers -- 11. Longitudinal Mode Control in Laser Diodes -- 12. Modulation Properties of Semiconductor Lasers -- 13. High-Power Semiconductor Lasers -- 14. Photodetectors for Long-Wavelength Lightwave Systems -- 4 Optical Transmitters and Receivers -- 15. Semiconductor Laser Transmitters -- 16. Optical Receivers -- 5 Applications of Optoelectronics in Lightwave Systems -- 17. Optical Communications: Single-Mode Optical Fiber Transmission Systems -- 18. Optical Fiber Communication Systems: Local Area Networks -- 19. Future Applications of Optical Fiber Networks -- 20. Free-Space Optical Communication Systems -- 21. Optical Fiber Sensor Technology -- 22. Optoelectronic Information Processing: Laser Bar Code and Laser Printer Systems -- 6 Future Optoelectronic Technology and Transmission Systems -- 23. Optoelectronic Integrated Circuits -- 24. Coherent Optical Fiber Communication Systems-The Promise for the Future -- 7 Impacts on the Information Society -- 25. The Impact of Optoelectronics Technology on the Information Society.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 9
    ISBN: 9789401174633
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: One Getting to Know Gems -- 1 Becoming Intimate with Gems -- 2 Factors of Importance—an Overview -- Two Diamonds -- 3 The Magic of Diamonds -- 4 The Importance of Cut and Proportion -- 5 Body Color -- 6 The Effect of Flaws -- 7 Weight -- 8 How to Spot a Fraud -- 9 Bait or Flamboyant Advertising -- 10 What to Ask When Buying a Diamond -- Three Colored Gemstones -- 11 The Mystery and Magic of Colored Gems -- 12 Determining Value in Colored Gems -- 13 Fraud and Misrepresentation in Colored Gems -- 14 Buying Colored Gems -- 15 Precious Gemstones -- 16 Other Colored Gems -- Four Important Advice Before you buy -- 17 How to Select a Reputable Jeweler -- 18 How to Select a Reputable Gemologist-Appraiser -- 19 A Word About Investment -- Sources for Additional Information -- A Selected List of Gem-Identification Laboratories -- National Jewelry Associations -- State Jewelers’ Associations -- Selected Readings.
    Abstract: to this edition In working with my own clients to acquire gemstones and jewelry since this book was first published in 1984, they have pointed out that most people buy "jewelry" and not "gemstones." Because the book offers so much practical advice and money-saving tips about buying jewelry, they urged me to change the title. So, in this edition The Complete Guide to Buying Gems has been changed to Jewelry & Gems: The Buying Guide. Consumer and professional response to the book has been very gratifying. Almost 14,000 hardcover copies are in circulation. We have received hundreds of letters, phone calls and in-person comments about the helpfulness and interesting information it provides. We thank you for encouraging us to make the book more widely available by bringing out this softcover edition. We have taken the opportunity of this softcover edition to update the price guides for diamonds and colored gemstones and, in light of the increase in both the popularity and price of pearls, to add a price guide for them in the "Guide to Popular Gems and Their Prices." Also, we want to take this opportunity to comment further on gem invest­ ment, taking into account major developments since the original manuscript was written in 1980.
    Description / Table of Contents: One Getting to Know Gems1 Becoming Intimate with Gems -- 2 Factors of Importance-an Overview -- Two Diamonds -- 3 The Magic of Diamonds -- 4 The Importance of Cut and Proportion -- 5 Body Color -- 6 The Effect of Flaws -- 7 Weight -- 8 How to Spot a Fraud -- 9 Bait or Flamboyant Advertising -- 10 What to Ask When Buying a Diamond -- Three Colored Gemstones -- 11 The Mystery and Magic of Colored Gems -- 12 Determining Value in Colored Gems -- 13 Fraud and Misrepresentation in Colored Gems -- 14 Buying Colored Gems -- 15 Precious Gemstones -- 16 Other Colored Gems -- Four Important Advice Before you buy -- 17 How to Select a Reputable Jeweler -- 18 How to Select a Reputable Gemologist-Appraiser -- 19 A Word About Investment -- Sources for Additional Information -- A Selected List of Gem-Identification Laboratories -- National Jewelry Associations -- State Jewelers’ Associations -- Selected Readings.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 10
    ISBN: 9789401197021
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1. Recent Trends in the Wool Industry and Some Long-Term Policy Issues -- Structure and Function of the Hair Follicle -- 2. Morphogenesis of the Hair Follicle during the Ontogeny of Human Skin -- 3. Specific Keratins and their Associated Proteins as Markers for Hair Follicle Differentiation -- 4. The Dermal Papilla and Maintenance of Hair Growth -- 5. Special Biochemical Features of the Hair Follicle -- Keratin Proteins -- 6. Intermediate Filaments: Problems and Perspectives -- 7. Intermediate Filament Associated Protein of Epidermis -- 8. Variations in the Proteins of Wool and Hair -- 9. Protein Chains in Wool and Epidermal Keratin IF: Structural Features and Spatial Arrangement -- 10. Amino Acid Sequences of Wool Keratin IF Proteins -- 11. Structural Features of Keratin Intermediate Filaments -- Physiological Factors and Hair Growth -- 12. Factors Influencing Cellular Events in the Wool Follicle -- 13. The Influence of Absorbed Nutrients on Wool Growth -- 14. The Scope for Manipulation of Fermentative Digestion in the Rumen to Improve Ruminant Production -- 15. The Effect of the Drug Minoxidil on Hair Growth -- Aberrations of Hair Growth -- 16. Variations in Wool Follicle Morphology -- 17. Follicular Malfunctions and Resultant Effects on Wool Fibres -- 18. Effect of Mutations on the Proteins of Wool and Hair -- 19. Genetic Diseases, Hair Structure and Elemental Content -- Keratin Genes -- 20. The Differential Expression of Keratin Genes in Human Epidermal Cells -- 21. Sequential Changes in Gene Expression during Epidermal Differentiation -- 22. Keratin Gene Expression in Wool Fibre Development -- 23. Evolutionary Trees of Intermediate Filament Proteins -- Growth and Differentiation -- 24. Growth Factors, Cell-Cell and Cell-Matrix Interactions in Skin during Follicle Development and Growth -- 25. The Reaction-Diffusion System as a Spatial Organizer during Initiation and Development of Hair Follicles and Formation of the Fibre -- 26. The Cultured Murine Epidermal Keratinocyte and Studies of Differentiation -- 27. Cross-Linked Envelopes: Keratinocyte Transglutaminase -- 28. Desmosomal Proteins and Cytokeratins in the Hair Follicle -- Prospects for the Future -- 29. Genetic Engineering of Rumen Bacteria -- 30. Engineering Ruminai Flora for Improved Protein Quality -- 31. Potential of Transgenic Plants for Improved Amino Acid Supply for Wool Growth -- 32. Isolation of Microbial Genes for Cysteine Synthesis and Prospects for their Use in Increasing Wool Growth -- 33. The Creation of Transgenic Sheep for Increased Wool Productivity -- 34. Efficient Creation of Transgenic Sheep: The Challenge for the Cell Biologist -- 35. Priorities for Production Research -- 36. Future Problems in Wool Structure and Textile Research.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. Recent Trends in the Wool Industry and Some Long-Term Policy IssuesStructure and Function of the Hair Follicle -- 2. Morphogenesis of the Hair Follicle during the Ontogeny of Human Skin -- 3. Specific Keratins and their Associated Proteins as Markers for Hair Follicle Differentiation -- 4. The Dermal Papilla and Maintenance of Hair Growth -- 5. Special Biochemical Features of the Hair Follicle -- Keratin Proteins -- 6. Intermediate Filaments: Problems and Perspectives -- 7. Intermediate Filament Associated Protein of Epidermis -- 8. Variations in the Proteins of Wool and Hair -- 9. Protein Chains in Wool and Epidermal Keratin IF: Structural Features and Spatial Arrangement -- 10. Amino Acid Sequences of Wool Keratin IF Proteins -- 11. Structural Features of Keratin Intermediate Filaments -- Physiological Factors and Hair Growth -- 12. Factors Influencing Cellular Events in the Wool Follicle -- 13. The Influence of Absorbed Nutrients on Wool Growth -- 14. The Scope for Manipulation of Fermentative Digestion in the Rumen to Improve Ruminant Production -- 15. The Effect of the Drug Minoxidil on Hair Growth -- Aberrations of Hair Growth -- 16. Variations in Wool Follicle Morphology -- 17. Follicular Malfunctions and Resultant Effects on Wool Fibres -- 18. Effect of Mutations on the Proteins of Wool and Hair -- 19. Genetic Diseases, Hair Structure and Elemental Content -- Keratin Genes -- 20. The Differential Expression of Keratin Genes in Human Epidermal Cells -- 21. Sequential Changes in Gene Expression during Epidermal Differentiation -- 22. Keratin Gene Expression in Wool Fibre Development -- 23. Evolutionary Trees of Intermediate Filament Proteins -- Growth and Differentiation -- 24. Growth Factors, Cell-Cell and Cell-Matrix Interactions in Skin during Follicle Development and Growth -- 25. The Reaction-Diffusion System as a Spatial Organizer during Initiation and Development of Hair Follicles and Formation of the Fibre -- 26. The Cultured Murine Epidermal Keratinocyte and Studies of Differentiation -- 27. Cross-Linked Envelopes: Keratinocyte Transglutaminase -- 28. Desmosomal Proteins and Cytokeratins in the Hair Follicle -- Prospects for the Future -- 29. Genetic Engineering of Rumen Bacteria -- 30. Engineering Ruminai Flora for Improved Protein Quality -- 31. Potential of Transgenic Plants for Improved Amino Acid Supply for Wool Growth -- 32. Isolation of Microbial Genes for Cysteine Synthesis and Prospects for their Use in Increasing Wool Growth -- 33. The Creation of Transgenic Sheep for Increased Wool Productivity -- 34. Efficient Creation of Transgenic Sheep: The Challenge for the Cell Biologist -- 35. Priorities for Production Research -- 36. Future Problems in Wool Structure and Textile Research.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 11
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400912236
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Introducing nonparametric methods -- 1.1 Basic statistics -- 1.2 Hypothesis tests -- 1.3 Estimation -- 1.4 Samples and populations -- 1.5 Further reading -- 1.6 Computers and nonparametric methods -- Exercises -- 2 Location estimates for single samples -- 2.1 The sign test -- 2.2 Inferences about medians based on ranks -- 2.3 Other location estimators -- 2.4 Fields of application -- Exercises -- 3 Distribution tests and rank transformations for single samples -- 3.1 Matching samples to distributions -- 3.2 Robustness -- 3.3 Transformations of ranks -- 3.4 Practical implications of efficiency -- 3.5 Modified assumptions -- 3.6 Fields of application -- Exercises -- 4 Methods for paired samples -- 4.1 Comparisons in pairs -- 4.2 A less obvious use of the sign test -- 4.3 Fields of application -- Exercises -- 5 Tests and estimation for two independent samples -- 5.1 Location tests and estimates -- 5.2 Wilcoxon—Mann—Whitney confidence intervals -- 5.3 Tests on functions of ranks -- 5.4 Tests for equality of variance -- 5.5 A test for a common distribution -- 5.6 Fields of application -- Exercises -- 6 Three or more samples -- 6.1 Possible extensions -- 6.2 Location tests for independent samples -- 6.3 Tests for heterogeneity of variance for independent samples -- 6.4 Further tests for several independent samples -- 6.5 Location comparisons for related samples -- 6.6 Fields of application -- Exercises -- 7 Bivariate and multivariate data -- 7.1 Correlation in bivariate data -- 7.2 Nonparametric bivariate linear regression -- 7.3 Monotonie regression -- 7.4 Multivariate data -- 7.5 Fields of application -- Exercises -- 8 Counts and categories -- 8.1 Categorical data -- 8.2 Tests for independence in two-way tables -- 8.3 The log-linear model -- 8.4 Goodness of fit tests for discrete data -- 8.5 Fields of application -- Exercises -- 9 Robustness, jackknives and bootstraps -- 9.1 The computer and robustness -- 9.2 Jackknives and bootstraps -- 9.3 Fields of application -- Exercises -- 10 Looking ahead -- 10.1 Nonparametric methods in a wider context -- 10.2 Developments from basic techniques -- 10.3 More sophisticated developments -- 10.4 The Bayesian approach -- A1 Random variables -- A2 Permutations and combinations -- A6 Least squares regression -- A7 Data sets -- A8 Tables of critical values for nonparametric methods -- References -- Solutions to odd-numbered exercises.
    Abstract: This book is a practical introduction to statistical techniques called nonpara­ metric methods. Using examples, we explain assumptions and demonstrate procedures; theory is kept to a minimum. We show how basic problems are tackled and try to clear up common misapprehensions so as to help both students of statistics meeting the methods for the first time and workers in other fields faced with data needing simple but informative analysis. An analogy between experimenters and car drivers describes our aim. Statistical analyses may be done by following a set of rules without understanding their logical basis, but this has dangers. It is like driving a car with no inkling ofhow the internal combustion engine, the gears, the ignition system, the brakes actually work. Understanding the rudiments helps one get better performance and makesdrivingsafer;appropriate gearchanges become a way to reduce engine stress, prolong engine life, improve fuel economy, minimize wear on brake linings. Knowing how to change the engine oil or replace worn sparking plugs is notessential for adriver, but it will reduce costs. Learning such basics will not make one a fully fledged mechanic, even less an automotive engineer; but it all contributes to more economical and safer driving, alertingone to the dangers ofbald tyres, aleakingexhaust, worn brake linings.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Introducing nonparametric methods1.1 Basic statistics -- 1.2 Hypothesis tests -- 1.3 Estimation -- 1.4 Samples and populations -- 1.5 Further reading -- 1.6 Computers and nonparametric methods -- Exercises -- 2 Location estimates for single samples -- 2.1 The sign test -- 2.2 Inferences about medians based on ranks -- 2.3 Other location estimators -- 2.4 Fields of application -- Exercises -- 3 Distribution tests and rank transformations for single samples -- 3.1 Matching samples to distributions -- 3.2 Robustness -- 3.3 Transformations of ranks -- 3.4 Practical implications of efficiency -- 3.5 Modified assumptions -- 3.6 Fields of application -- Exercises -- 4 Methods for paired samples -- 4.1 Comparisons in pairs -- 4.2 A less obvious use of the sign test -- 4.3 Fields of application -- Exercises -- 5 Tests and estimation for two independent samples -- 5.1 Location tests and estimates -- 5.2 Wilcoxon-Mann-Whitney confidence intervals -- 5.3 Tests on functions of ranks -- 5.4 Tests for equality of variance -- 5.5 A test for a common distribution -- 5.6 Fields of application -- Exercises -- 6 Three or more samples -- 6.1 Possible extensions -- 6.2 Location tests for independent samples -- 6.3 Tests for heterogeneity of variance for independent samples -- 6.4 Further tests for several independent samples -- 6.5 Location comparisons for related samples -- 6.6 Fields of application -- Exercises -- 7 Bivariate and multivariate data -- 7.1 Correlation in bivariate data -- 7.2 Nonparametric bivariate linear regression -- 7.3 Monotonie regression -- 7.4 Multivariate data -- 7.5 Fields of application -- Exercises -- 8 Counts and categories -- 8.1 Categorical data -- 8.2 Tests for independence in two-way tables -- 8.3 The log-linear model -- 8.4 Goodness of fit tests for discrete data -- 8.5 Fields of application -- Exercises -- 9 Robustness, jackknives and bootstraps -- 9.1 The computer and robustness -- 9.2 Jackknives and bootstraps -- 9.3 Fields of application -- Exercises -- 10 Looking ahead -- 10.1 Nonparametric methods in a wider context -- 10.2 Developments from basic techniques -- 10.3 More sophisticated developments -- 10.4 The Bayesian approach -- A1 Random variables -- A2 Permutations and combinations -- A6 Least squares regression -- A7 Data sets -- A8 Tables of critical values for nonparametric methods -- References -- Solutions to odd-numbered exercises.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 12
    ISBN: 9789400908338
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VIII, 180 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Ascris suum: a useful model for anerobic mitochondrial metabolism and the transition in aerobic-anaerobic developing parasitic helminths -- 2 The role of 5-hydroxytryptamine (5-HT: serotonin) in glucose transport, intermediary carbohydrate metabolism and helminth neurobiology -- 3 What are the functions of the catecholamines and 5-hydroxytryptamine in the parasitic nematodes? -- 4 The physiological significance of Complex II (succinate-ubiquinone reductase) in respiratory adaptation -- 5 Oxygen and the lower Metazoa -- 6 How do parasitic helminths use and survive oxygen and oxygen metabolites? -- 7 Carbohydrate and energy metabolism in adult schistosomes: a reappraisal -- 8 Using carbon-13 Nuclear Magnetic Resonance spectroscopy to study helminth metabolism -- 9 Detoxification reactions in parasitic helminths -- 10 Parasite transport and inactivation functions involved in antiparasitic efficacy -- 11 The molecular biology of drug resistance in parasitic helminths -- 12 Comparative biochemistry of parasites and its role in drug resistance—an investigation of species differences in tubulin -- 13 Systemic effects of helminth infections as revealed by serum LDH isozymes and kinetic parameters of transport (Vmax and K1) of the host tissue -- Helminth index.
    Abstract: When Professor John Sprent first suggested, in 1982, that the Australian Society for Parasitology should bid for the opportunity to mount the Sixth International Congress of Parasitology, the immediate reaction was one of disbelief. However, in the two years or so before ICOPA 5, in Toronto, he used his considerable powers to the utmost and spent himself unstintingly in persuading Australian parasitologists to put together a bid. The Society inevitably agreed, for it is difficult to prevent such a determined and eminent man from getting his own way! A case for an Australian venue was prepared and, as President, I was charged with the task of convincing the delegates in Toronto that Australia was worth going all the way to see. The events of that meeting are now far in the past; suffice to say that, in the end, Australia won by the narrowest of margins, largely due to the energy of my inventive colleagues who put the case for Australia at every possible and improbable moment. I do not remember a great deal about the scientific aspects of ICOPA 5. I was far too preoccupied with an awful spectre, that of telling John Sprent that I had failed, to pay attention to much other than lobbying for votes. I do remember, however, telling myself how much I would enjoy the next ICOPA without the terrible responsibility of capturing ICOPA 7.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Ascris suum: a useful model for anerobic mitochondrial metabolism and the transition in aerobic-anaerobic developing parasitic helminths2 The role of 5-hydroxytryptamine (5-HT: serotonin) in glucose transport, intermediary carbohydrate metabolism and helminth neurobiology -- 3 What are the functions of the catecholamines and 5-hydroxytryptamine in the parasitic nematodes? -- 4 The physiological significance of Complex II (succinate-ubiquinone reductase) in respiratory adaptation -- 5 Oxygen and the lower Metazoa -- 6 How do parasitic helminths use and survive oxygen and oxygen metabolites? -- 7 Carbohydrate and energy metabolism in adult schistosomes: a reappraisal -- 8 Using carbon-13 Nuclear Magnetic Resonance spectroscopy to study helminth metabolism -- 9 Detoxification reactions in parasitic helminths -- 10 Parasite transport and inactivation functions involved in antiparasitic efficacy -- 11 The molecular biology of drug resistance in parasitic helminths -- 12 Comparative biochemistry of parasites and its role in drug resistance-an investigation of species differences in tubulin -- 13 Systemic effects of helminth infections as revealed by serum LDH isozymes and kinetic parameters of transport (Vmax and K1) of the host tissue -- Helminth index.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 13
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401167710
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: One: Agricultural Research Systems -- 1. National Agricultural Research Systems: Selected Case Histories -- 2. National Agricultural Research Systems: An Overview -- 3. Components of the National Agricultural Research Systems -- 4. International Agricultural Research Systems and Co-operation -- Two: Agricultural Research-Form and Content -- 5. The Conceptual Framework -- 6. Allocation of Resources for Agricultural Research -- 7. Planning the Research Programme -- 8. The Research Project -- Three: Human Resources in Agricultural Research -- 9. Formation of the Research Worker -- 10. Manpower Needs, Recruitment and Personnel Policy -- 11. The Research Organisation as a Social System -- Four: Organisational Structure at the Institutional Level -- 12. Structure of a National Agricultural Research Institute -- 13. Regionalisation of Agricultural Research -- Five: Administration in the Service of Research -- 14. Principles of Research Management -- 15. The Scientist as Research Administrator -- 16. Administrative Personnel and Service Units -- Six: The Transfer of Technology -- 17. National Extension Services. Selected Case Histories and Overview -- 18. The Role and Objectives of Agricultural Extension -- 19. The Structure of National Agricultural Extension Services -- 20. Human Resources in Extension -- 21. The Adoption of New Technology -- 22. The Agricultural Information System (AIS).
    Abstract: Agricultural research was probably the first and is the most widespread form of organised research in the world, and one in which both the most developed and underdeveloped countries are engaged. Whilst most forms of research activity, such as in the field of medicine, have world­ wide application, agricultural research, by its very nature, has to be regional; practically no research finding can be adopted without studying the results of its application under the infinite number of ecological situations with which the farmers of the world are faced. The improvement of agricultural production is the essential first step whereby developing countries can hope to raise their standard of living. Research is therefore an activity in which no underdeveloped country can afford not to engage; nor can countries in which agriculture has reached a high level of development and sophistication afford to neglect agricultural research. It is not because of inertia or vested interests that highly industrialised countries maintain, mostly at public expense, a costly and complex infrastructure for agricultural research. Even when problems of overproduction weigh heavily on the economy, agricultural research is considered the essential key to further progress: the objectives and goals are simply changed and adapted to the needs of the economy.
    Description / Table of Contents: One: Agricultural Research Systems1. National Agricultural Research Systems: Selected Case Histories -- 2. National Agricultural Research Systems: An Overview -- 3. Components of the National Agricultural Research Systems -- 4. International Agricultural Research Systems and Co-operation -- Two: Agricultural Research-Form and Content -- 5. The Conceptual Framework -- 6. Allocation of Resources for Agricultural Research -- 7. Planning the Research Programme -- 8. The Research Project -- Three: Human Resources in Agricultural Research -- 9. Formation of the Research Worker -- 10. Manpower Needs, Recruitment and Personnel Policy -- 11. The Research Organisation as a Social System -- Four: Organisational Structure at the Institutional Level -- 12. Structure of a National Agricultural Research Institute -- 13. Regionalisation of Agricultural Research -- Five: Administration in the Service of Research -- 14. Principles of Research Management -- 15. The Scientist as Research Administrator -- 16. Administrative Personnel and Service Units -- Six: The Transfer of Technology -- 17. National Extension Services. Selected Case Histories and Overview -- 18. The Role and Objectives of Agricultural Extension -- 19. The Structure of National Agricultural Extension Services -- 20. Human Resources in Extension -- 21. The Adoption of New Technology -- 22. The Agricultural Information System (AIS).
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 14
    ISBN: 9789401160506
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: I—Overview -- 1 Introduction -- 2 Interdisciplinary Approach -- II—Basic Technologies -- 3 Chemical and Physical Characteristics -- 4 Metallurgical Aspects -- 5 Rheology of Solder Pastes -- III—Methodologies and Applications -- 6 Application Techniques -- 7 Soldering Methodologies -- 8 Cleaning -- IV—Reliability, Quality Control, and Tests -- 9 Solder Joint Reliability and Inspection -- 10 Special Topics in Surface Mount Soldering Problems and Other Soldering-RelatedProblems -- 11 Quality Assurance and Tests -- V—Future Tasks and Emerging Trends -- 12 Future Developments -- VI—Appendix -- I. Federal Specification QQ-S-571E and Amendment 4 -- II. Ternary Phase Diagram: Pb-Ag-Sn, Sn-Pb-Bi -- III. Military Specification MIL-P-28809A: PrintedWiring Assemblies -- IV.Quantitative Determination of Rosin Residues onCleaned Electronics Assemblies.
    Abstract: One of the strongest trends in the design and manufacture of modern electronics packages and assemblies is the utilization of surface mount technology as a replacement for through-hole tech­ nology. The mounting of electronic devices and components onto the surface of a printed wiring board or other substrate offers many advantages over inserting the leads of devices or components into holes. From the engineering viewpoint, much higher lead counts with shorter wire and interconnection lengths can be accommo­ dated. This is critical in high performance modern electronics packaging. From the manufacturing viewpoint, the application of automated assembly and robotics is much more adaptable to high lead count surface mounted devices and components. Indeed, the insertion of high lead count parts into fine holes on a substrate might often be nearly impossible. Yet, in spite of these surface mounting advantages, the utilization of surface mount technology is often a problem, primarily due to soldering problems. The most practical soldering methods use solder pastes, whose intricacies are frequently not understood by most of those involved in the engineering and manufacture of electronics assemblies. This publication is the first book devoted exclusively to explanations of the broad combination of the chemical, metallurgical, and rheological principles that are critical to the successful use of solder pastes. The critical relation­ ships between these characteristics are clearly explained and pre­ sented. In this excellent presentation, Dr. Hwang highlights three impor­ tant areas of solder paste technology.
    Description / Table of Contents: I-Overview1 Introduction -- 2 Interdisciplinary Approach -- II-Basic Technologies -- 3 Chemical and Physical Characteristics -- 4 Metallurgical Aspects -- 5 Rheology of Solder Pastes -- III-Methodologies and Applications -- 6 Application Techniques -- 7 Soldering Methodologies -- 8 Cleaning -- IV-Reliability, Quality Control, and Tests -- 9 Solder Joint Reliability and Inspection -- 10 Special Topics in Surface Mount Soldering Problems and Other Soldering-RelatedProblems -- 11 Quality Assurance and Tests -- V-Future Tasks and Emerging Trends -- 12 Future Developments -- VI-Appendix -- I. Federal Specification QQ-S-571E and Amendment 4 -- II. Ternary Phase Diagram: Pb-Ag-Sn, Sn-Pb-Bi -- III. Military Specification MIL-P-28809A: PrintedWiring Assemblies -- IV.Quantitative Determination of Rosin Residues onCleaned Electronics Assemblies.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 15
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401169851
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Second Edition
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Elementary Electromagnetics and the Radar Range Equation -- Radio Waves -- A Simple Radar -- The Radar Range Equation -- Surveillance -- Tracking -- Exercises -- References -- 2 Antennas -- A Parabolic Reflector -- The Antenna Pattern -- The Interferometer -- Finding Sidelobe Levels -- Array Radars -- Element Spacing -- Array Gain -- Array Thinning -- Array Design Considerations -- Exercises -- References -- 3 Detection and Tracking -- The Problem of Detection -- Noise Distributions -- Signal-to-Noise Ratio -- Designing Thresholds -- Some Detection Techniques -- Tracking -- Exercises -- References -- 4 Radar Cross Section -- RCS of a Sphere -- RCSs of Simple Objects -- Polarization -- Chaff Characteristics -- Diffuse Targets and Clutter -- Radar Signatures -- Exercises -- References -- 5 Waveforms and Signal Processing -- Characteristics of the Simple Pulse -- Range Measurement -- Doppler Measurements -- Pulse Compression -- Time Sidelobes -- Pulse Burst Waveforms -- Ambiguity Functions -- Signal Processing -- Exercises -- References -- 6 Electronic Countermeasures (ECM) -- Mainbeam Jamming -- Sidelobe Jamming -- Low-Probability-of-Intercept Radar (LPIR) -- Other Jamming Techniques -- Passive ECM -- Exercises -- References -- 7 Systems Applications -- Over-the-Horizon Radars -- Radar Altimeters -- Ionospheric Radars -- Advanced Technology Radars -- Pulse-Doppler Radars -- Synthetic Aperture Radar -- Laser Radars -- Exercises -- References -- 8 Loose Ends of Radar Lore -- Radar Horizon -- Properties of the Medium -- Ionosphere -- Troposphere -- Far Field of an Antenna -- Convenient Radar Rules of Thumb -- Exercises -- References -- 9 Radar Potentials and Limitations -- Surveillance -- Navigation -- Signatures -- Science -- Summary -- Appendix 1 Conversion to Decibels -- Appendix 2 The Electromagnetic Spectrum -- Appendix 3 Fourier Series and Transforms -- Fourier Series -- Fourier Transforms -- Appendix 4 Answers to Exercises -- Appendix 5 Glossary.
    Abstract: What This Book Is This book is about radar. It will teach you the essentials of radar, the underlying principles. It is not like an engineering handbook which pro­ vides detailed design equations without explaining either derivation or rationale. It is not like a graduate school textbook which may be abstruse and esoteric to the point of incomprehensibility. And it is not like an anthology of popular magazine articles which may be gaudy but superfi­ cial. It is an attempt to distill the very complex, rich technology of radar into its fundamentals, tying them to the laws of nature on one end and to the most modern and complex systems on the other. Who It's For If your work requires you to supervise or meet as coequals with radar systems engineers or designers, this book will allow you to understand them, to question them intelligently and perhaps to provide them with a perspective (a dispassionate yet competent view) that they lack. If you are trained in another discipline but have been made the man­ ager of a radar project or a system program that has one or more radars as sub-systems, this book will provide you with the tools you need, not only to give your team members confidence, but also to make a substantive technical contribution yourself.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Elementary Electromagnetics and the Radar Range EquationRadio Waves -- A Simple Radar -- The Radar Range Equation -- Surveillance -- Tracking -- Exercises -- References -- 2 Antennas -- A Parabolic Reflector -- The Antenna Pattern -- The Interferometer -- Finding Sidelobe Levels -- Array Radars -- Element Spacing -- Array Gain -- Array Thinning -- Array Design Considerations -- Exercises -- References -- 3 Detection and Tracking -- The Problem of Detection -- Noise Distributions -- Signal-to-Noise Ratio -- Designing Thresholds -- Some Detection Techniques -- Tracking -- Exercises -- References -- 4 Radar Cross Section -- RCS of a Sphere -- RCSs of Simple Objects -- Polarization -- Chaff Characteristics -- Diffuse Targets and Clutter -- Radar Signatures -- Exercises -- References -- 5 Waveforms and Signal Processing -- Characteristics of the Simple Pulse -- Range Measurement -- Doppler Measurements -- Pulse Compression -- Time Sidelobes -- Pulse Burst Waveforms -- Ambiguity Functions -- Signal Processing -- Exercises -- References -- 6 Electronic Countermeasures (ECM) -- Mainbeam Jamming -- Sidelobe Jamming -- Low-Probability-of-Intercept Radar (LPIR) -- Other Jamming Techniques -- Passive ECM -- Exercises -- References -- 7 Systems Applications -- Over-the-Horizon Radars -- Radar Altimeters -- Ionospheric Radars -- Advanced Technology Radars -- Pulse-Doppler Radars -- Synthetic Aperture Radar -- Laser Radars -- Exercises -- References -- 8 Loose Ends of Radar Lore -- Radar Horizon -- Properties of the Medium -- Ionosphere -- Troposphere -- Far Field of an Antenna -- Convenient Radar Rules of Thumb -- Exercises -- References -- 9 Radar Potentials and Limitations -- Surveillance -- Navigation -- Signatures -- Science -- Summary -- Appendix 1 Conversion to Decibels -- Appendix 2 The Electromagnetic Spectrum -- Appendix 3 Fourier Series and Transforms -- Fourier Series -- Fourier Transforms -- Appendix 4 Answers to Exercises -- Appendix 5 Glossary.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 16
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401170338
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Psychobiology. ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Food: Its Psychological Meaning and Significance -- 1. The Role of Food and Eating in Personality and Social Development -- 2 Food Preferences -- 2. Long-term Food Preferences -- 3. Fluctuations in Food Preferences -- 4. The Relation Between Emotions and Food Preferences -- 5. Fads, Fashions, and Food Preferences -- 3 Food as a Complex Psychological Stimulus -- 6. Taste -- 7. Odor -- 8. Texture -- 9. Appearance -- 10. Color -- 4 Food Meanings and Associations -- 11. Food Meanings -- 12. Changing Food Likes and Dislikes -- 13. The Use of Food as Psychotherapy -- 14. Conclusion.
    Abstract: Writing this book has been a pleasure, but it has also been frustrating. It was a delight to see that the facts of food preferences, eating, and food behavior conform in many ways to the general principles of psychology. Matching these, however, was often like putting together a jigsaw puz­ zle-looking at a fact and trying to figure out which psychological theories or principles were relevant. This was made more difficult by conflicting principles in psychology and contradictory findings in psychological as well as food-preference research. The material cited is not meant to be exhaustive. Undoubtedly, I have been influenced by my own research interests and points of view. When conflicting data exist, I selected those that seemed to me most representa­ tive or relevant, and I have done so without consistently pointing out contrary findings. This applies also to the discussion of psychological prin­ ciples. Much psychological research is done in very restrictive conditions. Therefore, it has limited applicability beyond the confines of the context in which it was conducted. What holds true of novelty, complexity, and curiosity when two-dimensional line drawings are studied, for example, may not have much to do with novelty, complexity, and curiosity in rela­ tion to foods, which vary in many ways such as shape, color, taste, texture, and odor. Nevertheless, I have tried to suggest relationships between psy­ chological principles and food preferences.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Food: Its Psychological Meaning and Significance1. The Role of Food and Eating in Personality and Social Development -- 2 Food Preferences -- 2. Long-term Food Preferences -- 3. Fluctuations in Food Preferences -- 4. The Relation Between Emotions and Food Preferences -- 5. Fads, Fashions, and Food Preferences -- 3 Food as a Complex Psychological Stimulus -- 6. Taste -- 7. Odor -- 8. Texture -- 9. Appearance -- 10. Color -- 4 Food Meanings and Associations -- 11. Food Meanings -- 12. Changing Food Likes and Dislikes -- 13. The Use of Food as Psychotherapy -- 14. Conclusion.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 17
    ISBN: 9789401174770
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (X, 398 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Implants in Medicine and Dentistry -- The importance of bending stresses in the leaflets of pericardial heart valve substitutes -- The tearing strength of chemically modified pericardium -- Prosthetic anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction Biomechanical and functional performance -- A comparative analysis of four types of prosthetic anterior cruciate ligament replacement in the goat -- Biomaterials in Otology. Experimental aspects and general clinical implications -- Changes in the material properties and function of pericardial bioprosthetic heart valves in vivo -- Hydrodynamic characteristics of tapered arterial prostheses -- The history of implants in oral surgery -- Osseointegrated implants in the mandible using Nobelpharma Implant System. -- 2 Implant Interaction with Tissue -- Biodegradation and phagocyte/polymer interaction -- Biodegradation-dependent trace element accumulation: A study of calcium phosphate ceramics and polymers -- The interaction between connective tissues and implant materials -- Computer-assisted image analysis in tissue-material interactions -- Titanium implant surfaces -- 3 Tissue/Bone Examination -- Choosing a signal for vibration analysis of fracture healing -- Collagen fibre orientation in bone -- Skeletal strain and the maintenance of bone mass -- Continuous mineral matrices in bone and dentine -- 4 Materials Examination -- Scanning electron microscope appearance of the enamel/composite/bracket boundaries in orthodontic bonding -- Titanium alloys for biomedical applications. -- Experimental mastoid obliteration with hydroxyapatite tricalcium phosphate (Zimmer/Xomed) and fibrin glue (Immuno-Austria) -- Role of design and material on stress distributions of cemented hip prostheses -- The fracture toughness of dental restorative materials -- The etching of biological material in vacuum. Paper I & II -- The Direct Deposition of Carbon, Suitable for Surgical Implants -- 5 Finite Elements in Medicine & Dentistry -- Numerical Modelling — Basis & Applications -- Finite element analysis of the elbow after joint replacement -- The use of finite element stress analysis in the assessment of tooth movement -- A finite element analysis of the natural frequencies of vibration of the human tympanic membrane. Part II -- Mathematical modelling in medicine -- Stresses along the composite resin-dentine interface analysed by the finite element method -- Improvement of mechanical strength of ceramic head for hip prosthesis by means of fitting geometry modifications: A finite element analysis -- 6 Materials Development -- Rubber reinforced polymers for bone cement — morphology and mechanical properties -- Dental application of novel morphology polymers -- Nitrided ferritic steels -- Alumina vs zirconium oxide: a comparative wear test -- 3-D porous alumina-bioglass composite coating (Poral R) for cementless ceramic hip prosthetic cup -- 7 Materials Standards and Safety -- Safety aspects of surgically-implantable devices -- The changing role of industry for implant technology -- Standards in Dentistry and Medicine -- Appendix Abstracts of Contributed Presentations -- Stress analysis using thermal emission -- The application of surface texture measurement for studying the failure of bone implants and dental fillings -- Corrosion resistance of titanium -- Fatigue testing of hip prostheses -- Conformation of adsorbed proteins and enzymes: Chymotrypsin at the polystyrene/water interface -- Interfacial shear strength and penetration of PMMA cement into bone -- History of orthopaedic implants.
    Abstract: The thirty nine papers accepted for pub1 ication in the First International Conference on 'Interfaces in Medicine & Meehani cs' at Swansea in Apri 1, 1988 represent the current state of the art in the science of implant surgery. This initial venture was planned and undertaken when the present editors and their colleagues realised the need for a closer interaction and dialogue between the clinician and. those basic scientists working in the area of implant surgery. Thi s interface, together with the real interface at the material/tissue borders, thus forms the basis of the present conference. These two ideas, we felt, were nicely and effectively captured in the drawing by Edgar Rubins (1915), a perception psycho 1 ogi st, used on the book cover and elsewhere in our 1 iterature. The Proceedings were planned with some difficulty, due to the wi de scope of the conference. However, we felt the best format was to follow the logical progression of implant development. The introductory papers and talks therefore demonstrate the scope of surgical implants in current use. The development of an implant starts with modelling of the proposed implant and its potential environment and the proceedings follow the same format. Following this, materials in current use are discussed.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 18
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400908352
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: One Distribution and function of regulatory peptides -- 1 Atrial natriuretic peptides—localization, structure, function and phylogeny -- 2 Bombesin -- 3 Gastrin/cholecystokinin-related peptides—comparative aspects -- 4 Neurotensin and related peptides -- 5 Opioid peptides—comparative peripheral mechanisms -- 6 Substance P and other tachykinins -- 7 Vasoactive intestinal peptide -- 8 Pancreatic peptides -- 9 Peptides in invertebrates -- Two Integrated physiological functions -- 10 Gut motility -- 11 Gut secretion -- 12 The cardiovascular system -- 13 Co-existence and co-function -- 14 Biosynthesis of regulatory peptides—evolutionary aspects.
    Abstract: Strictly speaking, the term regulatory peptides may include any peptide which has a regulatory function in any organism. In recent years, how­ ever, the term has come to mean those originally classified as brain-gut peptides. The peptides initially defined as those belonging to the brain­ gut axis had a dual location in neurones of the brain and endocrine cells of the gut. We now include a number of neuropeptides found in the autonomic nervous system of the gut, the cardiovascular system and other systems. To many scientists comparative physiology means comparison of the mechanisms of certain functions in the rat, the guinea-pig, the cat and maybe some other mammal. If the philosophy is that man is the centre of the universe and other mammals can be used as 'models' of man, this may well be the most useful way to study the functions of the human being, without actually chopping somebody up. However, with a some­ what wider perspective on life, it is easy to see the importance of a full understanding of the function of all living organisms, in its own right as well as a link in the evolution towards individuals able to survive and reproduce in very different environments. The importance of com­ parative studies in all living organisms cannot be emphasized too much. It has been the ambition with this book to treat all animals as equally important.
    Description / Table of Contents: One Distribution and function of regulatory peptides1 Atrial natriuretic peptides-localization, structure, function and phylogeny -- 2 Bombesin -- 3 Gastrin/cholecystokinin-related peptides-comparative aspects -- 4 Neurotensin and related peptides -- 5 Opioid peptides-comparative peripheral mechanisms -- 6 Substance P and other tachykinins -- 7 Vasoactive intestinal peptide -- 8 Pancreatic peptides -- 9 Peptides in invertebrates -- Two Integrated physiological functions -- 10 Gut motility -- 11 Gut secretion -- 12 The cardiovascular system -- 13 Co-existence and co-function -- 14 Biosynthesis of regulatory peptides-evolutionary aspects.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 19
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401165327
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: One Introduction to Surface Mounting -- 1 Introduction to Surface Mounting -- 2 Implementing Surface Mount Technology -- Two Designing with Surface Mounting -- 3 Surface Mount Components -- 4 Substrates for Surface Mounting -- 5 Surface Mount Design Considerations -- 6 Surface Mount Land Pattern Design -- 7 Design for Manufacturability, Testing, and Repair -- Three Manufacturing with Surface Mounting -- 8 Adhesive and Its Application -- 9 Solder Paste and Its Application -- 10 Metallurgy of Soldering and Solderability -- 11 Component Placement -- 12 Soldering of Surface Mounted Components -- 13 Flux and Cleaning -- 14 Quality Control, Repair, and Testing -- Appendix A Surface Mount Standards -- Appendix B Detailed Questionnaire for Evaluating Pick-and-Place Equipment for Surface Mounting -- Appendix C Glossary.
    Abstract: Surface Mount Technology is not a technology of tommorrow but a technology of today. It provides a quantum jump in the packaging tech­ nology to produce state-of-the-art miniaturized electronic products. How­ ever, in order to take advantage of this technology, a complete infrastruc­ ture must be put in place. This requires considerable investment in human and capital resources. Intel corporation has made these investments to keep its customers for components and systems on the leading edge of technology. Based on the experience of putting this infrastructure in place for system products, this book is written for managers who need to manage the risk during its implementation, and the practicing engineers who need to improve the design and manufacturing processes for improved yield and cost reduction. To accomplish this task, I have not only culled the infor­ mation from published materials, but have also depended on input from both my colleagues in Intel and such outside organizations as the Institute of interconnecting and Packaging electronic Circuits (IPC) , the Electronics Industries Association (EIA), and the Surface Mount Council. But the underlying basis for this book has been my first-hand experience in im­ plementing this technology for Intel Systems Group and my experience at Boeing, my previous employer. In a fast-changing technology like SMT, it is very easy to have obsolete information even before the book is published. For this reason, I have concentrated on the basic principles and practice of the technology.
    Description / Table of Contents: One Introduction to Surface Mounting1 Introduction to Surface Mounting -- 2 Implementing Surface Mount Technology -- Two Designing with Surface Mounting -- 3 Surface Mount Components -- 4 Substrates for Surface Mounting -- 5 Surface Mount Design Considerations -- 6 Surface Mount Land Pattern Design -- 7 Design for Manufacturability, Testing, and Repair -- Three Manufacturing with Surface Mounting -- 8 Adhesive and Its Application -- 9 Solder Paste and Its Application -- 10 Metallurgy of Soldering and Solderability -- 11 Component Placement -- 12 Soldering of Surface Mounted Components -- 13 Flux and Cleaning -- 14 Quality Control, Repair, and Testing -- Appendix A Surface Mount Standards -- Appendix B Detailed Questionnaire for Evaluating Pick-and-Place Equipment for Surface Mounting -- Appendix C Glossary.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 20
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401174749
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Specimen Preparation -- 1.1 Introduction -- 1.2 Initial Approach to Preparing the Specimen -- 1.3 Area of the Specimen -- 1.4 Surfaces -- 1.5 Sectioning (Sectional Slices) -- 1.6 Melt Pressings -- 1.7 Staining -- 1.8 Final Comments -- 2 Basic Light Microscopy and the Phase Contrast Microscope -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 Synthetic Polymers as Specimens for Light Microscopy -- 2.3 Light versus Electron Microscopy of Polymers -- 2.4 Basic Light Microscopy -- 2.5 Applications for Common Light Microscopy -- 2.6 Phase Contrast Microscopy . -- 2.7 Applications for Phase Contrast Microscopy -- 2.8 Dark Ground Microscopy -- References -- 3 Polarized Light: Theory and Measurements -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Light and Its Interaction with Matter -- 3.3 Elliptically and Circularly Polarized Light -- 3.4 The Uniaxial Indicatrix -- 3.5 The Biaxial Indicatrix -- 3.6 Methods of Producing Polarized Light -- 3.7 Types of Birefringence -- 3.8 The Passage of Polarized Light through Thin Birefringent Plates -- 3.9 Polarization Colours -- 3.10 Relation between Orientation and Birefringence -- 3.11 The Polarizing Microscope -- 3.12 Measurement of Optical Path Difference -- 3.13 Compensators -- 3.14 Dispersion of Birefringence -- 3.15 Spectrophotometric Method -- 3.16 The Wedge Method -- 3.17 Use of the Abbé Refractometer -- References -- 4 Polarized Light: Qualitative Microscopy -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Spherulites -- 4.3 Theory of Spherulitic Crystallization -- 4.4 Different Types of Spherulite -- 4.5 Spherulitic Forms of Polypropylene -- 4.6 Effect of Processing on Spherulites -- 4.7 Small Angle Light Scattering -- 4.8 Molecular Orientation -- References -- 5 Modulation Contrast and Differential Interference Contrast Techniques -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 General Principles -- 5.3 The Modulation Contrast System -- 5.4 Differential Interference Contrast -- 5.5 Adjusting the Contrast Systems -- 5.6 Comparison with the Phase Contrast Microscope -- 5.7 Reflected Light Work -- 5.8 Image Interpretation -- 5.9 Applications to Polymers -- References -- 6 Interference Microscopy of Polymers -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 The Basic Principles of Quantitative Microinterferometry -- 6.3 Reflected Light Applications -- 6.4 Interpretation of Surface Interferograms -- 6.5 Some Reflected Light Systems Applicable to Polymers -- 6.6 Transmitted Light Interference Microscopy -- 6.7 Transmitted Light Systems -- 6.8 Compensators -- References -- 7 Ultraviolet and Fluorescence Microscopy -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 Equipment and Techniques -- 7.3 Applications to Non-polymer Materials -- 7.4 Non-Microscopic Applications of Fluorescence from Polymers -- 7.5 Applications of UV Microscopy to Synthetic Polymers -- References.
    Abstract: Synthetic polymers make excellent specimens for light microscopy. Despite this, the use of the technique, at least in its advanced forms, is not so widespread as might be expected. Although reliable and relevant data are difficult to find and quantify, it seems that in other fields of materials science and technology there is a greater readiness to tum to the microscope in research, in industrial problem solving, or for quality assessment and control. It also seems that the reasons for the present situation are partly historical, partly the result of the structure of the plastics and rubber industries, and partly the education and training background of senior staff who tend to be chemistry or engineering based. In neither field does light microscopy feature strongly in the basic training. The primary aim of this book is to provide some insight into the range oflight microscopy techniques applicable to polymeric specimens, and to highlight typical applications to commercial polymers and polymer products. Where appropriate, the optical techniques involved are discussed in some detail. However, it has not been the intention to produce a light microscopy textbook dealing with the principles and design of the basic instrument. Many such texts are available, and selected examples are cited in the reference list at the end of most chapters.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Specimen Preparation1.1 Introduction -- 1.2 Initial Approach to Preparing the Specimen -- 1.3 Area of the Specimen -- 1.4 Surfaces -- 1.5 Sectioning (Sectional Slices) -- 1.6 Melt Pressings -- 1.7 Staining -- 1.8 Final Comments -- 2 Basic Light Microscopy and the Phase Contrast Microscope -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 Synthetic Polymers as Specimens for Light Microscopy -- 2.3 Light versus Electron Microscopy of Polymers -- 2.4 Basic Light Microscopy -- 2.5 Applications for Common Light Microscopy -- 2.6 Phase Contrast Microscopy . -- 2.7 Applications for Phase Contrast Microscopy -- 2.8 Dark Ground Microscopy -- References -- 3 Polarized Light: Theory and Measurements -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Light and Its Interaction with Matter -- 3.3 Elliptically and Circularly Polarized Light -- 3.4 The Uniaxial Indicatrix -- 3.5 The Biaxial Indicatrix -- 3.6 Methods of Producing Polarized Light -- 3.7 Types of Birefringence -- 3.8 The Passage of Polarized Light through Thin Birefringent Plates -- 3.9 Polarization Colours -- 3.10 Relation between Orientation and Birefringence -- 3.11 The Polarizing Microscope -- 3.12 Measurement of Optical Path Difference -- 3.13 Compensators -- 3.14 Dispersion of Birefringence -- 3.15 Spectrophotometric Method -- 3.16 The Wedge Method -- 3.17 Use of the Abbé Refractometer -- References -- 4 Polarized Light: Qualitative Microscopy -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Spherulites -- 4.3 Theory of Spherulitic Crystallization -- 4.4 Different Types of Spherulite -- 4.5 Spherulitic Forms of Polypropylene -- 4.6 Effect of Processing on Spherulites -- 4.7 Small Angle Light Scattering -- 4.8 Molecular Orientation -- References -- 5 Modulation Contrast and Differential Interference Contrast Techniques -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 General Principles -- 5.3 The Modulation Contrast System -- 5.4 Differential Interference Contrast -- 5.5 Adjusting the Contrast Systems -- 5.6 Comparison with the Phase Contrast Microscope -- 5.7 Reflected Light Work -- 5.8 Image Interpretation -- 5.9 Applications to Polymers -- References -- 6 Interference Microscopy of Polymers -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 The Basic Principles of Quantitative Microinterferometry -- 6.3 Reflected Light Applications -- 6.4 Interpretation of Surface Interferograms -- 6.5 Some Reflected Light Systems Applicable to Polymers -- 6.6 Transmitted Light Interference Microscopy -- 6.7 Transmitted Light Systems -- 6.8 Compensators -- References -- 7 Ultraviolet and Fluorescence Microscopy -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 Equipment and Techniques -- 7.3 Applications to Non-polymer Materials -- 7.4 Non-Microscopic Applications of Fluorescence from Polymers -- 7.5 Applications of UV Microscopy to Synthetic Polymers -- References.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 21
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401170505
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XI, 436 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Control engineering. ; Robotics. ; Automation. ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: I: An Overview of Robotics -- 1. Introduction -- 2. Types of Robots -- II: Robotic Technology -- 3. Introduction to Robot Mechanics -- 4. Robot Electronic Design -- 5. Robotic Sensors -- 6. Vision Systems -- 7. Ultrasonic Systems -- 8. Mobile Robots -- III: Computer Hardware and Software -- 9. Computers for Robots -- 10. Robot Languages -- 11. Robot Intelligence -- IV: Robotic Applications -- 12. Robot Standards -- 13. Applications Engineering -- 14. Application-Oriented Requirements -- V: Future Considerations -- 15. Trends in Robotic Systems -- 16. New Technology -- 17. New Application Areas -- Appendix 1: Robotic Systems Manufacturers -- Appendix 2: Major University Robotics Laboratories -- Appendix 3: International Robotics Organizations.
    Abstract: Robotics engineering has progressed from an infant industry in 1961 to one including over 500 robot and allied firms around the world in 1989. During this growth period, many robotics books have been published, so me of which have served as industry standards. Until recently, the design of robotics sys­ tems has been primarily the responsibility of the mechanical engineer, and their application in factories has been the responsibility of the manufacturing engineer. Few robotics books address the many systems issues facing electron­ ics engineers or computer programmers. The mid-1980s witnessed a major change in the robotics field. The develop­ ment of advanced sensor systems (particularly vision), improvements in the intelligence area, and the desire to integrate groups of robots working together in local work cells or in factory-wide systems have greatly increased the partic­ ipation of electronics engineers and computer programmers. Further, as ro­ bots ga in mobility, they are being used in completely new areas, such as construction, firefighting, and underwater exploration, and the need for com­ puters and smart sensors has increased. Fundamentals af Rabaties Engineering is aimed at the practicing electrical engineer or computer analyst who needs to review the fundamentals of engi­ neering as applied to robotics and to understand the impact on system design caused by constraints unique to robotics. Because there are many good texts covering mechanical engineering topics, this book is limited to an overview of those topics and the effects they have on electrical design and system pro­ grams.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 22
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401197373
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    DDC: 50
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Introduction -- Nature of vegetation and analytical approaches -- Purposes of vegetation analysis -- Phytosociological and more objective methods -- Samples -- Types of data -- 2 Field methods -- Primary survey – many species -- More detailed field work – one or a few species -- Plotless sampling -- 3 Fundamental principles of analytical methods -- The geometric model -- Classification and ordination -- Normal and inverse analyses -- Qualitative and quantitative data -- Species of low occurrence in a data set – retain or discard? -- 4 Case studies – introduction -- Artificial Data -- Iping Common – a lowland heath -- Coed Nant Lolwyn – a deciduous wood -- 5 Association between species and similarity between stands -- Concepts -- Qualitative data -- Quantitative data -- Comparisons of similarity coefficients -- 6 Classification -- Normal Association Analysis -- Types of classification -- Divisive monothetic methods -- Agglomerative polythetic methods -- Divisive polythetic methods -- Comparison of the methods by the examples results -- Inverse classifications -- Nodal Analysis (Lambert & Williams 1962) -- 7 Ordination -- A classification of ordinations -- Direct Gradient Analysis – one factor -- Direct Gradient Analysis – many factors -- Indirect Gradient Analysis – one factor -- Indirect Gradient Analysis – many factors (ordination sensu stricto) -- Polar ordination -- Non-polar ordination -- Comparisons of ordination methods -- 8 Correlations between vegetation and environment -- Single species -- Several species -- Environmental factors in associations -- 9 Case studies analyses -- Iping Common -- Coed Nant Lolwyn -- Concluding remarks on vegetation analysis results -- References -- Indices.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 IntroductionNature of vegetation and analytical approaches -- Purposes of vegetation analysis -- Phytosociological and more objective methods -- Samples -- Types of data -- 2 Field methods -- Primary survey - many species -- More detailed field work - one or a few species -- Plotless sampling -- 3 Fundamental principles of analytical methods -- The geometric model -- Classification and ordination -- Normal and inverse analyses -- Qualitative and quantitative data -- Species of low occurrence in a data set - retain or discard? -- 4 Case studies - introduction -- Artificial Data -- Iping Common - a lowland heath -- Coed Nant Lolwyn - a deciduous wood -- 5 Association between species and similarity between stands -- Concepts -- Qualitative data -- Quantitative data -- Comparisons of similarity coefficients -- 6 Classification -- Normal Association Analysis -- Types of classification -- Divisive monothetic methods -- Agglomerative polythetic methods -- Divisive polythetic methods -- Comparison of the methods by the examples results -- Inverse classifications -- Nodal Analysis (Lambert & Williams 1962) -- 7 Ordination -- A classification of ordinations -- Direct Gradient Analysis - one factor -- Direct Gradient Analysis - many factors -- Indirect Gradient Analysis - one factor -- Indirect Gradient Analysis - many factors (ordination sensu stricto) -- Polar ordination -- Non-polar ordination -- Comparisons of ordination methods -- 8 Correlations between vegetation and environment -- Single species -- Several species -- Environmental factors in associations -- 9 Case studies analyses -- Iping Common -- Coed Nant Lolwyn -- Concluding remarks on vegetation analysis results -- References -- Indices.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 23
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400913516
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1. Waterborne Coatings -- 2. Electrodeposition of Paints -- 3. Acoustic Emission Testing of Coatings -- 4. Organic Coatings in Corrosion Protection -- 5. Galvanized Reinforcements in Concrete -- 6. Titanium Dioxide for Surface Coatings.
    Abstract: The science and technology of surface coatings continues to advance. Among the key areas are polymer chemistry, as new binders are developed to meet increasingly stringent environmental demands; testing and evaluation, as the need to understand the factors affecting coatings performance becomes ever more intense; and studies of that enduring problem, corrosion of metal substrates, from which coatings of ever­ improving effectiveness are emerging. We have in this present volume of the series continued to cover aspects of these numerous developments. There are chapters on waterborne paint, a subject of increasing environmental importance, by J. W. Nicholson, and by H.-J. Streitberger and R. P. Osterloh; on a new and sophisticated test method, acoustic emission (R. D. Rawlings); and on anticorrosion coatings both organic (W. Funke) and inorganic (M. C. Andrade and A. Macias). Finally, that topic of immense practical importance to paint technology, pigmentation, is covered in a chapter by the late T. Entwistle. All the authors have brought considerable experience in their chosen field of coatings technology to the preparation of their chapters, all of which are timely reviews of developing topics. We are grateful to each author for helping in the preparation of this volume, and for putting their experience at the disposal of the wide audience for whom this book is intended.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. Waterborne Coatings2. Electrodeposition of Paints -- 3. Acoustic Emission Testing of Coatings -- 4. Organic Coatings in Corrosion Protection -- 5. Galvanized Reinforcements in Concrete -- 6. Titanium Dioxide for Surface Coatings.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 24
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401159838
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 General background -- Spatial scale -- Rock resistance -- Mechanisms of rock control -- Conclusions -- 2 Rock type and landform assemblages -- Igneous rocks -- Metamorphic rocks -- Sedimentary rocks -- Assessment of landform assemblages -- Spatial distribution of rock types -- Other rock classifications -- Conclusions -- 3 Landscape evolution and rock properties -- Slope angle, form and processes -- Denudation rates -- Slope development on horizontally bedded rocks -- Drainage basin properties -- Bedrock meanders -- Drainage patterns -- Conclusions -- 4 Rock strength and resistance -- Hardness and toughness -- Porosity, permeability and water absorption -- Strength and rock deformation -- Appraisal -- 5 Resistance to weathering -- Chemical weathering -- Chemical weathering of minerals -- Chemical weathering of rocks -- Physical weathering -- Conclusions -- 6 Weathering profiles and landform development -- Weathering front -- Weathering profile differentiation -- Weathering grades -- Weathering depths -- Weathering and the water table -- Spatial patterns of weathering profiles -- Duricrusts -- Weathering profiles and slope form -- Weathering and rock strength -- Weathering and slope instability -- Threshold slopes -- 7 Instability in jointed and fissured rock -- Characteristics of jointed rock -- Unloading joints and rebound phenomena -- Models of jointed rock behaviour -- Rock mass strength classifications -- Strength equilibrium slopes -- Modes of rock failure -- 8 Landforms on granitic rocks -- Inselbergs -- Domed inselbergs (bornhardts) -- Tors (boulder inselbergs) -- Landscape types -- Conclusions -- 9 Properties and landforms of mudrocks -- Terminology of mudrocks -- Composition of mudrocks -- Consolidation and unloading of mudrocks -- Consistency limits -- Microstructure -- Macrostructure -- Shear strength -- Weathering effects -- Swelling and shrinkage -- Landslides and slope development -- Mudslides -- Sensitive clays -- Conclusions -- 10 A rock-landform synthesis -- Landforms of glacial erosion -- Marine cliffs and shore platforms -- Rocks, landforms and climate -- Conclusions.
    Abstract: Geomorphology can be defined simply as the study of landforms. Landforms are the result of the interaction between what Ritter (1978) has called the driving and resisting forces. The driving forces or processes are the methods by which energy is exerted on earth materials and include both surface, geomorphological or exogenous processes and subsurface, geological or endogenous processes. The resisting forces are the surface materials with their inherent resistances determined by a complex combination of rock properties. Stated in these simple terms it would be expected that both sides of the equation be given equal weight in syntheses of landform evolution. However, this has not been the case. Until about the 1950s, geomorphology was mainly descriptive and concerned with producing time-dependent models of landscape evolution. Although the form of the land was the main focus, there was little detailed mention of process and scant attention to the properties of surface materials. There were, of course, exceptions. In the late 19th century G.K. Gilbert was stressing the equilibrium between landforms and processes. Many hydrologists were examining the detailed workings of river 'systems and drainage basins, culminating in the classic paper of Horton (1945).
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 General backgroundSpatial scale -- Rock resistance -- Mechanisms of rock control -- Conclusions -- 2 Rock type and landform assemblages -- Igneous rocks -- Metamorphic rocks -- Sedimentary rocks -- Assessment of landform assemblages -- Spatial distribution of rock types -- Other rock classifications -- Conclusions -- 3 Landscape evolution and rock properties -- Slope angle, form and processes -- Denudation rates -- Slope development on horizontally bedded rocks -- Drainage basin properties -- Bedrock meanders -- Drainage patterns -- Conclusions -- 4 Rock strength and resistance -- Hardness and toughness -- Porosity, permeability and water absorption -- Strength and rock deformation -- Appraisal -- 5 Resistance to weathering -- Chemical weathering -- Chemical weathering of minerals -- Chemical weathering of rocks -- Physical weathering -- Conclusions -- 6 Weathering profiles and landform development -- Weathering front -- Weathering profile differentiation -- Weathering grades -- Weathering depths -- Weathering and the water table -- Spatial patterns of weathering profiles -- Duricrusts -- Weathering profiles and slope form -- Weathering and rock strength -- Weathering and slope instability -- Threshold slopes -- 7 Instability in jointed and fissured rock -- Characteristics of jointed rock -- Unloading joints and rebound phenomena -- Models of jointed rock behaviour -- Rock mass strength classifications -- Strength equilibrium slopes -- Modes of rock failure -- 8 Landforms on granitic rocks -- Inselbergs -- Domed inselbergs (bornhardts) -- Tors (boulder inselbergs) -- Landscape types -- Conclusions -- 9 Properties and landforms of mudrocks -- Terminology of mudrocks -- Composition of mudrocks -- Consolidation and unloading of mudrocks -- Consistency limits -- Microstructure -- Macrostructure -- Shear strength -- Weathering effects -- Swelling and shrinkage -- Landslides and slope development -- Mudslides -- Sensitive clays -- Conclusions -- 10 A rock-landform synthesis -- Landforms of glacial erosion -- Marine cliffs and shore platforms -- Rocks, landforms and climate -- Conclusions.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 25
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401170819
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1. Introduction -- 1.1 Nature and Origin of Anutrients in the Diet -- 1.2 Potential Carcinogens in Foods -- 1.3 Pharmacological Agents (Drugs) -- 1.4 Clinical Implications of Induced Rate of Metabolism of Foreign Compounds -- 2. The Fate of Anutrients in the Body -- 2.1 Metabolism of Foreign Compounds -- 2.2 Nutritional Factors Affecting the Metabolism ofAnutrients -- 2.3 Non-nutritional Dietary Factors Affecting the Metabolism of Anutrients -- 3. Nutritional Consequences of Drug Therapy -- 3.1 Drugs Affecting Food Intake -- 3.2 Drugs Affecting Absorption -- 3.3 Drugs Affecting Carbohydrate Metabolism -- 3.4 Drugs Affecting Lipid Metabolism -- 3.5 Drugs Affecting Protein and Amino Acid Metabolism -- 3.6 Drugs and Vitamin Interactions -- 3.7 Drug and Mineral Interactions -- 3.8 Conclusions -- 4. Alcohol and Nutrition -- 4.1 Alcohol Metabolism -- 4.2 Metabolic Effectsof Alcohol in the Liver -- 4.3 Alcohol and Malnutrition -- 4.4 Alcohol-related Conditions -- 5. Possible Adverse Effects of the Pharmacological Use of Vitamins -- 5.1 Fat-soluble Vitamins -- 5.2 Water-soluble Vitamins -- 5.3 Conclusions -- 6. Drug-Food Interactions -- 6.1 Food Reduces/Delays Drug Absorption -- 6.2 Food Increases Drug Absorption -- 6.3 Food Affecting Urinary Excretion of Drugs -- 6.4 Adverse Reactions Caused by Food -- 7. Nutrition and Experimental Carcinogenesis -- 7.1 Vitamin A (Retinol) -- 7.2 ?-Carotene -- 7.3 Vitamin E(?-Tocopherol) -- 7.4 Selenium -- 7.5 Vitamin C (Ascorbic Acid) -- 7.6 Conclusions -- 8. General Conclusions -- References.
    Abstract: In the world at large and in the Western World in particular, the average age of the population is increasing. This is related to an increase in lifespan resulting from remarkable advances in preventive medicine and the clinical sciences. There has also been a concomitant rise of the modern pharmaceutical and chemical industries which support modern treatment methods and influence the pattern of human disease. The science of nutrition has also made major advances in recent years and is poised for even more encouraging contributions as the tools of molecular biology are applied to mechanisms of nutrient effects at the molecular level. Instruction in nutritional science can no longer be restricted to a description of the chemistry of major dietary constituents, diseases associated with a deficiency, and the amounts of nutrients required to prevent them. Modern nutritionists must now address the pervasive interrelationships of long-term nutritional habits and chronic diseases of the cardiovascular system, of cancer, and of osteoporosis, among others. There is also the role of nutrition as a tool in the treatment of post­ operative and other patients in the clinical setting. It is at these interfaces that drugs and nutrients interact in significant ways.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. Introduction1.1 Nature and Origin of Anutrients in the Diet -- 1.2 Potential Carcinogens in Foods -- 1.3 Pharmacological Agents (Drugs) -- 1.4 Clinical Implications of Induced Rate of Metabolism of Foreign Compounds -- 2. The Fate of Anutrients in the Body -- 2.1 Metabolism of Foreign Compounds -- 2.2 Nutritional Factors Affecting the Metabolism ofAnutrients -- 2.3 Non-nutritional Dietary Factors Affecting the Metabolism of Anutrients -- 3. Nutritional Consequences of Drug Therapy -- 3.1 Drugs Affecting Food Intake -- 3.2 Drugs Affecting Absorption -- 3.3 Drugs Affecting Carbohydrate Metabolism -- 3.4 Drugs Affecting Lipid Metabolism -- 3.5 Drugs Affecting Protein and Amino Acid Metabolism -- 3.6 Drugs and Vitamin Interactions -- 3.7 Drug and Mineral Interactions -- 3.8 Conclusions -- 4. Alcohol and Nutrition -- 4.1 Alcohol Metabolism -- 4.2 Metabolic Effectsof Alcohol in the Liver -- 4.3 Alcohol and Malnutrition -- 4.4 Alcohol-related Conditions -- 5. Possible Adverse Effects of the Pharmacological Use of Vitamins -- 5.1 Fat-soluble Vitamins -- 5.2 Water-soluble Vitamins -- 5.3 Conclusions -- 6. Drug-Food Interactions -- 6.1 Food Reduces/Delays Drug Absorption -- 6.2 Food Increases Drug Absorption -- 6.3 Food Affecting Urinary Excretion of Drugs -- 6.4 Adverse Reactions Caused by Food -- 7. Nutrition and Experimental Carcinogenesis -- 7.1 Vitamin A (Retinol) -- 7.2 ?-Carotene -- 7.3 Vitamin E(?-Tocopherol) -- 7.4 Selenium -- 7.5 Vitamin C (Ascorbic Acid) -- 7.6 Conclusions -- 8. General Conclusions -- References.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 26
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401178105
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Introduction -- Problems of manufacturing management -- Just-in-time -- Implementation: the five steps -- 2 Traditional Manufacturing Management -- Inventory control policies -- Materials requirements planning systems -- Manufacturing resource planning: MRP II -- MRP problems -- 3 Just-In-Time Overview -- JIT is not a software package -- JIT is not a methodology -- Attack fundamental problems -- Eliminate waste -- Strive for simplicity -- Devise systems to identify problems -- Cost/benefit of implementing JIT -- Conclusion and summary -- 4 Step 1 : Getting the Ball Rolling -- Basic understanding -- Preliminary education -- Cost/benefit analysis -- Commitment -- Go/no go decision -- JIT project team selection -- Identifying the pilot plant -- Conclusion -- 5 Step 2: Education — The Make or Break Issue -- What is JIT education? -- Who needs JIT education? -- What should be covered? -- Conclusion -- 6 Step 3: Process Improvements -- Set-up time reduction -- How is low set-up time achieved? -- Preventative maintenance -- Changing to flow lines -- Conclusion -- 7 Step 4: Control Improvements -- Simple control -- Pull systems -- Kanban systems -- Linking MRP with pull/Kanban systems -- Shop floor control and quality at source -- Conclusion -- 8 Step 5: Vendor/Customer Links -- Links with vendors -- Multi-sourcing versus single-sourcing -- Short- versus long-term agreements -- Local versus distant suppliers -- How to implement links with vendors -- Links with customers -- Conclusion -- 9 JIT Implementation — The Proven Path -- How long should the implementation take? -- The implementation sequence — the proven path -- Case study A -- Case study B -- Conclusion -- 10 Summary and Conclusion -- Just-in-time systems -- Potential pitfalls -- The future -- Bibliography and Futher Reading.
    Abstract: This book describes both the essential features of Just-In-Time (JIT) how JIT can be successfully approaches to manufacturing and implemented. JIT marks a significant departure from previous western approaches to manufacturing management, and aims to improve quality levels and customer service while decreasing lead times and inventory levels. The use of simple though effective methods can, with proper management, lead to continual improvements in the manufacturing operation. A number of companies have now implemented JIT and some of these implementations have been very successful. However, what is becoming increasingly clear is that there is a significant number of JIT implementations that fail to achieve the potential benefits of JIT. It is not an easy task, and there are a number of pitfalls that await the unwary manager. My motivation for writing this book has been my experience of working with companies that have been successful in JIT and of seeing what needs to be done and how the implementing most common pitfalls can be avoided. The book is oriented towards batch manufacturing since this accounts for a large proportion of manufacturing in most western countries. Other types (including process, mass and jobbing) can also profitably use many of the JIT techniques to improve their operation.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 IntroductionProblems of manufacturing management -- Just-in-time -- Implementation: the five steps -- 2 Traditional Manufacturing Management -- Inventory control policies -- Materials requirements planning systems -- Manufacturing resource planning: MRP II -- MRP problems -- 3 Just-In-Time Overview -- JIT is not a software package -- JIT is not a methodology -- Attack fundamental problems -- Eliminate waste -- Strive for simplicity -- Devise systems to identify problems -- Cost/benefit of implementing JIT -- Conclusion and summary -- 4 Step 1 : Getting the Ball Rolling -- Basic understanding -- Preliminary education -- Cost/benefit analysis -- Commitment -- Go/no go decision -- JIT project team selection -- Identifying the pilot plant -- Conclusion -- 5 Step 2: Education - The Make or Break Issue -- What is JIT education? -- Who needs JIT education? -- What should be covered? -- Conclusion -- 6 Step 3: Process Improvements -- Set-up time reduction -- How is low set-up time achieved? -- Preventative maintenance -- Changing to flow lines -- Conclusion -- 7 Step 4: Control Improvements -- Simple control -- Pull systems -- Kanban systems -- Linking MRP with pull/Kanban systems -- Shop floor control and quality at source -- Conclusion -- 8 Step 5: Vendor/Customer Links -- Links with vendors -- Multi-sourcing versus single-sourcing -- Short- versus long-term agreements -- Local versus distant suppliers -- How to implement links with vendors -- Links with customers -- Conclusion -- 9 JIT Implementation - The Proven Path -- How long should the implementation take? -- The implementation sequence - the proven path -- Case study A -- Case study B -- Conclusion -- 10 Summary and Conclusion -- Just-in-time systems -- Potential pitfalls -- The future -- Bibliography and Futher Reading.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 27
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401170307
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIII, 786 p) , online resource
    Edition: Third Edition
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Introduction -- 1 General Discussion on the Stability of Nutrients -- 2 The Major Food Groups, Their Nutrient Content, and Principles of Food Processing -- 2 Nutrients in Food-Raw and Processed -- 3 Effects of Agricultural Practices, Handling, Processing, and Storage on Vegetables -- 4 Effects of Agricultural Practices, Handling, Processing, and Storage on Fruits -- 5 Effects of Agricultural Practices, Handling, Processing, and Storage on Cereals -- 6 Effects of Agricultural Practices, Handling, Processing, and Storage on Legumes and Oilseeds -- 7 Effects of Agricultural Practices, Handling, Processing, and Storage on Meat -- 8 Effects of Agricultural Practices on Milk and Dairy Products -- 9 Effects of Agricultural Practices on Poultry and Eggs -- 10 Effects of Handling, Processing, and Storage on Fish and Shellfish -- 3 Effects of Commercial Processing and Storage on Nutrients -- 11 Effects of Freeze Preservation on Nutrients -- 12 Effects of Heat Processing on Nutrients -- 13 Effects of Baking on Nutrients -- 14 Effects of Extrusion Processing on Nutrients -- 15 Effects of Moisture Removal on Nutrients -- 16 Effects of Fermentation on the Nutritional Properties of Food -- 17 Effects of Treatment with Food Additives on Nutrients -- 18 Use of Ionizing Radiation to Preserve Food -- 19 Stability of Nutrients during Storage of Processed Foods -- 4 Effects of Preparation and Service of Food on Nutrients -- 20 Effects of Food Preparation Procedures in Nutrient Retention with Emphasis on Foodservice Practices -- 21 Effects of Home Food Preparation Practices on Nutrient Content of Foods -- 5 Nutrification, Legal Aspects, and Nutrient Analysis -- 22 Addition of Vitamins, Minerals, and Amino Acids to Foods -- 23 Protein Complementation of Foods -- 24 Improving the Nutritional Quality of Vegetables through Plant Breeding -- 25 The Role of the United States Government in Regulating the Nutritional Value of the Food Supply -- 26 The Contribution of Consumption of Processed Food to Nutrient Intake Status in the united States -- 27 Methodology for Nutrient Analysis -- 28 Nutrient Data Banks for Nutrient Evaluation in Foods.
    Abstract: Dramatic changes in the attitudes toward human nutrition have taken place dur­ ing the past decade. Food-related and medical professionals as well as consumers are now, more than ever before, aware of and concerned about diet, nutrition, and the beneficial and deleterious effects of food processing upon nutrients. The old saying "We are what we eat" is still relevant. Nutritious food will contribute greatly to consumers' good health and ultimately reduce medical bills. Food processing is essential to maintaining our food reserves from one harvest to another, thus letting us serve our daily meals regularly. If food processing is defined as including all treatments of foodstuffs from harvest to consumption, then more than 95% of our food may be considered as processed. In most cases, food processing and storage cause some reduction in the nutritional value of foods. Advances in food science and food technology have resulted in an increase in nu­ trient retention after processing. In addition, today's consumer better understands how to avoid excessive nutrient losses during food preparation. The information presented in this completely revised reference and textbook will help the reader to understand better the relationship between food processing and nutrient retention. The authors' scholarly contributions are greatly appreciated.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Introduction1 General Discussion on the Stability of Nutrients -- 2 The Major Food Groups, Their Nutrient Content, and Principles of Food Processing -- 2 Nutrients in Food-Raw and Processed -- 3 Effects of Agricultural Practices, Handling, Processing, and Storage on Vegetables -- 4 Effects of Agricultural Practices, Handling, Processing, and Storage on Fruits -- 5 Effects of Agricultural Practices, Handling, Processing, and Storage on Cereals -- 6 Effects of Agricultural Practices, Handling, Processing, and Storage on Legumes and Oilseeds -- 7 Effects of Agricultural Practices, Handling, Processing, and Storage on Meat -- 8 Effects of Agricultural Practices on Milk and Dairy Products -- 9 Effects of Agricultural Practices on Poultry and Eggs -- 10 Effects of Handling, Processing, and Storage on Fish and Shellfish -- 3 Effects of Commercial Processing and Storage on Nutrients -- 11 Effects of Freeze Preservation on Nutrients -- 12 Effects of Heat Processing on Nutrients -- 13 Effects of Baking on Nutrients -- 14 Effects of Extrusion Processing on Nutrients -- 15 Effects of Moisture Removal on Nutrients -- 16 Effects of Fermentation on the Nutritional Properties of Food -- 17 Effects of Treatment with Food Additives on Nutrients -- 18 Use of Ionizing Radiation to Preserve Food -- 19 Stability of Nutrients during Storage of Processed Foods -- 4 Effects of Preparation and Service of Food on Nutrients -- 20 Effects of Food Preparation Procedures in Nutrient Retention with Emphasis on Foodservice Practices -- 21 Effects of Home Food Preparation Practices on Nutrient Content of Foods -- 5 Nutrification, Legal Aspects, and Nutrient Analysis -- 22 Addition of Vitamins, Minerals, and Amino Acids to Foods -- 23 Protein Complementation of Foods -- 24 Improving the Nutritional Quality of Vegetables through Plant Breeding -- 25 The Role of the United States Government in Regulating the Nutritional Value of the Food Supply -- 26 The Contribution of Consumption of Processed Food to Nutrient Intake Status in the united States -- 27 Methodology for Nutrient Analysis -- 28 Nutrient Data Banks for Nutrient Evaluation in Foods.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 28
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401170871
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: Importance of estuaries -- Dymanamic role -- Scope of volume -- Suggested reading -- 1 The Estuary as a Resource -- 1.1 History of estuarine usage -- 1.2 Types and values of usage -- 1.3 Shipping -- 1.4 Domestic and industrial wastes -- 1.5 Fishing -- 1.6 Amenity -- 2 The Estuarine System -- 2.1 Estuarine classification -- 2.2 Sediment processes -- 2.3 Geochemical cycles -- 2.4 Primary production -- 2.5 Secondary pruduction -- 2.6 Energy flow -- 2.7 Environmental stresses -- 3 Impacts, Contamination and Pollution -- 3.1 Impacts -- 3.2 Contamination and pollution -- 3.3 Sewage and organic wastes -- 3.4 Heat -- 3.5 Hydrocarbons -- 3.6 Heavy metals -- 3.7 Organochlorines -- 3.8 Radioactivity -- 4 Effects and Detection -- 4.1 Indices -- 4.2 Biological indicators -- 4.3 Dose/response relationship -- 4.4 Community responses -- 4.5 Population responses -- 4.6 Individual responses -- 4.7 Cellular and sub-cellular responses -- 4.8 Overview -- 5 Management -- 5.1 Goals -- 5.2 Uniform Emission Standards and Best Available Technology -- 5.3 Environmental Quality Objective -- 5.4 Discharge Location -- 5.5 Environmental Quality Standards -- 5.6 International legislation -- 5.7 Future developments.
    Abstract: Estuaries are the interface between man and the sea. and they are the channels for the impact of man on the marine environment. Because they are to a greater or lesser extent connected to the sea. they have traditionally been regarded as part of that seemingly infinite resource. or at best an open-ended means of access to it. This approach has led to conflicts between the users of the estuary. and with the increase not only in population but more particularly in the developed countries in manufacturing output. these conflicts have become more and more acute . The estuary should always be regarded as a resource. and a finite resource at that. and the problem in management is to optimise the use of that resource. It is clearly wasteful and inefficient not to use it to its full capacity. and this includes both overuse of the system. such that the whole thing collapses. and underuse. in which there is still spare capacity for one use or another. The objective of this book is to explore the uses to which estuaries are put and the means by which the performance of the system under load may be assessed. It seems appropriate here to mention that although this book will be talking about estuaries. the majority of it will be applicable also to lagoons. semi-enclosed bays and other such systems.
    Description / Table of Contents: Importance of estuariesDymanamic role -- Scope of volume -- Suggested reading -- 1 The Estuary as a Resource -- 1.1 History of estuarine usage -- 1.2 Types and values of usage -- 1.3 Shipping -- 1.4 Domestic and industrial wastes -- 1.5 Fishing -- 1.6 Amenity -- 2 The Estuarine System -- 2.1 Estuarine classification -- 2.2 Sediment processes -- 2.3 Geochemical cycles -- 2.4 Primary production -- 2.5 Secondary pruduction -- 2.6 Energy flow -- 2.7 Environmental stresses -- 3 Impacts, Contamination and Pollution -- 3.1 Impacts -- 3.2 Contamination and pollution -- 3.3 Sewage and organic wastes -- 3.4 Heat -- 3.5 Hydrocarbons -- 3.6 Heavy metals -- 3.7 Organochlorines -- 3.8 Radioactivity -- 4 Effects and Detection -- 4.1 Indices -- 4.2 Biological indicators -- 4.3 Dose/response relationship -- 4.4 Community responses -- 4.5 Population responses -- 4.6 Individual responses -- 4.7 Cellular and sub-cellular responses -- 4.8 Overview -- 5 Management -- 5.1 Goals -- 5.2 Uniform Emission Standards and Best Available Technology -- 5.3 Environmental Quality Objective -- 5.4 Discharge Location -- 5.5 Environmental Quality Standards -- 5.6 International legislation -- 5.7 Future developments.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 29
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401170536
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 The Poultry Industry -- Biological Classification -- Domestication -- American Poultry Association Classification -- Commercial Classification -- Poultry as Food-Producing Animals -- Poultry as Laboratory Animals -- World Poultry Production -- The United States Poultry Industry -- Consumption of Poultry Products -- Careers in the Poultry Industry -- References -- 2 Anatomy and Structure of the Fowl -- Feathers -- Skin -- Muscles -- Skeleton -- Circulatory System -- Body Temperature -- Respiration -- Digestion -- Mouth and Esophagus -- Crop and Proventriculus -- Gizzard -- Pancreas -- Liver -- Small Intestine -- Ceca -- Large Intestine, Rectum, and Cloaca -- Excretory System -- Nervous System -- Avian Senses -- Endocrine Organs -- References -- 3 Physiology and Reproduction in Poultry -- Endocrine System -- Physiology of Reproduction -- Reproduction -- References -- 4 Genetics and Poultry Breeding -- The Cell Theory -- Cell Division -- Gene Function -- Genetic Code -- Mutations -- Phenotypic Expression (Nonadditive) -- Phenotypic Expression of Genes (Additive) -- Heritability Estimates -- Selection -- Current Breeding Systems -- Strain Crosses -- Crossbreeding -- Selecting Superior Genetic Stock -- Progeny Testing -- Sources of Genetic Stock -- Breeds and Varieties of Chickens -- The Utilitarian Concept -- Future Poultry Genetics and Breeding -- Lethal Genes -- Parthenogenesis -- References -- 5 Incubation and Hatchery Management -- Poultry Reproduction -- Storage and Selection of Hatching Eggs -- Embryonic Development -- Extraembryonic Membranes -- Daily Embryonic Growth -- Embryonic Nutrition -- Embryonic Communication -- Embryology in Research and Teaching -- Artificial Incubation -- Modern Incubators -- Temperature -- Relative Humidity -- Air Supply -- Hatching Egg Positions -- Embryonic Mortality -- The National Poultry Improvement Plan -- Hatchery Sanitation -- Franchise Hatchery System -- Hatchery Services -- References -- 6 Social Behavior and Animal Welfare -- Social Organization -- Behavior of Feral Chickens -- Communication -- Behavior of Domestic Poultry -- Social Behavior in Growing Chicks -- Other Adult Social Behavior Characteristics -- Animal Rights -- The Humane Movement -- Animal Welfarists -- Animal Rightists -- Animal Liberationists -- Agricultural Involvement with Humane Groups -- Public Relations -- Need for a Code of Ethics -- References -- 7 Environment and Housing -- Farmstead Planning -- External Services and Utilities -- Water Supply -- Poultry Building Orientation -- Aesthetic Value -- House Construction -- Turnkey Houses -- Criteria for Selecting a Manufactured House -- Vapor Barriers -- Ventilation -- References -- 8 Poultry Nutrition -- Nutrients -- References -- 9 Diseases and Parasites of Poultry -- Disease Prevention -- Diagnostic Organs in Postmortem Examinations -- Immunology of Disease Control -- Poultry Disease Control Strategy -- Vaccination -- Nutritional Deficiency Diseases -- Protozoan Diseases -- Bacterial Diseases -- Fowl Cholera -- Nonrespiratory Bacterial Diseases -- Mycoplasma -- Viral Diseases -- Fungal and Mold Diseases -- Mycotoxicosis -- External Parasites -- Internal Parasites -- Behavioral Diseases -- Reproductive Diseases -- References -- 10 Poultry and Egg Marketing -- Assembling -- Transporting -- Assumption of Risk -- Market News -- Futures Trading -- Processing Poultry -- Further Processing -- Eggs -- Storage -- Inspection and Grading -- Packaging -- Merchandising -- New Product Development -- References -- 11 Broiler Production -- United States Broiler Industry -- World Broiler Industry -- Broiler Breeders -- Housing and Egg Production -- Care of Hatching Eggs -- The Hatchery -- Housing for Broilers -- Litter -- Brooding -- Brooding Methods -- Density -- Placement -- Management Suggestions for Partial House Brooding -- Watering Equipment -- Feeding Equipment -- Lighting Programs -- Ventilation -- Gas Concentrations -- Ventilation for Partial House Brooding -- Fan Timers -- Fan Thermostats -- Air Intakes -- Broiler Diets -- Catching and Hauling Broilers -- Grower Responsibilities -- Catching Crews -- Types of Broilers -- Roasters -- Grower Contracts -- References -- 12 Commercial Egg Production -- Starting Pullets in Cages -- Brooding -- Growing Pullets in Cages -- Managing Laying Hens in Cages -- Induced Molting -- References -- 13 Turkey Production -- Origin of the Turkey -- Color Varieties -- Turkey Genetics -- Turkey Breeder Flocks -- Turkey Breeders -- Turkey Breeder Toms -- Turkey Breeder Hens -- Artificial Insemination -- Hatching Eggs -- Hatchery Services -- Brooding -- Floor Brooding -- Floor Covering -- Brooders -- Brooder Guards -- Equipment Arrangement -- Trough Feeders -- Mechanical Feeders -- Waterers -- Rearing Turkeys -- References -- 14 Waterfowl Production -- Ducks -- Geese -- Processing Waterfowl -- Handling Waterfowl -- Pinioning -- Sexing Waterfowl -- References -- 15 Miscellaneous Poultry -- Coturnix Quail -- Bobwhite Quail -- Chukar Partridge -- Pheasants -- Guinea Fowl -- Peafowl -- Pigeons -- Swan -- References -- 16 Poultry Management Practices -- Production Management -- Specialized Procedures and Devices -- Sanitation and Waste Disposal Procedures -- Financial Management -- References.
    Abstract: Poultry Meat and Egg Production has been prepared primarily for use as a text for students taking their first courses in poultry manage­ ment. The general overall science and production practices currently in use in the industry have been characterized and described so that the student can gain insight into the industry. Reading portions of chapters before the lecture discussions and laboratory sessions will be helpful in giving students an understanding of the material. Also, this gives the instructor an opportunity to emphasize in the lectures areas of current concern in the industry, and to present topics of his or her choice in greater detail. We wish to acknowledge and thank the following scientists who reviewed and critically evaluated the several chapters and made many helpful suggestions: Dr. Bobby Barnett, Clemson University; Mr. D. O. Bell, University of California; Dr. Donald Bray (retired), University of Illinois; Dr. W. H. Burke, University of Georgia; Dr. Frank Cherms, Nicholas Turkey Breeding Farms, Inc., Sonoma, California; Dr. Wen­ dell Carlson (retired), South Dakota State University; Dr. J. V. Craig, Kansas State University; Dr. K. Goodwin (retired), Pennsylvania State University; Dr. T. L. Goodwin, University of Arkansas; Dr. G. C.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 The Poultry IndustryBiological Classification -- Domestication -- American Poultry Association Classification -- Commercial Classification -- Poultry as Food-Producing Animals -- Poultry as Laboratory Animals -- World Poultry Production -- The United States Poultry Industry -- Consumption of Poultry Products -- Careers in the Poultry Industry -- References -- 2 Anatomy and Structure of the Fowl -- Feathers -- Skin -- Muscles -- Skeleton -- Circulatory System -- Body Temperature -- Respiration -- Digestion -- Mouth and Esophagus -- Crop and Proventriculus -- Gizzard -- Pancreas -- Liver -- Small Intestine -- Ceca -- Large Intestine, Rectum, and Cloaca -- Excretory System -- Nervous System -- Avian Senses -- Endocrine Organs -- References -- 3 Physiology and Reproduction in Poultry -- Endocrine System -- Physiology of Reproduction -- Reproduction -- References -- 4 Genetics and Poultry Breeding -- The Cell Theory -- Cell Division -- Gene Function -- Genetic Code -- Mutations -- Phenotypic Expression (Nonadditive) -- Phenotypic Expression of Genes (Additive) -- Heritability Estimates -- Selection -- Current Breeding Systems -- Strain Crosses -- Crossbreeding -- Selecting Superior Genetic Stock -- Progeny Testing -- Sources of Genetic Stock -- Breeds and Varieties of Chickens -- The Utilitarian Concept -- Future Poultry Genetics and Breeding -- Lethal Genes -- Parthenogenesis -- References -- 5 Incubation and Hatchery Management -- Poultry Reproduction -- Storage and Selection of Hatching Eggs -- Embryonic Development -- Extraembryonic Membranes -- Daily Embryonic Growth -- Embryonic Nutrition -- Embryonic Communication -- Embryology in Research and Teaching -- Artificial Incubation -- Modern Incubators -- Temperature -- Relative Humidity -- Air Supply -- Hatching Egg Positions -- Embryonic Mortality -- The National Poultry Improvement Plan -- Hatchery Sanitation -- Franchise Hatchery System -- Hatchery Services -- References -- 6 Social Behavior and Animal Welfare -- Social Organization -- Behavior of Feral Chickens -- Communication -- Behavior of Domestic Poultry -- Social Behavior in Growing Chicks -- Other Adult Social Behavior Characteristics -- Animal Rights -- The Humane Movement -- Animal Welfarists -- Animal Rightists -- Animal Liberationists -- Agricultural Involvement with Humane Groups -- Public Relations -- Need for a Code of Ethics -- References -- 7 Environment and Housing -- Farmstead Planning -- External Services and Utilities -- Water Supply -- Poultry Building Orientation -- Aesthetic Value -- House Construction -- Turnkey Houses -- Criteria for Selecting a Manufactured House -- Vapor Barriers -- Ventilation -- References -- 8 Poultry Nutrition -- Nutrients -- References -- 9 Diseases and Parasites of Poultry -- Disease Prevention -- Diagnostic Organs in Postmortem Examinations -- Immunology of Disease Control -- Poultry Disease Control Strategy -- Vaccination -- Nutritional Deficiency Diseases -- Protozoan Diseases -- Bacterial Diseases -- Fowl Cholera -- Nonrespiratory Bacterial Diseases -- Mycoplasma -- Viral Diseases -- Fungal and Mold Diseases -- Mycotoxicosis -- External Parasites -- Internal Parasites -- Behavioral Diseases -- Reproductive Diseases -- References -- 10 Poultry and Egg Marketing -- Assembling -- Transporting -- Assumption of Risk -- Market News -- Futures Trading -- Processing Poultry -- Further Processing -- Eggs -- Storage -- Inspection and Grading -- Packaging -- Merchandising -- New Product Development -- References -- 11 Broiler Production -- United States Broiler Industry -- World Broiler Industry -- Broiler Breeders -- Housing and Egg Production -- Care of Hatching Eggs -- The Hatchery -- Housing for Broilers -- Litter -- Brooding -- Brooding Methods -- Density -- Placement -- Management Suggestions for Partial House Brooding -- Watering Equipment -- Feeding Equipment -- Lighting Programs -- Ventilation -- Gas Concentrations -- Ventilation for Partial House Brooding -- Fan Timers -- Fan Thermostats -- Air Intakes -- Broiler Diets -- Catching and Hauling Broilers -- Grower Responsibilities -- Catching Crews -- Types of Broilers -- Roasters -- Grower Contracts -- References -- 12 Commercial Egg Production -- Starting Pullets in Cages -- Brooding -- Growing Pullets in Cages -- Managing Laying Hens in Cages -- Induced Molting -- References -- 13 Turkey Production -- Origin of the Turkey -- Color Varieties -- Turkey Genetics -- Turkey Breeder Flocks -- Turkey Breeders -- Turkey Breeder Toms -- Turkey Breeder Hens -- Artificial Insemination -- Hatching Eggs -- Hatchery Services -- Brooding -- Floor Brooding -- Floor Covering -- Brooders -- Brooder Guards -- Equipment Arrangement -- Trough Feeders -- Mechanical Feeders -- Waterers -- Rearing Turkeys -- References -- 14 Waterfowl Production -- Ducks -- Geese -- Processing Waterfowl -- Handling Waterfowl -- Pinioning -- Sexing Waterfowl -- References -- 15 Miscellaneous Poultry -- Coturnix Quail -- Bobwhite Quail -- Chukar Partridge -- Pheasants -- Guinea Fowl -- Peafowl -- Pigeons -- Swan -- References -- 16 Poultry Management Practices -- Production Management -- Specialized Procedures and Devices -- Sanitation and Waste Disposal Procedures -- Financial Management -- References.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 30
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401091541
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIV, 326 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Molecular and ionic recognition by biological systems -- 2 Molecular and ionic recognition by chemical methods -- 3 Organic sensor materials in entangled and polymer-bound matrices for ion-selective electrodes -- 4 Conducting polymers -- 5 Chemically modified electrodes -- 6 Immunoassay techniques -- 7 Selective chemical transduction based on chemoreceptive control of membrane ion permeability -- 8 Voltammetric and amperometric transducers -- 9 Potentiometric transducers -- 10 MOSFET devices -- 11 Thick film devices -- 12 Catalytic devices -- 13 Spectroscopic and fibre-optic transducers -- 14 Piezoelectric transducers.
    Abstract: At the beginning of this book, and in the absence of guidance from IUPAC, it is appropriate to clarify the term 'chemical sensor'. A chemical sensor may be defined as a simple-to-use, robust device that is capable of reliable quantitative or qualitative recognition of atomic, molecular or ionic species. It is hard to imagine a field of applied chemistry in which a significant impact could not be made by such a device. Undoubtedly, it is this potential that has fuelled the contemporary preoccupation with chemical sensors. An unfortunate side-effect of this otherwise welcome interest is the use of the term 'chemical sensor' to add the chemical equivalent of a 'High-Tech gloss' to a rather ordinary device, publication, conference or research group. This loose usage of terminology is responsible in part for the ambiguity that surrounds many chemists' concepts of the form and function of chemical sensors. Further ambiguity arises from the extravagant claims that have been made for some sensors, and the impression that has been given of much 'verging-on-a-breakthrough' research. The research chemist engaged in sensor development should be mindful of the fact that the ultimate target for these devices is the real world, and that a successful laboratory device operating under well-defined conditions and careful calibration does not constitute a chemical sensor. Research into chemical sensors is not a recent phenomenon; it has been under way for over 80 years.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Molecular and ionic recognition by biological systems2 Molecular and ionic recognition by chemical methods -- 3 Organic sensor materials in entangled and polymer-bound matrices for ion-selective electrodes -- 4 Conducting polymers -- 5 Chemically modified electrodes -- 6 Immunoassay techniques -- 7 Selective chemical transduction based on chemoreceptive control of membrane ion permeability -- 8 Voltammetric and amperometric transducers -- 9 Potentiometric transducers -- 10 MOSFET devices -- 11 Thick film devices -- 12 Catalytic devices -- 13 Spectroscopic and fibre-optic transducers -- 14 Piezoelectric transducers.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 31
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400912113
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XII, 291 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Probability and its laws -- 1.1 Uncertainty and probability -- 1.2 Direct measurement -- Exercises 1(a) -- 1.3 Betting behaviour -- 1.4 Fair bets -- 1.5 The Addition Law -- Exercises 1(b) -- 1.6 The Multiplication Law -- 1.7 Independence -- Exercises 1(c) -- 2 Probability measurements -- 2.1 True probabilities -- Exercises 2(a) -- 2.2 Elaboration -- Exercises 2(b) -- 2.3 The disjunction theorem -- Exercises 2(c) -- 2.4 The sum theorem -- Exercises 2(d) -- 2.5 Partitions -- 2.6 Symmetry probability -- Exercises 2(e) -- 3 Bayes’ theorem -- 3.1 Extending the argument -- Exercises 3(a) -- 3.2 Bayes’ theorem -- 3.3 Learning from experience -- Exercises 3(b) -- 3.4 Zero probabilities in Bayes’ theorem -- 3.5 Example: disputed authorship -- 4 Trials and deals -- 4.1 The product theorem -- 4.2 Mutual independence -- Exercises 4(a) -- 4.3 Trials -- 4.4 Factorials and combinations -- Exercises 4(b) -- 4.5 Binomial probabilities -- Exercises 4(c) -- 4.6 Multinomial probabilities -- Exercises 4(d) -- 4.7 Deals -- 4.8 Probabilities from information -- Exercises 4(e) -- 4.9 Properties of deals -- 4.10 Hypergeometric probabilities -- Exercises 4(f) -- 4.11 Deals from large collections -- Exercises 4(g) -- 5 Random variables -- 5.1 Definitions -- 5.2 Two or more random variables -- Exercises 5(a) -- 5.3 Elaborations with random variables -- 5.4 Example: capture-recapture -- 5.5 Example: job applications -- Exercises 5(b) -- 5.6 Mean and standard deviation -- Exercises 5(c) -- 5.7 Measuring distributions -- 5.8 Some standard distributions -- Exercises 5(d) -- 6 Distribution theory -- 6.1 Deriving standard distributions -- 6.2 Combining distributions -- Exercises 6(a) -- 6.3 Basic theory of expectations -- 6.4 Further expectation theory -- Exercises 6(b) -- 6.5 Covariance and correlation -- Exercises 6(c) -- 6.6 Conditional expectations -- 6.7 Linear regression functions -- Exercises 6(d) -- 7 Continuous distributions -- 7.1 Continuous random variables -- 7.2 Distribution functions -- Exercises 7(a) -- 7.3 Density functions -- 7.4 Transformations and expectations -- Exercises 7(b) -- 7.5 Standard continuous distributions -- Exercises 7(c) -- 7.6 Two continuous random variables -- 7.7 Example: heat transfer -- Exercises 7(d) -- 7.8 Random variables of mixed type -- Exercises 7(e) -- 7.9 Continuous distribution theory -- Exercises 7(f) -- 8 Frequencies -- 8.1 Exchangeable propositions -- 8.2 The finite characterization -- Exercises 8(a) -- 8.3 De Finetti’s theorem -- 8.4 Updating -- Exercises 8(b) -- 8.5 Beta prior distributions -- Exercises 8(c) -- 8.6 Probability and frequency -- 8.7 Calibration -- 9 Statistical models -- 9.1 Parameters and models -- 9.2 Exchangeable random variables -- Exercises 9(a) -- 9.3 Samples -- 9.4 Measuring mean and variance -- Exercises 9(b) -- 9.5 Exchangeable parametric models -- 9.6 The normal location model -- Exercises 9(c) -- 9.7 The Poisson model -- 9.8 Linear estimation -- Exercises 9(d) -- 9.9 Postscript -- Appendix — Solutions to exercises.
    Abstract: This book is an elementary and practical introduction to probability theory. It differs from other introductory texts in two important respects. First, the per­ sonal (or subjective) view of probability is adopted throughout. Second, emphasis is placed on how values are assigned to probabilities in practice, i.e. the measurement of probabilities. The personal approach to probability is in many ways more natural than other current formulations, and can also provide a broader view of the subject. It thus has a unifying effect. It has also assumed great importance recently because of the growth of Bayesian Statistics. Personal probability is essential for modern Bayesian methods, and it can be difficult for students who have learnt a different view of probability to adapt to Bayesian thinking. This book has been produced in response to that difficulty, to present a thorough introduction to probability from scratch, and entirely in the personal framework.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Probability and its laws1.1 Uncertainty and probability -- 1.2 Direct measurement -- Exercises 1(a) -- 1.3 Betting behaviour -- 1.4 Fair bets -- 1.5 The Addition Law -- Exercises 1(b) -- 1.6 The Multiplication Law -- 1.7 Independence -- Exercises 1(c) -- 2 Probability measurements -- 2.1 True probabilities -- Exercises 2(a) -- 2.2 Elaboration -- Exercises 2(b) -- 2.3 The disjunction theorem -- Exercises 2(c) -- 2.4 The sum theorem -- Exercises 2(d) -- 2.5 Partitions -- 2.6 Symmetry probability -- Exercises 2(e) -- 3 Bayes’ theorem -- 3.1 Extending the argument -- Exercises 3(a) -- 3.2 Bayes’ theorem -- 3.3 Learning from experience -- Exercises 3(b) -- 3.4 Zero probabilities in Bayes’ theorem -- 3.5 Example: disputed authorship -- 4 Trials and deals -- 4.1 The product theorem -- 4.2 Mutual independence -- Exercises 4(a) -- 4.3 Trials -- 4.4 Factorials and combinations -- Exercises 4(b) -- 4.5 Binomial probabilities -- Exercises 4(c) -- 4.6 Multinomial probabilities -- Exercises 4(d) -- 4.7 Deals -- 4.8 Probabilities from information -- Exercises 4(e) -- 4.9 Properties of deals -- 4.10 Hypergeometric probabilities -- Exercises 4(f) -- 4.11 Deals from large collections -- Exercises 4(g) -- 5 Random variables -- 5.1 Definitions -- 5.2 Two or more random variables -- Exercises 5(a) -- 5.3 Elaborations with random variables -- 5.4 Example: capture-recapture -- 5.5 Example: job applications -- Exercises 5(b) -- 5.6 Mean and standard deviation -- Exercises 5(c) -- 5.7 Measuring distributions -- 5.8 Some standard distributions -- Exercises 5(d) -- 6 Distribution theory -- 6.1 Deriving standard distributions -- 6.2 Combining distributions -- Exercises 6(a) -- 6.3 Basic theory of expectations -- 6.4 Further expectation theory -- Exercises 6(b) -- 6.5 Covariance and correlation -- Exercises 6(c) -- 6.6 Conditional expectations -- 6.7 Linear regression functions -- Exercises 6(d) -- 7 Continuous distributions -- 7.1 Continuous random variables -- 7.2 Distribution functions -- Exercises 7(a) -- 7.3 Density functions -- 7.4 Transformations and expectations -- Exercises 7(b) -- 7.5 Standard continuous distributions -- Exercises 7(c) -- 7.6 Two continuous random variables -- 7.7 Example: heat transfer -- Exercises 7(d) -- 7.8 Random variables of mixed type -- Exercises 7(e) -- 7.9 Continuous distribution theory -- Exercises 7(f) -- 8 Frequencies -- 8.1 Exchangeable propositions -- 8.2 The finite characterization -- Exercises 8(a) -- 8.3 De Finetti’s theorem -- 8.4 Updating -- Exercises 8(b) -- 8.5 Beta prior distributions -- Exercises 8(c) -- 8.6 Probability and frequency -- 8.7 Calibration -- 9 Statistical models -- 9.1 Parameters and models -- 9.2 Exchangeable random variables -- Exercises 9(a) -- 9.3 Samples -- 9.4 Measuring mean and variance -- Exercises 9(b) -- 9.5 Exchangeable parametric models -- 9.6 The normal location model -- Exercises 9(c) -- 9.7 The Poisson model -- 9.8 Linear estimation -- Exercises 9(d) -- 9.9 Postscript -- Appendix - Solutions to exercises.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 32
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400911918
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Formation and occurrence of gemstones -- 1.1 Formation of inclusions -- 1.2 Inclusions in the major gemstones -- 1.3 Photographing inclusions -- 2 The nature of gemstones -- 2.1 Valency -- 2.2 Bonding -- 2.3 The building blocks of crystals -- 2.4 Polymorphism and isomorphism -- 2.5 The classification of minerals -- 2.6 Crystal structure -- 2.7 Properties of crystals -- 2.8 Gem crystals -- 3 Gem testing -- 3.1 Hardness -- 3.2 Gemstones and light -- 3.3 Specific gravity -- 4 Recent developments in gem testing -- 4.1 Thermal conductivity -- 4.2 Measurement of refractive index -- 4.3 Measurement of reflectivity -- 4.4 Surface assessment -- 4.5 X-ray topography -- 4.6 The electron microscope -- 4.7 The electron microprobe -- 4.8 Electron paramagnetic resonance -- 4.9 Energy dispersive X-ray spectrophotometry -- 4.10 UV spectrophotometry -- 5 Colour -- 5.1 The physics of colour -- 5.2 The chemistry of colour -- 5.3 Colour filters -- 5.4 The spectroscope -- 5.5 Alteration of colour -- 6 Fashioning -- 6.1 Fashioning of diamond -- 6.2 Other stones -- 7 Gemstones in commerce -- 7.1 Diamond grading -- 7.2 Buying gemstones -- 8 Descriptive section: inorganic materials -- 9 Descriptive section: organic materials -- 10 Synthetic and imitation stones -- 10.1 Crystal growth from solution -- 10.2 Growth by flame-fusion -- 10.3 Hydrothermal growth -- 10.4 Crystal pulling -- 10.5 Flux-melt growth -- 10.6 Manufacture of important stones -- 10.7 Composites -- 10.8 Glass -- 10.9 Metals -- 10.10 Ceramics -- 10.11 Plastics -- Appendix A Identification tables -- A1 Specific gravity -- A2 Refractive index -- A3 Birefringence -- A4 Dispersion -- A5 Hardness -- A6 Cleavage -- A7 Less common and trade names -- Appendix B Useful sources of information -- Appendix C Birthstones.
    Abstract: Gemstones is the first attempt in English to bring together the geological, mineralogical and gemmological developments that have taken place during the last thirty years. Though there have been many gemstone books published in that time, most have been concerned, understandably and rightly, with the science of gem testing and have covered that area very well. Details of the geological occurrence of many of the classic gemstones, and of nearly all those which have only recently been discovered, have been less adequately dealt with. Coverage has been restricted to a number of papers in a wide variety of geological and mineralogical journals. Gemstones hopes to get the balance right. In the preparation of the book all the journals and monographs in the field have been consulted so that the book should stand for some years as the authority to which gemmologists and others turn in the first instance. Ease of reference and depth of coverage make Gemstones both a reference book and a bench book. Acknow ledgements I am grateful to Brian Jackson of the Department of Geology, Royal Museums of Scotland who read the manuscript and painstakingly indicated places where amendment or alteration was needed. I am also grateful to the publishers of the books on which the line illustrations are based. The colour plates present in the book derive from a number of sources, which I would like to acknowledge as follows. Plates 1, 4-15 and 17 Crown copyright reserved.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Formation and occurrence of gemstones1.1 Formation of inclusions -- 1.2 Inclusions in the major gemstones -- 1.3 Photographing inclusions -- 2 The nature of gemstones -- 2.1 Valency -- 2.2 Bonding -- 2.3 The building blocks of crystals -- 2.4 Polymorphism and isomorphism -- 2.5 The classification of minerals -- 2.6 Crystal structure -- 2.7 Properties of crystals -- 2.8 Gem crystals -- 3 Gem testing -- 3.1 Hardness -- 3.2 Gemstones and light -- 3.3 Specific gravity -- 4 Recent developments in gem testing -- 4.1 Thermal conductivity -- 4.2 Measurement of refractive index -- 4.3 Measurement of reflectivity -- 4.4 Surface assessment -- 4.5 X-ray topography -- 4.6 The electron microscope -- 4.7 The electron microprobe -- 4.8 Electron paramagnetic resonance -- 4.9 Energy dispersive X-ray spectrophotometry -- 4.10 UV spectrophotometry -- 5 Colour -- 5.1 The physics of colour -- 5.2 The chemistry of colour -- 5.3 Colour filters -- 5.4 The spectroscope -- 5.5 Alteration of colour -- 6 Fashioning -- 6.1 Fashioning of diamond -- 6.2 Other stones -- 7 Gemstones in commerce -- 7.1 Diamond grading -- 7.2 Buying gemstones -- 8 Descriptive section: inorganic materials -- 9 Descriptive section: organic materials -- 10 Synthetic and imitation stones -- 10.1 Crystal growth from solution -- 10.2 Growth by flame-fusion -- 10.3 Hydrothermal growth -- 10.4 Crystal pulling -- 10.5 Flux-melt growth -- 10.6 Manufacture of important stones -- 10.7 Composites -- 10.8 Glass -- 10.9 Metals -- 10.10 Ceramics -- 10.11 Plastics -- Appendix A Identification tables -- A1 Specific gravity -- A2 Refractive index -- A3 Birefringence -- A4 Dispersion -- A5 Hardness -- A6 Cleavage -- A7 Less common and trade names -- Appendix B Useful sources of information -- Appendix C Birthstones.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 33
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401164962
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 The scope -- 1.1 The questions -- 1.2 Experimental philosophy -- 1.3 Conclusions -- 2 The good experiment -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 The conditions -- 2.3 What goes in: starting materials -- 2.4 Measurement imperfections -- 2.5 What comes out: analytical techniques -- 2.6 Conclusions -- 3 The machines -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Machines for “easy” conditions (atmospheric pressure) -- 3.3 Machines for near-surface hydrothermal conditions -- 3.4 Moderate pressure: crust-upper-mantle machines -- 3.5 Ultra-pressure machines -- 3.6 Machines for thermodynamic measurements -- 3.7 Conclusions -- 4 Metamorphic experiments on solid-solid reactions -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Reactions involving pure phases -- 4.3 Displaced equilibria and activity measurements -- 4.4 Displaced equilibria with two solid solutions -- 4.5 Coexisting solid solutions -- 4.6 Putting it all together -- 5 Metamorphic experiments on solid-fluid reactions -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 Fluid generation and control -- 5.3 Devolatilization experiments -- 5.4 Mineral-fluid interactions -- 6 Just fluids -- 6.1 Objectives -- 6.2 Volumetric measurements: P-V-T -- 6.3 Speciation from solubility -- 6.4 Speciation from spectroscopy -- 6.5 Speciation from electrical conductivity -- 6.6 Conclusions -- 7 Igneous experiments on melts and crystals -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 Atmospheric pressure experiments -- 7.3 Crustal magmas -- 7.4 Experiments at mantle pressures -- 7.5 Trace element behavior -- 7.6 Conclusions -- 8 Igneous experiments on melts and fluids -- 8.1 Introduction -- 8.2 Volatile solubilities in melts -- 8.3 Spectroscopic measurements and speciation methods -- 8.4 Distribution of elements between melts and fluids -- 8.5 Conclusions -- 9 Physical properties of Earth materials -- 9.1 Introduction -- 9.2 Viscosity of silicate melts -- 9.3 Diffusion -- 9.4 Crystal growth -- 9.5 Elastic properties -- 9.6 Conclusions -- A.1 Measuring temperature -- A.2 Measuring and generating pressure -- A.3 Controlling oxygen fugacity -- A.4 Materials -- A.5 Preparation of starting materials -- Bibliography/References.
    Abstract: This is a book about the why and how of doing experiments on rocks, minerals, magmas, and fluids. It could have as logically been subtitled "Experimental petrology" as "Experimental geochemistry," but we chose geochemistry to emphasize the broad and overlapping nature of current experimental work. We have tried to aim the book at a general readership which we hope will include advanced undergraduate students, graduate students, and anyone else interested in learning something about experimental petrology. Although we hope there will be something of interest for the practicing experimentalist, our aim is at the non-experimentalist interested in learning why experiments are useful, what kind of experiments can be done, and what some of the major problems and limitations are and how they can best be avoided. The result of a journey through this book should be an ability to evaluate published experimental work critically and a knowledge of the kinds of problems an experimentalist might be able to help solve. Some details of experimental technique are included in the Appendix for those readers who want to "get their hands dirty. " Indeed, one of our main incentives for writing this book was to try to encourage more petrologists and geochemists to become experimentalists. In our pedagogical approach we have chosen to discuss a small number of case histories as illustrations of principles and techniques. We have tried to select studies we regard as well executed.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 The scope1.1 The questions -- 1.2 Experimental philosophy -- 1.3 Conclusions -- 2 The good experiment -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 The conditions -- 2.3 What goes in: starting materials -- 2.4 Measurement imperfections -- 2.5 What comes out: analytical techniques -- 2.6 Conclusions -- 3 The machines -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Machines for “easy” conditions (atmospheric pressure) -- 3.3 Machines for near-surface hydrothermal conditions -- 3.4 Moderate pressure: crust-upper-mantle machines -- 3.5 Ultra-pressure machines -- 3.6 Machines for thermodynamic measurements -- 3.7 Conclusions -- 4 Metamorphic experiments on solid-solid reactions -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Reactions involving pure phases -- 4.3 Displaced equilibria and activity measurements -- 4.4 Displaced equilibria with two solid solutions -- 4.5 Coexisting solid solutions -- 4.6 Putting it all together -- 5 Metamorphic experiments on solid-fluid reactions -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 Fluid generation and control -- 5.3 Devolatilization experiments -- 5.4 Mineral-fluid interactions -- 6 Just fluids -- 6.1 Objectives -- 6.2 Volumetric measurements: P-V-T -- 6.3 Speciation from solubility -- 6.4 Speciation from spectroscopy -- 6.5 Speciation from electrical conductivity -- 6.6 Conclusions -- 7 Igneous experiments on melts and crystals -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 Atmospheric pressure experiments -- 7.3 Crustal magmas -- 7.4 Experiments at mantle pressures -- 7.5 Trace element behavior -- 7.6 Conclusions -- 8 Igneous experiments on melts and fluids -- 8.1 Introduction -- 8.2 Volatile solubilities in melts -- 8.3 Spectroscopic measurements and speciation methods -- 8.4 Distribution of elements between melts and fluids -- 8.5 Conclusions -- 9 Physical properties of Earth materials -- 9.1 Introduction -- 9.2 Viscosity of silicate melts -- 9.3 Diffusion -- 9.4 Crystal growth -- 9.5 Elastic properties -- 9.6 Conclusions -- A.1 Measuring temperature -- A.2 Measuring and generating pressure -- A.3 Controlling oxygen fugacity -- A.4 Materials -- A.5 Preparation of starting materials -- Bibliography/References.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 34
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400912151
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: I The Biological Underpinnings of Scents -- 1 Human odour culture: a zoological perspective -- 2 The molecular dimension in perfumery -- 3 The significance of odorous steroids in axillary odour -- II Developmental and Social Aspects of Fragrance -- 4 The acquisition of odour hedonics -- 5 Perfume as a tactic of impression management in social and organizational settings -- III Odour Perception and the Language of the Brain -- 6 Contingent negative variation (CNV) and the psychological effects of odour -- 7 Emotion and the brain -- IV Fragrance Therapies -- 8 Anxiety reduction using fragrances -- 9 Essential oils as psychotherapeutic agents -- V The Consumer and Perfume -- 10 The psychology of fragrance selection -- 11 Perfume, people, perceptions and products -- 12 Selling perfume: a technique or an art? -- 13 Fragrance education and the psychology of smell -- References -- Author Index.
    Abstract: in 1951 Oellinek, 1951), until the conference held at the University of Warwick in 1986 there has previously never been a joint meeting of the industrial and academic disciplines relating to the sense of smell. Each year brings the launchings of many new perfumes; the respective national perfumery societies hold meetings; conferences on the sense of smell take place. These events involve the exchange of important knowledge relating to perfumes but the information remains largely isolated. The Warwick Olfaction Research Group is unusual in that it is led by two people, one of whom is a practising perfumer with an understanding of what it means to be asked to create a perfume, and the other a psychologist with an expertise in the area of emotion. Our interaction (Dodd and Van Toller, 1983) was a potent stimulus to hold the First International Conference on the Psychology of Perfumery. The main purpose of the meeting was to see if there was a framework that would knit the area together into a coherent set of ideas and also to give new perspectives to the study of perfumes. We invited speakers from all areas of the discipline. Thus, the meeting brought together people from the fragrance industry, academics and aromatherapists into a forum for debate. Besides the scientific basis of smell and perfumery, other important topics, including the important one of educating the general public about; olfaction and perfume, were discussed.
    Description / Table of Contents: I The Biological Underpinnings of Scents1 Human odour culture: a zoological perspective -- 2 The molecular dimension in perfumery -- 3 The significance of odorous steroids in axillary odour -- II Developmental and Social Aspects of Fragrance -- 4 The acquisition of odour hedonics -- 5 Perfume as a tactic of impression management in social and organizational settings -- III Odour Perception and the Language of the Brain -- 6 Contingent negative variation (CNV) and the psychological effects of odour -- 7 Emotion and the brain -- IV Fragrance Therapies -- 8 Anxiety reduction using fragrances -- 9 Essential oils as psychotherapeutic agents -- V The Consumer and Perfume -- 10 The psychology of fragrance selection -- 11 Perfume, people, perceptions and products -- 12 Selling perfume: a technique or an art? -- 13 Fragrance education and the psychology of smell -- References -- Author Index.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 35
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401160674
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: This book brings together and makes easily accessible data on flash points pres­ ently listed in the standard references, plus many values measured in American indus­ trial laboratories and European data as represented by the Fluka catalog and by values given in Nabert and Schoen. It is a collection that should be useful to those involved in manufacturing, handling, and shipping the many organics and organometallics now in production. The author would like to thank David Harvey, President, and Chuck Pouchert, of Aldrich Chemical Company, for permission to use their material and for provid­ ing a computer printout of some six thousand chemicals listed in the Aldrich cata­ log. Flash points for most of these chemicals were measured in the Aldrich laboratories and are not available elsewhere. Thanks are due also to Dr. Marjan Bace of Elsevier Science Publishing Co., Inc., who recognized the need for a handbook on flash points and handled the pub­ lishing arrangements. Particular thanks go to my wife, Mary, who prepared the entire camera-ready manuscript. Richard M. Stephenson The University of Connecticut Storrs, Connecticut December, 1986 v Introduction Flash points are of particular importance to those involved with the handling and ship­ ping of organics and organometaliics. As each country has its own shipping regula­ tions, this can be a real problem for international shippers. Many flash points have been determined by individual chemical manufacturers in answer to their own needs
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 36
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401573986
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XI, 690 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Food Laws and Standards -- Development of Federal Food Laws -- Other FDA Regulations, Guidelines, and Action Levels -- Other Regulatory Agencies -- Operating under the Food Additives Amendment -- Approved Food Additives -- Summary -- Selected References -- 2 Sampling and Proximate Analysis -- Sampling -- Moisture -- Crude Fat -- Crude Protein -- Crude Fiber -- Ash -- Selected References -- 3 Instrumental Methods of Analysis -- Weighing Devices -- Visible and Ultraviolet Spectrophotometry -- Infrared Spectrophotometry -- Fluorometry -- Gas Chromatography -- Atomic Absorption Spectrophotometry -- Column Liquid Chromatography -- Thin-Layer Chromatography -- pH -- Polarography -- X-Ray Fluorescence -- Scanning Electron Microscopy -- Selected References -- 4 Carbohydrates -- General Properties -- Monosaccharides -- Oligosaccharides -- Polysaccharides -- Biosynthesis -- Relationship of Structure to Sweetness -- Nutritional Value of Carbohydrates -- Commercial Sugar and Sugar Products -- Corn Sweeteners -- Qualitative Analysis -- Quantitative Analysis -- Selected References -- 5 Lipids -- Simple Lipids and Their Constituents -- Compound Lipids -- Derived Lipids -- Nutritional Value of Fats and Fat Products -- Commericial Fats and Fat Products -- Deterioration of Fats -- Analysis -- Selected References -- 6 Proteins -- Amino Acids and the Peptide Bond -- Classification of Proteins -- Structure of Proteins -- Molecular Weight and Isoelectric Point of Proteins -- Metabolism of Proteins -- Proteins and Nutrition -- Analysis -- Selected References -- 7 Enzymes -- Kinetics of Enzyme-Catalyzed Reactions -- Structure and Active Site -- Nomenclature and Classification -- Food Enzymes -- Commercial Applications -- Enzyme Assays -- Selected References -- 8 The Vitamins -- Water-Soluble Vitamins -- Fat-Soluble Vitamins -- Analysis -- Selected References -- 9 Flavoring Agents -- Common Spices and Herbs -- Oleoresins -- Flavoring Extracts -- Analysis -- Selected References -- 10 Coloring Agents and Color of Foods -- Nature of Light and Color -- Specification and Measurement of Color -- Coloring Agents -- Qualitative Analysis -- Quantitative Analysis -- Selected References -- 11 Wheat and Wheat Products -- Classification of Wheats -- Grain Standards -- Analysis of Wheat -- Production of Wheat Flour -- Standards for Wheat Flours and Related Products -- Components of Flour -- Analysis of Flour -- End Products of Flour -- Determination of Baking Quality -- Selected References -- 12 Milk and Milk Products -- Composition of Milk -- Grades of Milk -- Classes of Milk -- Some Commercial Milk Products -- Analysis of Fluid Milk Products -- Analysis of Dried Milk Products -- Selected References -- 13 Meat, Poultry, and Fish -- Meat -- Poultry -- Analysis of Poultry and Meat Products -- Seafoods -- Analysis of Seafoods -- Selected References -- 14 Food Deterioration, Preservation, and Contamination -- Food Deterioration -- Food Preservation Methods -- Food Contaminants -- Analysis -- Selected References.
    Abstract: There is an increasing demand for food technologists who are not only familiar with the practical aspects of food processing and mer­ chandising but who are also well grounded in chemistry as it relates to the food industry. Thus, in the training of food technologists there is a need for a textbook that combines both lecture material and lab­ oratory experiments involving the major classes of foodstuffs and food additives. To meet this need this book was written. In addition, the book is a reference text for those engaged in research and technical work in the various segments of the food industry. The chemistry of representative classes of foodstuffs is considered with respect to food composition, effects of processing on composition, food deterioration, food preservation, and food additives. Standards of identity for a number of the food products as prescribed by law are given. The food products selected from each class of foodstuffs for lab­ oratory experimentation are not necessarily the most important eco­ nomically or the most widely used. However, the experimental methods and techniques utilized are applicable to the other products of that class of foodstuff. Typical food adjuncts and additives are discussed in relation to their use in food products, together with the laws regulating their usage. Laboratory experiments are given for the qualitative identification and quantitative estimation of many of these substances.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 37
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400931275
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (IX, 339 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Thermal energy and the thermal environment -- 1.1 Thermal energy and temperature -- 1.2 Life, the low-temperature phenomenon -- 1.3 Mechanisms of heat transfer -- 1.4 The thermal environment -- 1.5 Conclusions -- 2 The direct effects of temperature changes -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 Rate–temperature curves – experimental considerations -- 2.3 Empirical descriptions of rate effects -- 2.4 Theoretical equations -- 2.5 The classification of biological processes by temperature coefficients -- 2.6 Theory of absolute reaction rates -- 2.7 Destructive effects of temperature -- 2.8 Temperature optima of biological processes -- 2.9 Low Q10 and temperature-independent processes -- 2.10 Conclusions -- 3 Body temperature in bradymetabolic animals -- 3.1 Thermal inertia – the contribution of body size to the stabilization of Tb -- 3.2 Selection of a preferred body temperature in ectotherms – an adaptive behavioural response -- 3.3 Body temperature in field conditions -- 3.4 Ecological significance of body temperature – costs and benefits -- 3.5 Is preferred Tb the temperature for optimal functioning? -- 3.6 Endothermic animals -- 3.7 Why set Tb between 30°C and 45°C? -- 3.8 Endothermic insects -- 3.9 The need for ‘warm-up’ -- 3.10 Thermoregulation in flight -- 3.11 Thermoregulation in honeybee swarms -- 3.12 Ecological costs and benefits of endothermy in insects -- 3.13 Endothermic fish -- 3.14 Endothermic reptiles -- 3.15 Conclusions -- 4 Body temperature in tachymetabolic animals -- 4.1 Body temperature -- 4.2 Distribution of heat within the body -- 4.3 Metabolism and ambient temperature -- 4.4 Heat production -- 4.5 Heat loss -- 4.6 Thermal insulation -- 4.7 Regional heterothermy -- 4.8 Thermoregulation -- 4.9 Thermoreceptors -- 4.10 Disturbances of the set-point -- 4.11 Adaptive and acclimatory mechanisms -- 4.12 Ontogenetic aspects of thermoregulation -- 4.13 Conclusions -- 5 Rate compensations and capacity adaptations -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 Patterns of compensation -- 5.3 Temperature acclimation -- 5.4 Seasonal effects upon acclimation -- 5.5 Cellular mechanisms of compensation -- 5.6 Genotypic adaptation to temperature -- 5.7 Conclusions -- 6 Thermal injury, thermal death and resistance adaptation -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 Methods for determining lethal limits -- 6.3 Resistance adaptation -- 6.4 Hardening -- 6.5 Causes of heat death -- 6.6 Cold injury and death -- 6.7 Mechanisms of cold tolerance -- 6.8 A cellular basis for thermal injury and death -- 6.9 Thermal tolerance in multivariate conditions -- 6.10 Lethal limits, temperature and animal distribution -- 6.11 Conclusions -- 7 Effect of temperature on reproduction, development and growth -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 Reproduction -- 7.3 Development -- 7.4 Thermal limits of development and temperature-sensitive stages -- 7.5 Temperature and gene expression -- 7.6 Temperature and ageing -- 7.7 Growth -- 7.8 Populations -- 7.9 Conclusions -- References.
    Abstract: Temperature is one facet in the mosaic of physical and biotic factors that describes the niche of an animal. Ofthe physical factors it is ecologically the most important. for it is a factor that is all-pervasive and one that. in most environments. lacks spatial or temporal constancy. Evolution has produced a wide variety of adaptive strategies and tactics to exploit or deal with this variable environmental factor. The ease with which temperature can be measured. and controlled experimentally. together with its widespread influence on the affairs of animals. has understandably led to a large. dispersed literature. In spite of this no recent book provides a comprehensive treatment of the biology of animals in relation to temperature. Our intention in writing this book was to fill that gap. We hope we have provided a modern statement with a critical synthesis of this diverse field. which will be suitable and stimulating for both advanced undergraduate and post­ graduate students of biology. This book is emphatically not intended as a monographical review. as thermal biology is such a diverse. developed discipline that it could not be encompassed within the confines of a book of this size.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 38
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401170000
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIII, 490 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1. Introduction -- 2. Waveguide Analysis -- Single-Mode Waveguide Analysis -- Loss Mechanisms -- Material Attenuation -- Waveguide Attenuation -- Dispersion in Single-Mode Waveguide -- Standard Waveguide Profiles -- Bandwidth Considerations -- Test Equipment -- Laser -- Detectors -- Beamsplitters and Couplers -- Boxcar Average -- Launcher -- Apertures -- Applications of the OTDR -- Review Problems -- References -- 3. Transmitters -- Solid-State Laser Physics -- Long-Wavelength Sources -- Edge-Emitting Diodes -- Gas Lasers -- YAG Lasers -- Laser Feedback Techniques -- Temperature Control -- Optical FeedbackCircuitry -- Digital Transmitter Design with Lasers -- LinearTransmitters -- Linearizing LED Transmitters -- References -- 4. Receivers -- PiN Diode Detectors -- Avalanche Photodiode Detectors (APD) -- Linear Receivers -- Microwave Preamplifier Biasing -- Receiver Design -- Preamplifier Noise -- Review Problems -- References -- 5. Waveguide Terminations and Splices -- Misalignment Losses -- Connectors -- Splices -- Common Commercial Connector Designs -- Commercially Available Splices -- Review Problems -- References -- 6. Integrated Optic and Network Components -- Fiber-Optic Switches and Couplers (Active) -- Couplers (Fixed) -- Wavelength Multiplexing/Demultiplexing -- Review Problems -- References -- 7. Integrated Optics -- Integrated Optics Components -- Mode Numbers and Cut-off Derivations -- Coupling to Integrated Optics -- Fiber-Optic Modulators -- VLSI Techniques Applied to Integrated Optics -- Review Problems -- References -- 8. Local Area Networks -- International Standards Organization (ISO) Network Model -- Common Networks -- Physical Layer -- Simplex Links -- Review Problems -- References -- 9. Local Area Networks Applied to Single-Mode Fiber-Optic Technology -- Network Topology -- Graph Theory -- Network Flow -- Time Delay Analysis -- Channel Capacity -- Noise Considerations -- Backbone Design -- Network Layer (Virtual Circuits) -- Datagram -- Routing Techniques -- Local Area Networks -- Token Passing Networks -- Hybrid Star Network -- Gateways -- Broadband Fiber-Optic Networks -- Review Problems -- References -- 10. Long-Haul Networks -- M-ary Codes -- Long-Distance Transmission Systems (Over 10 Kilometers) -- Long-Distance Cable Plant and the Loss Budget -- High-Sensitivity Receivers -- Review Problems -- References -- 11. Fiber-Optic Sensors -- Sagnac Effect -- Temperature Sensitivity -- Review Problems -- References -- 12. Angular Division Multiplexer (ADM) -- Modal Analysis -- Crosstalk -- ADM Bandwidth Considerations -- Loss Mechanisms -- Noise -- ADM Transmitters -- ADM Receivers -- Cable Plant Design -- ADM Demultiplexer -- Review Problems -- References.
    Abstract: Fiber optics is a transmission technique that uses electrical signals to modulate a light source and thereby produce an optical signal proportional to the electrical signal. These optical signals contain information that is transmitted via a glass waveguide to a light-sensitive receiver. Fiber optics has a distinct advantage over copper networks for some applications. The objective of this book is to explore monomode, as opposed to multimode, applications of fiber optics to local area networks (LANs), which have become a rather important aspect of this technology because of the ever-increasing growth of LANs. Monomode fiber optics requires the use of coherent light sources such as laser diodes, YAGs, and HeNe lasers, to name just a few. It has some distinct advantages over multimode that this text will investigate in a cursory manner. (The author's previous book on multimode fiber optics, Fiber Optic Design and Applications, published by Reston, would be helpful but not necessary to aug­ ment this text.) Monomode (or single-mode) fiber optics is the present direction of the state­ of-the-art because of its superior performance. Since a few problems existed that limited the growth of monomode technology at the time this book was being written, several sections of the text will be devoted to examining the shortcom­ ings as well as the performance advantages of this technology.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 39
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400931473
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: I The Liner Shipping Industry -- 1 Characteristics of demand and supply of liner shipping -- 2 Market organization: the conference system -- 3 The level and structure of freight rates -- 4 The art of charging what the traffic can bear -- II Liner Service Optimization -- 5 Ship size and shipping costs -- 6 Multi-port calling versus trans-shipment -- 7 Shippers’ costs of sailings infrequency and transit time -- 8 Port costs and charges and the problem of shipping and port sub-optimizations -- 9 A cost minimization model of a liner trade -- III Economic Evaluation of the Conference System -- 10 The charging floor reconsidered -- 11 The freight rate structure is out of line with the marginal cost structure -- 12 Potential cartel profits become social costs -- 13 Conclusion: price competition in liner shipping should be encouraged -- References -- Author index.
    Abstract: The importance of international liner shipping needs little emphasizing. A large majority of international trade moves by sea, and the liner shipping share in total freight revenue exceeds one-half. Notwithstanding, people in general know surprisingly little about the basic facts of the liner shipping industry, and, in particular, about the economics ofliner shipping. Perhaps because it is an international industry, where shipping lines flying many different flags participate, it has tended to fall in between national accounts of domestic industries. Even transport economists have, generally speaking, treated liner shipping rather 'stepmotherly'; besides the work of Bennathan and Walters (1969), a relatively small group of specialized maritime economists, including A. Stromme-Svendsen, T. Thorburn, S. Sturmey, R. Goss, and B. M. Deakin, have in the post-war period made important contributions to the subject, but so far no coherent and reasonably comprehensive treatise of liner shipping economics has appeared. The first purpose of the present volume is therefore obvious: to provide just that. The book is divided in three parts: Part I The liner shipping industry; Part II Liner service optimization; Part III Economic evaluation of the conference system. Needless to say, all three parts concur to fulfill the first purpose of providing a complete book of liner shipping economics. In Part II a more or less separate, second, purpose has been to develop analytical tools for liner service optimization. Thereby we use different approaches.
    Description / Table of Contents: I The Liner Shipping Industry1 Characteristics of demand and supply of liner shipping -- 2 Market organization: the conference system -- 3 The level and structure of freight rates -- 4 The art of charging what the traffic can bear -- II Liner Service Optimization -- 5 Ship size and shipping costs -- 6 Multi-port calling versus trans-shipment -- 7 Shippers’ costs of sailings infrequency and transit time -- 8 Port costs and charges and the problem of shipping and port sub-optimizations -- 9 A cost minimization model of a liner trade -- III Economic Evaluation of the Conference System -- 10 The charging floor reconsidered -- 11 The freight rate structure is out of line with the marginal cost structure -- 12 Potential cartel profits become social costs -- 13 Conclusion: price competition in liner shipping should be encouraged -- References -- Author index.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 40
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400913455
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: Opening Session -- Opening address -- Wood Defibring Processes -- BOS-038-F The wood behaviour during mechanical defibring -- BOS-137-S Chip refining : Influence of mechanical and chemical treatments on the energy consumption during fatigue of wood -- High Yield Pulping -- BOS-039-F Search for new fibrous composition in order to upgrade low value forest products -- BOS-040-F Pulp delignification and bleaching with hydrogen peroxide -- BOS-043-F New technology for bleached high yield pulp process -- BOS-057-I CTMP from hardwoods and their possible use in some paper grades -- BOS-085-UK Use of anthraquinone as a pulping aid in the NSSC pulping of European hardwoods -- The Problem of Stickies in the Reuse of Waste Paper -- BOS-013-D Formation mechanisms of stickies in waste paper pulp used in papermaking -- BOS-065-NL The influence of zeta-potential on the agglomeration of stickies on a tissue machine using waste -- BOS-122-I Easily removable hot-melt adhesives for use in repulpable paper products and related process -- BOS-006-D Optimization of bleaching and deinking of waste paper for strength and brightness improvement -- BOS-090-UK The chemical treatment of fractionated stock from “freely available” grades of waste paper -- BOS-104-DK Production scale trials with fractionation of recycled fibres -- BOS-131-D Optimization of waste paper fractionation to improve secondary fiber quality for packaging papers -- BOS-005-D Improvement of the efficiency of rosin size in the neutral pH-range -- BOS-010-D More filler in printing papers by optimizing forms and distribution curve of filler particles -- BOS-088-UK The development of processes to increase the filler content of woodfree papers to 40% -- BOS-042-F Study of the properties, applications and widening uses of corrugated board impregnated by total dipping in a solution of resin by a new process -- Paper Manufacturing -- BOS-055-I Paper drying under Z-direction restraint to improve the strength properties of short-fiber high-yield pulps -- BOS-135(I)-S Effects of improved control of the cross profile of the paper web -- BOS-135(II)-S Improved papermaking with emphasis on energy savings and high consistency technology -- Overview and Conclusions -- The future of the European paper industry as seen by CEPAC -- Wood as renewable raw material — Review and analysis of the results -- Plans for the future -- List of Participants -- Index of Authors.
    Abstract: Ph. BOURDEAU, Director, Commission of the European Communities, Directorate-General for Science, Research and Development Opening address K. -H. NARJES, Vice-President of the Commission of the European Communities 3 INTRODUCTION Ph. Bourdeau Director Directorate-General for Science, Research and Development This seminar is in many ways similar to the one which we organized here in Brussels in February 1982 to present to European industry the results of the first EC R&D programme on the Recycling of Paper and Board. That seminar was in fact something of an experiment, being the first one of its kind that we had organized. At the time it was favourably received and we have since had ample proof of its success from the number of practical applications of the techniques developed during the first programme and which were presented at the seminar. The first programme on the Recycling of Paper and Board, which ran from 1978 to 1981, aroused considerable interest. It was consequently followed by a more ambitious programme launched in 1982 and which terminated officially in 1985 - although some of the contracts in fact ran until 1986. This second programme covered the complete wood chain with research carried out on wood production; wood harvest, storage and transport; wood, as a material; wood processing without modification of its basic structure; processing of wood and related organic materials into fibre products; wood as a source of chemicals.
    Description / Table of Contents: Opening SessionOpening address -- Wood Defibring Processes -- BOS-038-F The wood behaviour during mechanical defibring -- BOS-137-S Chip refining : Influence of mechanical and chemical treatments on the energy consumption during fatigue of wood -- High Yield Pulping -- BOS-039-F Search for new fibrous composition in order to upgrade low value forest products -- BOS-040-F Pulp delignification and bleaching with hydrogen peroxide -- BOS-043-F New technology for bleached high yield pulp process -- BOS-057-I CTMP from hardwoods and their possible use in some paper grades -- BOS-085-UK Use of anthraquinone as a pulping aid in the NSSC pulping of European hardwoods -- The Problem of Stickies in the Reuse of Waste Paper -- BOS-013-D Formation mechanisms of stickies in waste paper pulp used in papermaking -- BOS-065-NL The influence of zeta-potential on the agglomeration of stickies on a tissue machine using waste -- BOS-122-I Easily removable hot-melt adhesives for use in repulpable paper products and related process -- BOS-006-D Optimization of bleaching and deinking of waste paper for strength and brightness improvement -- BOS-090-UK The chemical treatment of fractionated stock from “freely available” grades of waste paper -- BOS-104-DK Production scale trials with fractionation of recycled fibres -- BOS-131-D Optimization of waste paper fractionation to improve secondary fiber quality for packaging papers -- BOS-005-D Improvement of the efficiency of rosin size in the neutral pH-range -- BOS-010-D More filler in printing papers by optimizing forms and distribution curve of filler particles -- BOS-088-UK The development of processes to increase the filler content of woodfree papers to 40% -- BOS-042-F Study of the properties, applications and widening uses of corrugated board impregnated by total dipping in a solution of resin by a new process -- Paper Manufacturing -- BOS-055-I Paper drying under Z-direction restraint to improve the strength properties of short-fiber high-yield pulps -- BOS-135(I)-S Effects of improved control of the cross profile of the paper web -- BOS-135(II)-S Improved papermaking with emphasis on energy savings and high consistency technology -- Overview and Conclusions -- The future of the European paper industry as seen by CEPAC -- Wood as renewable raw material - Review and analysis of the results -- Plans for the future -- List of Participants -- Index of Authors.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 41
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400931299
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Differential equations. ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Introduction -- 1.1 Differential equations and associated conditions -- 1.2 Linear and non-linear differential equations -- 1.3 Uniqueness of solutions -- 1.4 Mathematical and numerical methods of solution -- 1.5 Difference equations -- 1.6 Additional notes -- Exercises -- 2 Sensitivity analysis: inherent instability -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 A simple example of sensitivity analysis -- 2.3 Variational equations -- 2.4 Inherent instability of linear recurrence relations. Initial-value problems -- 2.5 Inherent instability of linear differential equations. Initial-value problems -- 2.6 Inherent instability: boundary-value problems -- 2.7 Additional notes -- Exercises -- 3 Initial-value problems: one-step methods -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Three possible one-step methods (finite-difference methods) -- 3.3 Error analysis: linear problems -- 3.4 Error analysis and techniques for non-linear problems -- 3.5 Induced instability: partial instability -- 3.6 Systems of equations -- 3.7 Improving the accuracy -- 3.8 More accurate one-step methods -- 3.9 Additional notes -- Exercises -- 4 Initial-value problems: multi-step methods -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Multi-step finite-difference formulae -- 4.3 Convergence, consistency and zero stability -- 4.4 Partial and other stabilities -- 4.5 Predictor-corrector methods -- 4.6 Error estimation and choice of interval -- 4.7 Starting the computation -- 4.8 Changing the interval -- 4.9 Additional notes -- Exercises -- 5 Initial-value methods for boundary-value problems -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 The shooting method: linear problems -- 5.3 The shooting method: non-linear problems -- 5.4 The shooting method: eigenvalue problems -- 5.5 The shooting method: problems with unknown boundaries -- 5.6 Induced instabilities of shooting methods -- 5.7 Avoiding induced instabilities -- 5.8 Invariant embedding for linear problems -- 5.9 Additional notes -- Exercises -- 6 Global (finite-difference) methods for boundary-value problems -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 Solving linear algebraic equations -- 6.3 Linear differential equations of orders two and four -- 6.4 Simultaneous linear differential equations of first order -- 6.5 Convenience and accuracy of methods -- 6.6 Improvement of accuracy -- 6.7 Non-linear problems -- 6.8 Continuation for non-linear problems -- 6.9 Additional notes -- Exercise -- 7 Expansion methods -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 Properties and computational importance of Chebyshev polynomials -- 7.3 Chebyshev solution of ordinary differential equations -- 7.4 Spline solution of boundary-value problems -- 7.5 Additional notes -- Exercises -- 8 Algorithms -- 8.1 Introduction -- 8.2 Routines for initial-value problems -- 8.3 Routines for boundary-value problems -- 9 Further notes and bibliography -- 10 Answers to selected exercises.
    Abstract: Nearly 20 years ago we produced a treatise (of about the same length as this book) entitled Computing methods for scientists and engineers. It was stated that most computation is performed by workers whose mathematical training stopped somewhere short of the 'professional' level, and that some books are therefore needed which use quite simple mathematics but which nevertheless communicate the essence of the 'numerical sense' which is exhibited by the real computing experts and which is surely needed, at least to some extent, by all who use modern computers and modern numerical software. In that book we treated, at no great length, a variety of computational problems in which the material on ordinary differential equations occupied about 50 pages. At that time it was quite common to find books on numerical analysis, with a little on each topic ofthat field, whereas today we are more likely to see similarly-sized books on each major topic: for example on numerical linear algebra, numerical approximation, numerical solution ofordinary differential equations, numerical solution of partial differential equations, and so on. These are needed because our numerical education and software have improved and because our relevant problems exhibit more variety and more difficulty. Ordinary differential equa­ tions are obvious candidates for such treatment, and the current book is written in this sense.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Introduction1.1 Differential equations and associated conditions -- 1.2 Linear and non-linear differential equations -- 1.3 Uniqueness of solutions -- 1.4 Mathematical and numerical methods of solution -- 1.5 Difference equations -- 1.6 Additional notes -- Exercises -- 2 Sensitivity analysis: inherent instability -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 A simple example of sensitivity analysis -- 2.3 Variational equations -- 2.4 Inherent instability of linear recurrence relations. Initial-value problems -- 2.5 Inherent instability of linear differential equations. Initial-value problems -- 2.6 Inherent instability: boundary-value problems -- 2.7 Additional notes -- Exercises -- 3 Initial-value problems: one-step methods -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Three possible one-step methods (finite-difference methods) -- 3.3 Error analysis: linear problems -- 3.4 Error analysis and techniques for non-linear problems -- 3.5 Induced instability: partial instability -- 3.6 Systems of equations -- 3.7 Improving the accuracy -- 3.8 More accurate one-step methods -- 3.9 Additional notes -- Exercises -- 4 Initial-value problems: multi-step methods -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Multi-step finite-difference formulae -- 4.3 Convergence, consistency and zero stability -- 4.4 Partial and other stabilities -- 4.5 Predictor-corrector methods -- 4.6 Error estimation and choice of interval -- 4.7 Starting the computation -- 4.8 Changing the interval -- 4.9 Additional notes -- Exercises -- 5 Initial-value methods for boundary-value problems -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 The shooting method: linear problems -- 5.3 The shooting method: non-linear problems -- 5.4 The shooting method: eigenvalue problems -- 5.5 The shooting method: problems with unknown boundaries -- 5.6 Induced instabilities of shooting methods -- 5.7 Avoiding induced instabilities -- 5.8 Invariant embedding for linear problems -- 5.9 Additional notes -- Exercises -- 6 Global (finite-difference) methods for boundary-value problems -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 Solving linear algebraic equations -- 6.3 Linear differential equations of orders two and four -- 6.4 Simultaneous linear differential equations of first order -- 6.5 Convenience and accuracy of methods -- 6.6 Improvement of accuracy -- 6.7 Non-linear problems -- 6.8 Continuation for non-linear problems -- 6.9 Additional notes -- Exercise -- 7 Expansion methods -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 Properties and computational importance of Chebyshev polynomials -- 7.3 Chebyshev solution of ordinary differential equations -- 7.4 Spline solution of boundary-value problems -- 7.5 Additional notes -- Exercises -- 8 Algorithms -- 8.1 Introduction -- 8.2 Routines for initial-value problems -- 8.3 Routines for boundary-value problems -- 9 Further notes and bibliography -- 10 Answers to selected exercises.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 42
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400931398
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Introduction to polymer morphology -- 1.1 Polymer materials -- 1.2 Polymer morphology -- 1.3 Polymer processes -- 1.4 Polymer characterization -- 2 Fundamentals of microscopy -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 Optical microscopy -- 2.3 Scanning electron microscopy (SEM) -- 2.4 Transmission electron microscopy (TEM) -- 2.5 Microscopy of radiation sensitive materials -- 2.6 Analytical microscopy -- 2.7 Quantitative microscopy -- 2.8 Dynamic microscopy -- 3 Imaging theory -- 3.1 Imaging with lenses -- 3.2 Imaging by scanning -- 3.3 Polarizing microscopy -- 3.4 Radiation effects -- 4 Specimen preparation methods -- 4.1 Simple preparation methods -- 4.2 Polishing -- 4.3 Microtomy -- 4.4 Staining -- 4.5 Etching -- 4.6 Replication -- 4.7 Conductive coatings -- 4.8 Yielding and fracture -- 4.9 Freezing and drying methods -- 5 Polymer applications -- 5.1 Fibers -- 5.2 Films and membranes -- 5.3 Engineering resins and plastics -- 5.4 Composites -- 5.5 Emulsions and adhesives -- 5.6 Liquid crystalline polymers -- 6 Problem solving summary -- 6.1 Where to start -- 6.2 Instrumental techniques -- 6.3 Interpretation -- 6.4 Supporting characterizations -- Appendixes -- Appendix I Abbreviations of polymer names -- Appendix II List of acronyms — techniques -- Appendix III Manmade polymeric fibers -- Appendix IV Common commercial polymers and tradenames for plastics, films and engineering resins -- Appendix V General suppliers of EM accessories -- Appendix VI Suppliers of optical and electron microscopes -- Appendix VII Suppliers of x-ray microanalysis equipment.
    Abstract: Modern materials include a vast array of polymers and plastics which are found in applications such as housing, appliances, clothing and household textiles and automotive and aerospace industries. Thus research scientists, engineers and materials science graduate students need to be aware of the methods and techniques required to understand the structure-property relations of polymer materials. This book will review the field of the microscopy of polymers. There is a vast literature which describes the research results obtained by study of polymer materials using microscopy and other complementary analytical techniques and such studies are best left to journals on specific topics. The major objective of this text is to provide the basic microscopy techniques and specimen preparation methods applicable to polymers. The book will attempt to provide enough detail so that the methods described can be applied, and also to reference appropriate publications for the investigator interested in more detail. The selection of two authors for this text came from the desire for a comprehen­ sive review of polymer microscopy with emphasis on methods and techniques, rather than on research results. The synergism provided by two authors with widely varied backgrounds was thought to be important: one author (LCS) has an industrial focus and a background in chemistry whilst the other (DTG) has an academic environment and offers a background in polymer physics.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Introduction to polymer morphology1.1 Polymer materials -- 1.2 Polymer morphology -- 1.3 Polymer processes -- 1.4 Polymer characterization -- 2 Fundamentals of microscopy -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 Optical microscopy -- 2.3 Scanning electron microscopy (SEM) -- 2.4 Transmission electron microscopy (TEM) -- 2.5 Microscopy of radiation sensitive materials -- 2.6 Analytical microscopy -- 2.7 Quantitative microscopy -- 2.8 Dynamic microscopy -- 3 Imaging theory -- 3.1 Imaging with lenses -- 3.2 Imaging by scanning -- 3.3 Polarizing microscopy -- 3.4 Radiation effects -- 4 Specimen preparation methods -- 4.1 Simple preparation methods -- 4.2 Polishing -- 4.3 Microtomy -- 4.4 Staining -- 4.5 Etching -- 4.6 Replication -- 4.7 Conductive coatings -- 4.8 Yielding and fracture -- 4.9 Freezing and drying methods -- 5 Polymer applications -- 5.1 Fibers -- 5.2 Films and membranes -- 5.3 Engineering resins and plastics -- 5.4 Composites -- 5.5 Emulsions and adhesives -- 5.6 Liquid crystalline polymers -- 6 Problem solving summary -- 6.1 Where to start -- 6.2 Instrumental techniques -- 6.3 Interpretation -- 6.4 Supporting characterizations -- Appendixes -- Appendix I Abbreviations of polymer names -- Appendix II List of acronyms - techniques -- Appendix III Manmade polymeric fibers -- Appendix IV Common commercial polymers and tradenames for plastics, films and engineering resins -- Appendix V General suppliers of EM accessories -- Appendix VI Suppliers of optical and electron microscopes -- Appendix VII Suppliers of x-ray microanalysis equipment.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 43
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400931596
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Linear Elasticity -- 1.1 Introduction -- 1.2 Simple analysis -- 1.3 More complex analysis -- 2 Non-Linear And Time-Dependent Elasticity -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 Material properties -- 2.3 Visco-elasticity -- 2.4 Stress waves -- 3 Plasticity -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Plastic flow -- 3.3 More complex analysis -- 4 Fracture -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Ductile fracture -- 4.3 Fracture mechanics -- 5 Rigid Body Motion -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 Simple analysis -- 5.3 More detailed analysis -- 6 Undamped Linear Vibrations -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 Linear motion in one dimension -- 6.3 More complex analysis -- 7 Deformable Bodies -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 Linear motion in one dimension -- 7.3 More complex analysis -- 8 Energy Absorbers -- 8.1 Introduction -- 8.2 Isolating mountings -- 8.3 Deforming solids -- 9 Structures -- 9.1 Introduction -- 9.2 Structural components -- 9.3 Structural models -- 10 Impact Injury -- 10.1 Introduction -- 10.2 Whole body behaviour -- 10.3 Specific body components -- 11 Testing -- 11.1 Introduction -- 11.2 Tests of materials -- 11.3 Tests of components and systems -- 11.4 Data retrieval -- References.
    Abstract: We are all familiar with impact. Lesser impacts such as hammering a nail, cracking an egg or stubbing a toe are part of everyday life. More violent impacts such as those caused by car crashes or bullets are fortunately less common but are still well enough known to be taken for granted. Very violent impacts such as meteorites striking the earth are outside our personal experience but we are aware of them. Despite this, impacts remain mysterious. They occur too quickly for us to follow what is happening and the evidence they leave behind is often ambiguous. Over the last thirty years improvements in high speed instrumen­ tation and developments in computing have made them more comprehensible and an increasing amount of attention is being paid to the subject which is an area of expanding scientific and engineering research. A multi-disciplinary approach is not yet established and information is scattered in many places and expressed in a variety of jargons. In applied mathematics, impacts have provided interesting theoretical problems with elegant solutions but it has been difficult to check results experimentally. Impacts can change the behaviour of materials but similar changes can sometimes be produced in other ways and the underlying mechanisms are not clear. Empirical solutions to engineering problems have worked reasonably well but it is hard to know what to do if things go wrong.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Linear Elasticity1.1 Introduction -- 1.2 Simple analysis -- 1.3 More complex analysis -- 2 Non-Linear And Time-Dependent Elasticity -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 Material properties -- 2.3 Visco-elasticity -- 2.4 Stress waves -- 3 Plasticity -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Plastic flow -- 3.3 More complex analysis -- 4 Fracture -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Ductile fracture -- 4.3 Fracture mechanics -- 5 Rigid Body Motion -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 Simple analysis -- 5.3 More detailed analysis -- 6 Undamped Linear Vibrations -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 Linear motion in one dimension -- 6.3 More complex analysis -- 7 Deformable Bodies -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 Linear motion in one dimension -- 7.3 More complex analysis -- 8 Energy Absorbers -- 8.1 Introduction -- 8.2 Isolating mountings -- 8.3 Deforming solids -- 9 Structures -- 9.1 Introduction -- 9.2 Structural components -- 9.3 Structural models -- 10 Impact Injury -- 10.1 Introduction -- 10.2 Whole body behaviour -- 10.3 Specific body components -- 11 Testing -- 11.1 Introduction -- 11.2 Tests of materials -- 11.3 Tests of components and systems -- 11.4 Data retrieval -- References.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 44
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400934252
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1. Degradation of Polymers of Methacrylic Acid Salts and Copolymers of these Salts with Methyl Methacrylate -- 2. Thermal Degradation Mechanisms in Condensation Polymers -- 3. Degradation and Stabilisation of Polyesters of Biological and Synthetic Origin -- 4. Degradation of Poly (methyl methacrylate) by Ionizing Radia-tion and Mechanical Forces -- 5. Mechanochemistry of Lignocellulosic Materials -- 6. Reactions of Small Radicals with Polymers during Degradation -- 7. Mechanism of Fire-retardancy in Chloroparaffin-Polymer Mixtures.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. Degradation of Polymers of Methacrylic Acid Salts and Copolymers of these Salts with Methyl Methacrylate2. Thermal Degradation Mechanisms in Condensation Polymers -- 3. Degradation and Stabilisation of Polyesters of Biological and Synthetic Origin -- 4. Degradation of Poly (methyl methacrylate) by Ionizing Radia-tion and Mechanical Forces -- 5. Mechanochemistry of Lignocellulosic Materials -- 6. Reactions of Small Radicals with Polymers during Degradation -- 7. Mechanism of Fire-retardancy in Chloroparaffin-Polymer Mixtures.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 45
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400931510
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1. Preservation types and techniques of study of fossil plants -- 2. Principles of typology and of nomenclature of fossil plants -- Parataxa and eutaxa -- Taxa and characters -- Peculiarity of the taxonomy and nomenclature of fossil plants -- The binary (dual) system of fossil plants -- The reasons for the inflation of generic names -- The species problem in palaeobotany -- The polytypic concept of the species -- Assemblage-genera and assemblage-species -- The cladistic methods -- 3. Fossil plants systematics -- I. Prokaryotes -- II. Eukaryotes -- Higher Plants -- 4. Palaeopalynology -- Certain conceptions and terms -- Taxonomy of dispersed miospores -- Correlations between miospore parataxa and eutaxa -- Morphological evolution of miospores -- Dispersed megaspores -- 5. Epidermal-cuticular studies -- Pertinent characters used in ECS -- Systematic significance of the characters -- Evolution of the epidermal-cuticular characters -- Classification of dispersed cuticles -- 6. Plant palaeoecology -- 7. Palaeofloristics -- History of floras -- The rise of land vegetation -- Silurian-Devonian floras -- Carboniferous and Permian floras -- Transition from Palaeophyte to Mesophyte -- Triassic floras -- Jurassic and Lower Cretaceous floras -- Transition from Mesophyte to Cenophyte. Upper Cretaceous floras -- Cainozoic floras (by M. A. Akhmetyev) -- Salient features of the Cainozoic palaeofloristics. Major phytochoria -- Major features of florogeny -- 8. Relationship between palaeobotany and other fields of natural history -- Stratigraphy -- Lithology -- Palaeoclimatology -- Tectonics and plate movement -- Palaeobotany and the theory of evolution -- Palaeobotany and plant morphology -- References.
    Abstract: There have been at least ten English-language textbooks of palaeobotany since D. H. Scott published the first edition of Studies inFossilBotany in 1900. Most have been written by scientists who were primarily botanists by training, and were aimed largely at a readership familiar with living plants. They tended to follow a general pattern of an introductory chapter on preservation of plants as fossils, followed by a systematic treatment, group by group. Only Seward in his Plant Life Through the Ages departed from this pattern in presenting a chronological sequence. In the present book, Meyen breaks with?is tradition. Although having a basically biological approach, he reaches out into all aspects of the history of plant life and the wider implication of its study. Only half of the present work deals sequentially with fossil plant groups, treated systematically. The remainder then explores those topics which most other textbooks have incidentally??e generally either ignored or have only mentioned rather problems of naming and classifying fragmentary plant fossils, their ecology; biogeography and palaeoclimatic significance and the contribution that?ey have made to the understanding of living plant morphology, and of the process of evolution.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. Preservation types and techniques of study of fossil plants2. Principles of typology and of nomenclature of fossil plants -- Parataxa and eutaxa -- Taxa and characters -- Peculiarity of the taxonomy and nomenclature of fossil plants -- The binary (dual) system of fossil plants -- The reasons for the inflation of generic names -- The species problem in palaeobotany -- The polytypic concept of the species -- Assemblage-genera and assemblage-species -- The cladistic methods -- 3. Fossil plants systematics -- I. Prokaryotes -- II. Eukaryotes -- Higher Plants -- 4. Palaeopalynology -- Certain conceptions and terms -- Taxonomy of dispersed miospores -- Correlations between miospore parataxa and eutaxa -- Morphological evolution of miospores -- Dispersed megaspores -- 5. Epidermal-cuticular studies -- Pertinent characters used in ECS -- Systematic significance of the characters -- Evolution of the epidermal-cuticular characters -- Classification of dispersed cuticles -- 6. Plant palaeoecology -- 7. Palaeofloristics -- History of floras -- The rise of land vegetation -- Silurian-Devonian floras -- Carboniferous and Permian floras -- Transition from Palaeophyte to Mesophyte -- Triassic floras -- Jurassic and Lower Cretaceous floras -- Transition from Mesophyte to Cenophyte. Upper Cretaceous floras -- Cainozoic floras (by M. A. Akhmetyev) -- Salient features of the Cainozoic palaeofloristics. Major phytochoria -- Major features of florogeny -- 8. Relationship between palaeobotany and other fields of natural history -- Stratigraphy -- Lithology -- Palaeoclimatology -- Tectonics and plate movement -- Palaeobotany and the theory of evolution -- Palaeobotany and plant morphology -- References.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 46
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400931572
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Numerical analysis. ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Introduction -- 1.1 Rounding errors and instability -- 2 Linear algebraic equations -- 2.1 Gauss elimination -- 2.2 Matrix decomposition methods -- 2.3 Iterative methods -- 3 Non-linear algebraic equations -- 3:1 Bracketing methods -- 3.2 Fixed point iteration -- 3.3 Newton’s method -- 3.4 Systems of non-linear equations -- 4 Eigenvalues and eigenvectors -- 4.1 The power method -- 4.2 Deflation -- 4.3 Jacobi’s method -- 4.4 Sturm sequence iteration -- 4.5 Givens’ and Householder’s methods -- 4.6 The LR and QR methods -- 4.7 Hessenberg form -- 5 Methods of approximation theory -- 5.1 Polynomial interpolation: Lagrange form -- 5.2 Polynomial interpolation: divided difference form -- 5.3 Polynomial interpolation: finite difference form -- 5.4 Hermite interpolation -- 5.5 Cubic spline interpolation -- 5.6 Least squares approximation to discrete data -- 5.7 Least squares approximation to continuous functions -- 6 Numerical differentiation and integration -- 6.1 Numerical differentiation -- 6.2 Numerical integration: Newton—Cotes formulas -- 6.3 Quadrature rules in composite form -- 6.4 Romberg’s method -- 6.5 Simpson’s adaptive quadrature -- 6.6 Gaussian quadrature -- 7 Ordinary differential equations: initial value problems -- 7.1 Derivation of linear multistep methods -- 7.2 Analysis of linear multistep methods -- 7.3 Runge-Kutta methods -- 7.4 Systems and higher order equations -- 8 Ordinary differential equations: boundary value problems -- 8.1 The finite difference method -- 8.2 The shooting method -- References -- Solutions to exercises.
    Abstract: This book is primarily intended for undergraduates in mathematics, the physical sciences and engineering. It introduces students to most of the techniques forming the core component of courses in numerical analysis. The text is divided into eight chapters which are largely self-contained. However, with a subject as intricately woven as mathematics, there is inevitably some interdependence between them. The level of difficulty varies and, although emphasis is firmly placed on the methods themselves rather than their analysis, we have not hesitated to include theoretical material when we consider it to be sufficiently interesting. However, it should be possible to omit those parts that do seem daunting while still being able to follow the worked examples and to tackle the exercises accompanying each section. Familiarity with the basic results of analysis and linear algebra is assumed since these are normally taught in first courses on mathematical methods. For reference purposes a list of theorems used in the text is given in the appendix.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Introduction1.1 Rounding errors and instability -- 2 Linear algebraic equations -- 2.1 Gauss elimination -- 2.2 Matrix decomposition methods -- 2.3 Iterative methods -- 3 Non-linear algebraic equations -- 3:1 Bracketing methods -- 3.2 Fixed point iteration -- 3.3 Newton’s method -- 3.4 Systems of non-linear equations -- 4 Eigenvalues and eigenvectors -- 4.1 The power method -- 4.2 Deflation -- 4.3 Jacobi’s method -- 4.4 Sturm sequence iteration -- 4.5 Givens’ and Householder’s methods -- 4.6 The LR and QR methods -- 4.7 Hessenberg form -- 5 Methods of approximation theory -- 5.1 Polynomial interpolation: Lagrange form -- 5.2 Polynomial interpolation: divided difference form -- 5.3 Polynomial interpolation: finite difference form -- 5.4 Hermite interpolation -- 5.5 Cubic spline interpolation -- 5.6 Least squares approximation to discrete data -- 5.7 Least squares approximation to continuous functions -- 6 Numerical differentiation and integration -- 6.1 Numerical differentiation -- 6.2 Numerical integration: Newton-Cotes formulas -- 6.3 Quadrature rules in composite form -- 6.4 Romberg’s method -- 6.5 Simpson’s adaptive quadrature -- 6.6 Gaussian quadrature -- 7 Ordinary differential equations: initial value problems -- 7.1 Derivation of linear multistep methods -- 7.2 Analysis of linear multistep methods -- 7.3 Runge-Kutta methods -- 7.4 Systems and higher order equations -- 8 Ordinary differential equations: boundary value problems -- 8.1 The finite difference method -- 8.2 The shooting method -- References -- Solutions to exercises.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 47
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401174718
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1. Physical Properties of Fats and Oils -- 1.1 Introduction -- 1.2 Melting and Crystallization Behaviour -- 1.3 Solids Content and Phase Diagrams -- 1.4 Compatibility of Fats: Product Defects -- 1.5 Final Remarks -- 1.6 References -- 2. Fatty Acid Sequence in Triglycerides and Related Compounds -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 Methods for Determining Fatty Acid Sequence -- 2.3 Selected Applications -- 2.4 Appendix: Experimental Procedures -- 2.5 References -- 3. Industrial Aspects of Lipid Oxidation -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 The Raw Materials -- 3.3 The Finished Product -- 4. Hydrogenation of Oils and Fats -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Layout -- 4.3 Autoclave Design -- 4.4 Reactions at the Catalyst Surface -- 4.5 References -- 5. The Analysis of Lipids with Special Reference to Milk Fat -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 Lipid Class Separations -- 5.3 Fatty Acids and Related Aliphatic Compounds -- 5.4 The Positional Distributions of Fatty Acids in Milk Triacylglycerols -- 5.5 Molecular Species of Milk Triacylglycerols -- 5.6 Conclusions -- 5.7 Acknowledgement -- 5.8 References -- 6. Wheat Grain Lipids and their Role in the Bread-making Process -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 Structure of the Wheat Grain -- 6.3 Composition of Lipids in Wheat Grains -- 6.4 Relationship Between Grain Lipid Composition and Flour Lipid Composition -- 6.5 Storage Stability of Wheat Flour -- 6.6 The Role of Flour Lipids in Baking of Bread -- 6.7 Acknowledgements -- 6.8 References -- 7. Varietal Differences in Fatty Acid Compositions -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 Plant Lipid Compositions -- 7.3 Varieties Grown for Different Environmental Conditions -- 7.4 Compositions for Some Minor Seed Oils -- 7.5 References -- 8. Application of Modification Techniques -- 8.1 Introduction -- 8.2 Soybean Hydrogenation -- 8.3 Lard — as a Shortening -- 8.4 Margarine Development -- 8.5 Palm Oil Utilisation -- 8.6 Summary -- 8.7 References.
    Abstract: Since we produced Fats and Oils: Chemistry and Technology in 1980, the trend we anticipated to up-date the classical texts of oils and fats has manifested itself. Bailey's famous textbook has been completely revised and a second edition of Bernardini's work has been produced. The present text is an attempt to provide some insight into the current state of the art. Chapter 1 discusses the physical properties of oils and fats with special reference to those properties which can be monitored to give an in­ dication of the suitability of fats for chocolate production. The physical properties of the fats are often determined by the order in which the fatty acids are attached to the glyceride molecule. Ram Bhati, in the last article he wrote before his death, showed how mass spectrometry and chemical methods could be used to determine the sequence of fatty acids. Ram's essentially practical approach to the problem is exemplified by the section dealing with the experimental details of the techniques. Chapter 3 outlines some of the problems which can arise in industry when the lipid part of a foodstuff undergoes oxidation, whilst in Chapter 4 Patterson describes the major technique, hydrogenation, which is used to circumvent the problems caused by oxidation of the unsaturated fatty acids. In Chapter 4 the essentials of the theory are given to enable the reader to appreciate the design features of the apparatus. Chapter 5 deals with the analysis, mainly chromatographic, of lipids.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. Physical Properties of Fats and Oils1.1 Introduction -- 1.2 Melting and Crystallization Behaviour -- 1.3 Solids Content and Phase Diagrams -- 1.4 Compatibility of Fats: Product Defects -- 1.5 Final Remarks -- 1.6 References -- 2. Fatty Acid Sequence in Triglycerides and Related Compounds -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 Methods for Determining Fatty Acid Sequence -- 2.3 Selected Applications -- 2.4 Appendix: Experimental Procedures -- 2.5 References -- 3. Industrial Aspects of Lipid Oxidation -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 The Raw Materials -- 3.3 The Finished Product -- 4. Hydrogenation of Oils and Fats -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Layout -- 4.3 Autoclave Design -- 4.4 Reactions at the Catalyst Surface -- 4.5 References -- 5. The Analysis of Lipids with Special Reference to Milk Fat -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 Lipid Class Separations -- 5.3 Fatty Acids and Related Aliphatic Compounds -- 5.4 The Positional Distributions of Fatty Acids in Milk Triacylglycerols -- 5.5 Molecular Species of Milk Triacylglycerols -- 5.6 Conclusions -- 5.7 Acknowledgement -- 5.8 References -- 6. Wheat Grain Lipids and their Role in the Bread-making Process -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 Structure of the Wheat Grain -- 6.3 Composition of Lipids in Wheat Grains -- 6.4 Relationship Between Grain Lipid Composition and Flour Lipid Composition -- 6.5 Storage Stability of Wheat Flour -- 6.6 The Role of Flour Lipids in Baking of Bread -- 6.7 Acknowledgements -- 6.8 References -- 7. Varietal Differences in Fatty Acid Compositions -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 Plant Lipid Compositions -- 7.3 Varieties Grown for Different Environmental Conditions -- 7.4 Compositions for Some Minor Seed Oils -- 7.5 References -- 8. Application of Modification Techniques -- 8.1 Introduction -- 8.2 Soybean Hydrogenation -- 8.3 Lard - as a Shortening -- 8.4 Margarine Development -- 8.5 Palm Oil Utilisation -- 8.6 Summary -- 8.7 References.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 48
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401511469
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1. Introduction: First Principles and the Scope of Sea-surface Studies -- 1. Introduction: First Principles and the Scope of Sea-surface Studies -- One: Sea-Surface (Sea-level) Changes: What Are They? -- 2. Ocean Volume Change and the History of Sea Water -- 3. Mechanisms of Relative Sea-level Change and the Geophysical Responses to Ice-Water Loading -- 4. Glaciation and Sea Level: A Case Study -- 5. Tectonic Processes and their Impact on the Recording of Relative Sea-level Changes -- Two: The Evidence and Interpretation of Sea-Surface (Sea-level) Movements -- 6. Dating and Associated Methodological Problems in the Study of Quaternary Sea-level Changes -- 7. Global Analysis and Correlation of Sea-level Data -- Three: The State of Current Knowledge: Regional and Global Views -- 8a. Pre-Quaternary Long-Term Changes in Sea Level -- 8b. Quaternary Sea-level Changes: Northern Hemisphere Data -- 9. Quaternary Sea-level Changes: Southern Hemisphere Data -- 10. Sea-level Changes During the Holocene: The North Atlantic and Arctic Oceans -- 11. Sea-level Changes During the Holocene: The Northwest Pacific -- 12. Holocene Sea-level Changes in Australasia and the Southern Pacific -- The Impact and Application of Sea-surface Changes: An Introduction to Parts Four and Five -- The Impact and Application of Sea-surface Changes: An Introduction to Parts Four and Five -- Four: The Coastline: Processes, Planning and Management -- 13. Coastal Processes: The Coastal Response to Sea-level Variation -- 14. Man’s Response to Sea-level Change -- 15. The Greenhouse Effect, Rising Sea Level and Society’s Response -- Five: Sea-surface (Sea-level) Changes: Some Wider Implications -- 16. Hydrocarbon Exploration and Biostratigraphy: The Application of Sea-level Studies -- 17. Placer Deposits of the Nearshore and Coastal Zones: The Role of Littoral Processes and Sea-level Changes in their Formation -- 18. Sea-surface Variations and Energy: Tidal and Wave Power -- Six: Conclusions -- 19. Sea-surface Changes: Where Do We Go From Here? -- Appendix I -- Appendix II.
    Abstract: The oceans are vast with t,¥o-thirds of our planet being covered by a thick layer of water, the depth of which can be likened to flying above the earth's surface at an altitude of 30,000 feet (9,800 m). Good to play in, essential for life but deadly to breathe, water is important to all organisms on the planet, and the oceans form its major reservoir containing approximately 97 per cent of all freely available surface water. In spite of this obvious importance mankind has still much to learn about this ocean environment. Study of the oceans has grown enormously since the eighteenth- and nineteenth-century voyages of scientific discovery, expanding greatly in the period post 1945. One of the subjects that has blossomed in this period has been the study of the ocean's surface, and in particular the study of sea­ level and related sea-surface changes. Indeed this topic may even be termed 'popular', as reflected in the growing number of general geo­ morphology, physical geology and oceanography texts which now give space to the subject.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. Introduction: First Principles and the Scope of Sea-surface Studies1. Introduction: First Principles and the Scope of Sea-surface Studies -- One: Sea-Surface (Sea-level) Changes: What Are They? -- 2. Ocean Volume Change and the History of Sea Water -- 3. Mechanisms of Relative Sea-level Change and the Geophysical Responses to Ice-Water Loading -- 4. Glaciation and Sea Level: A Case Study -- 5. Tectonic Processes and their Impact on the Recording of Relative Sea-level Changes -- Two: The Evidence and Interpretation of Sea-Surface (Sea-level) Movements -- 6. Dating and Associated Methodological Problems in the Study of Quaternary Sea-level Changes -- 7. Global Analysis and Correlation of Sea-level Data -- Three: The State of Current Knowledge: Regional and Global Views -- 8a. Pre-Quaternary Long-Term Changes in Sea Level -- 8b. Quaternary Sea-level Changes: Northern Hemisphere Data -- 9. Quaternary Sea-level Changes: Southern Hemisphere Data -- 10. Sea-level Changes During the Holocene: The North Atlantic and Arctic Oceans -- 11. Sea-level Changes During the Holocene: The Northwest Pacific -- 12. Holocene Sea-level Changes in Australasia and the Southern Pacific -- The Impact and Application of Sea-surface Changes: An Introduction to Parts Four and Five -- The Impact and Application of Sea-surface Changes: An Introduction to Parts Four and Five -- Four: The Coastline: Processes, Planning and Management -- 13. Coastal Processes: The Coastal Response to Sea-level Variation -- 14. Man’s Response to Sea-level Change -- 15. The Greenhouse Effect, Rising Sea Level and Society’s Response -- Five: Sea-surface (Sea-level) Changes: Some Wider Implications -- 16. Hydrocarbon Exploration and Biostratigraphy: The Application of Sea-level Studies -- 17. Placer Deposits of the Nearshore and Coastal Zones: The Role of Littoral Processes and Sea-level Changes in their Formation -- 18. Sea-surface Variations and Energy: Tidal and Wave Power -- Six: Conclusions -- 19. Sea-surface Changes: Where Do We Go From Here? -- Appendix I -- Appendix II.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 49
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401160766
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: I: A plant-centred biological complex -- 1 Plants, roots and ion absorption -- 2 Mineral composition of plant tissues and the function of ions -- 3 Plants and water -- 4 Symbiotic and other associations for nutrient capture -- 5 Herbivores, decomposers and other soil organisms -- 6 Vegetation and fire -- II: Environmental complexes -- 7 Soil formation -- 8 Soil matrix and soil water -- 9 Soil atmosphere and soil temperature -- 10 Some examples of mineral nutrient supply -- 11 Measuring availability of nutrients and toxic ions -- 12 Experimental approaches to the study of soil variables -- III: Interactions in the real world. Some case histories -- 13 The autecology of two contrasting species -- 14 Restoration of derelict land -- 15 Two aspects of forest mineral-nutrient economy -- 16 Australian heathlands and other nutrient-poor terrestrial ecosystems -- 17 Three aspects of the Alaskan Arctic tundra Complex -- 18 Saltmarshes and the coastal zone -- 19 Calcareous and serpentine soils and their vegetation -- Further reading.
    Abstract: Soil-plant relationships once had a limited meaning. To the student of agriculture it meant creating optimum conditions for plant growth. To the ecologist it meant explaining some plant community distribu­ tion patterns by correlation with soil type or conditions. This dual view has been greatly expanded at an academic level by the discovery of the ecosystem as a practical working unit. A flood of concepts and information subsequently emerged from the International Biological Programme. At a totally different level of resolution, it is appreciated that certain soil-based ecological problems have a molecular basis, and must be addressed by physiological or biochemical approaches. From ecosystem to molecule we have powerful new tools to increase the flow of ecological data and process it for interpretation. Society is now experiencing a series of adverse global phenomena which demand an appreciation of soil-plant relationships. These include desertification leading to famine, soil degradation accom­ panying forest destruction, acidification of watersheds and the spasmodic dispersal of radionuclides and other pollutants. It is public policy, not merely to identify problems, but to seek strategies for minimising their ill effects. This book is written as a guide to soil-plant relationships, cen­ trally oriented towards ecology, but of interest to students of geo­ graphy and agriculture. For ecology students it will bring together subfields such as microbiology, plant physiology, systematics and pro­ vide interfaces with animal biology, meteorology and soil science.
    Description / Table of Contents: I: A plant-centred biological complex1 Plants, roots and ion absorption -- 2 Mineral composition of plant tissues and the function of ions -- 3 Plants and water -- 4 Symbiotic and other associations for nutrient capture -- 5 Herbivores, decomposers and other soil organisms -- 6 Vegetation and fire -- II: Environmental complexes -- 7 Soil formation -- 8 Soil matrix and soil water -- 9 Soil atmosphere and soil temperature -- 10 Some examples of mineral nutrient supply -- 11 Measuring availability of nutrients and toxic ions -- 12 Experimental approaches to the study of soil variables -- III: Interactions in the real world. Some case histories -- 13 The autecology of two contrasting species -- 14 Restoration of derelict land -- 15 Two aspects of forest mineral-nutrient economy -- 16 Australian heathlands and other nutrient-poor terrestrial ecosystems -- 17 Three aspects of the Alaskan Arctic tundra Complex -- 18 Saltmarshes and the coastal zone -- 19 Calcareous and serpentine soils and their vegetation -- Further reading.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 50
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401164894
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: I Background: Concepts and field evidence -- 1 Introduction -- 2 Geochronology and other uses of isotopic analysis -- 3 Archaean terrains: the available geological evidence -- II Reconstructing the Archaean Earth -- 4 The beginnings of life -- 5 Archaean continents -- 6 Archaean volcanism -- 7 Mineral deposits in Archaean rocks -- 8 Models of the early Earth -- Glossary of geological terms for non-geologists -- References -- Author Index.
    Abstract: 'What are we going to do with a parcel of old stones?' wrote the director of an African museum a century and a half ago, when one of my ancestors presented him with a splendid collection of fossils of mammal-like reptiles. Old stones, however intriguing, are difficult to interpret, dusty, and do not fit well in the neatly ordered contents of a house of learning. Archaean geology, which is the study of the Earth's history in the period from after 9 the end of planetary accretion (4.5-4.4 x 10 years ago) up to the beginning 9 of the Proterozoic (2.5 x 10 years ago) is much the same - a parcel of old stones seemingly impossible to understand. Yet these stones contain the history of our origins: they can tell us a story that is interesting not just to the geologist (for whom this book is primarily written) but instead addresses the human condition in general.
    Description / Table of Contents: I Background: Concepts and field evidence1 Introduction -- 2 Geochronology and other uses of isotopic analysis -- 3 Archaean terrains: the available geological evidence -- II Reconstructing the Archaean Earth -- 4 The beginnings of life -- 5 Archaean continents -- 6 Archaean volcanism -- 7 Mineral deposits in Archaean rocks -- 8 Models of the early Earth -- Glossary of geological terms for non-geologists -- References -- Author Index.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 51
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401539883
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (X, 622 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Concepts in analytical chemistry -- 2 Classical and rapid methods of analysis -- 3 Optical spectrometry: principles and instrumentation -- 4 Atomic absorption spectrometry -- 5 Inductively coupled plasma-atomic emission spectrometry -- 6 Arc and spark source optical emission spectrometry -- 7 Ion-selective electrodes -- 8 X-ray fluorescence analysis: principles and practice of wavelength dispersive spectrometry -- 9 Energy dispersive X-ray spectrometry -- 10 Electron probe microanalysis -- 11 Other microbeam and surface analysis techniques -- 12 Neutron activation analysis -- 13 Nuclear techniques for the determination of uranium and thorium and their decay products -- 14 Ion exchange preconcentration procedures -- 15 Gold and platinum group element analysis -- 16 Mass spectrometry: principles and instrumentation -- 17 Thermal ionization mass spectrometry -- 18 Gas source mass spectrometry -- 19 Spark source mass spectrometry -- 20 Inductively coupled plasma-mass spectrometry -- References.
    Abstract: without an appreciation of what happens in between. The techniques available for the chemical analysis of silicate rocks have undergone a revolution over the last 30 years. However, to use an analytical technique most effectively, No longer is the analytical balance the only instrument used it is essential to understand its analytical characteristics, in for quantitative measurement, as it was in the days of classi­ particular the excitation mechanism and the response of the cal gravimetric procedures. A wide variety of instrumental signal detection system. In this book, these characteristics techniques is now commonly used for silicate rock analysis, have been described within a framework of practical ana­ lytical aplications, especially for the routine multi-element including some that incorporate excitation sources and detec­ tion systems that have been developed only in the last few analysis of silicate rocks. All analytical techniques available years. These instrumental developments now permit a wide for routine silicate rock analysis are discussed, including range of trace elements to be determined on a routine basis. some more specialized procedures. Sufficient detail is In parallel with these exciting advances, users have tended included to provide practitioners of geochemistry with a firm to become more remote from the data production process. base from which to assess current performance, and in some This is, in part, an inevitable result of the widespread intro­ cases, future developments.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 52
    ISBN: 9789401705196
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (LIV, 858 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: to Volume IV -- 1. Photoinhibition -- 2. Temperature -- 3. Water Potentials -- 4. Salinity and Nutrient Deficiency -- 5. Regulation of Gas Exchange -- 6. Mechanisms of CO2 Concentration -- 7. Crop Productivity -- 8. Biosynthesis of Photosynthetic Pigments -- 9. Photoregulation of Chloroplast Development -- 10. Chloroplast Molecular Genetics -- 11. Photosynthetic Bacteria -- 12. Cyanobacteria -- Index of names.
    Abstract: These Proceedings comprise the majority of the scientific cont ribut ions that were presented at the VIIth International Congress on Photosynthesis. The Congress was held August 10-15 1986 in Providence, Rhode Island, USA on the campus of Brown University, and was the first in the series to be held on the North American continent. Despite the greater average travel distances involved the Congress was attended by over 1000 active participants of whom 25% were registered st udent s . This was gratifying and indicated that photosynthesis will be well served by excellent young scientists in the future. As was the case for the VIth International Congress held in Brussels, articles for these Proceedings were delivered camera ready to expedite rapid publication. In editing the volumes it was interesting to reflect on the impact that the recent advances in st ruct ure and molecular biology had in this Congress. It is clear that cognizance of st ruct ure and molecular genetics will be even more necessary in the design of experiments and the direction of future research.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 53
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400931633
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Econometrics. ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Introduction -- 2 Bayesian Decision Theory -- 3 Behavioral and Control Theory of the Firm -- 4 Bayesian Analysis and Duopoly Theory -- 5 Multiperiod Decision Models with Alternating Choice as a Solution to the Duopoly Problem -- 6 Cooperation and Learning in a Duopoly Context -- 7 Interfirm Learning and the Kinked Demand Curve -- 8 Sequential Strategies in Dual Control Problems -- 9 Adaptive Utility -- 10 Some Examples of Adaptive Utility -- 11 Sequential Investment Decisions -- 12 Capital Allocation within Firms -- 13 Rational Expectations -- 14 Epilogue -- References -- Author Index.
    Abstract: We began this research with the objective of applying Bayesian methods of analysis to various aspects of economic theory. We were attracted to the Bayesian approach because it seemed the best analytic framework available for dealing with decision making under uncertainty, and the research presented in this book has only served to strengthen our belief in the appropriateness and usefulness of this methodology. More specif­ ically, we believe that the concept of organizational learning is funda­ mental to decision making under uncertainty in economics and that the Bayesian framework is the most appropriate for developing that concept. The central and unifying theme of this book is decision making under uncertainty in microeconomic theory. Our fundamental aim is to explore the ways in which firms and households make decisions and to develop models that have a strong empirical connection. Thus, we have attempted to contribute to economic theory by formalizing models of the actual pro­ cess of decision making under uncertainty. Bayesian methodology pro­ vides the appropriate vehicle for this formalization.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Introduction2 Bayesian Decision Theory -- 3 Behavioral and Control Theory of the Firm -- 4 Bayesian Analysis and Duopoly Theory -- 5 Multiperiod Decision Models with Alternating Choice as a Solution to the Duopoly Problem -- 6 Cooperation and Learning in a Duopoly Context -- 7 Interfirm Learning and the Kinked Demand Curve -- 8 Sequential Strategies in Dual Control Problems -- 9 Adaptive Utility -- 10 Some Examples of Adaptive Utility -- 11 Sequential Investment Decisions -- 12 Capital Allocation within Firms -- 13 Rational Expectations -- 14 Epilogue -- References -- Author Index.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 54
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400934412
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1. The Widening World of Surface Coatings -- 2. Organotin-Based Antifouling Systems -- 3. High Solids Coatings -- 4. Recent Developments in the Artificial Weathering of Coatings Using Plasma Erosion -- 5. The Use of X-ray Photoelectron Spectroscopy for the Analysis of Organic Coating Systems -- 6. Adhesion Promoters -- 7. Molecular Relaxation Processes During Film Formation.
    Abstract: The field of surface coatings is now so extensive, and is developing so rapidly, that no individual person could be expected to master it in its entirety. Hence, the days have gone when a lone author could compile a comprehensive treatise on the topic without overlooking many of the most significant developments. Yet the very growth and diversity of surface coatings make it essential that workers in the field should have access to up-to-date and authoritative reviews. It is to satisfy this need that we have assembled our team of authors, each of whom is an expert in his or her branch of the subject, and is well able to as'sess w:hat is most significant and exciting within that branch. They h,ave b~en encouraged to develop their themes in what they have felt to be the most appropriate way, with minimal editorial interference from us. We believe that the results of their labours will be of benefit to those engaged not only in basic research, but also to those working ip product development and in testing and evaluation of coatings.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. The Widening World of Surface Coatings2. Organotin-Based Antifouling Systems -- 3. High Solids Coatings -- 4. Recent Developments in the Artificial Weathering of Coatings Using Plasma Erosion -- 5. The Use of X-ray Photoelectron Spectroscopy for the Analysis of Organic Coating Systems -- 6. Adhesion Promoters -- 7. Molecular Relaxation Processes During Film Formation.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 55
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401165044
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Recognition of the problem -- 1.1 Introduction -- 1.2 National response to contaminated land in the UK -- 1.3 National response to contaminated land in Europe and North America -- References -- 2 Types of contaminated land -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 Transportation of contamination -- 2.3 Main sources of land contamination -- 2.4 Conclusions -- References -- 3 Main types of contaminants -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Metallic contaminants -- 3.3 Inorganic contaminants -- 3.4 Organic contaminants -- 3.5 Asbestos -- 3.6 Combustible materials -- 3.7 Gases -- 3.8 Other contaminants -- References -- 4 Appropriate site investigations -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Recognition that an investigation is needed and establishment of the basis for that investigation -- 4.3 Design of site sampling/analytical programme -- 4.4 On-site sampling, observation and testing -- 4.5 Analysis of material taken from the site -- 4.6 Interpretation of analytical data -- References -- 5 Available reclamation methods -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 The land use option -- 5.3 General considerations -- 5.4 The options -- 5.5 Excavation -- 5.6 Soil treatment after excavation -- 5.7 In-situ treatment -- 5.8 Macro-encapsulation/isolation -- 5.9 Covering systems -- 5.10 Execution of reclamation works -- 5.11 Monitoring and evaluation of performance -- 5.12 Guidance available -- References -- 6 Soil cover reclamations -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 Performance requirements for soil cover reclamations -- 6.3 The contaminant problem -- 6.4 Pathways for contaminant migration -- 6.5 Groundwater and soil moisture movements -- 6.6 Choice of soil cover materials -- 6.7 The design of soil cover reclamations -- 6.8 Summary -- References -- 7 Long-term monitoring of reclaimed sites -- 7.1. Introduction -- 7.2 Established precedents for monitoring -- 7.3 Questions on the long-term effectiveness of reclamation options -- 7.4 Monitoring systems and methods -- 7.5 Organization control of monitoring -- 7.6 Summary -- References -- 8 Safety in site reclamation -- 8.1 Introduction -- 8.2 Nature of hazards -- 8.3 Protection against hazards -- 8.4 Safety procedures -- 8.5 Conclusions -- 8.6 Appendix: environmental health and safety guide for construction site staff (an example) -- References -- 9 Policy, planning and financial issues -- 9.1 Introduction -- 9.2 Controlling the development of contaminated land -- 9.3 Land-use planning and control -- 9.4 Public health legislation and development control -- 9.5 Financial resources -- References -- 10 Landscaping and vegetating reclaimed sites -- 10.1 Introduction -- 10.2 Requirements of plants -- 10.3 Physical support for plants -- 10.4 Compaction -- 10.5 Water supply and storage -- 10.6 Plant nutrients -- 10.7 Grassland establishment -- 10.8 Grass seed mixtures -- 10.9 Grass cutting -- 10.10 Wild species -- 10.11 Trees and shrubs -- 10.12 Timing -- 10.13 Plant and soil interactions -- 10.14 Conclusions -- References -- 11 Hazards from methane (and carbon dioxide) -- 11.1 Introduction -- 11.2 Relevant gases and their principal characteristics -- 11.3 Gas flow in and from landfill sites -- 11.4 Gas measurement -- 11.5 Gas control measures -- 11.6 Hazards in buildings -- 11.7 Effects on plants -- Acknowledgement -- References.
    Abstract: Chemically contaminated land has only recently been recognized as an immediate or long-term potential hazard, and published guidance on how to tackle such land has been sparse. Indeed much of the available technical work emphasizes the risks and dangers, rather than indicating safe and economical strategies of reclamation. This book provides a comprehensive treatment of the important aspects of land reclamation. Its basic aim is to dispel the myths that have become associated with the subject and to indicate methods and strategies that can be used for safe and economical reclamation. The authors concentrate on the more important facets of reclamation and indicate where advice and information is more or less certain. As in any newly developed field there are still uncertainties and, for this reason, not all the chapters contain equivalent amounts of detail. All the authors have expertise in the field of land reclamation, and differences in emphasis between authors reflect the present state of the subject. Overall, the book emphasizes that contaminated land can be reclaimed safely provided that sufficient attention is paid to detail and that the proposed end use of the land is appropriate and based on a detailed knowledge of the site.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Recognition of the problem1.1 Introduction -- 1.2 National response to contaminated land in the UK -- 1.3 National response to contaminated land in Europe and North America -- References -- 2 Types of contaminated land -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 Transportation of contamination -- 2.3 Main sources of land contamination -- 2.4 Conclusions -- References -- 3 Main types of contaminants -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Metallic contaminants -- 3.3 Inorganic contaminants -- 3.4 Organic contaminants -- 3.5 Asbestos -- 3.6 Combustible materials -- 3.7 Gases -- 3.8 Other contaminants -- References -- 4 Appropriate site investigations -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Recognition that an investigation is needed and establishment of the basis for that investigation -- 4.3 Design of site sampling/analytical programme -- 4.4 On-site sampling, observation and testing -- 4.5 Analysis of material taken from the site -- 4.6 Interpretation of analytical data -- References -- 5 Available reclamation methods -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 The land use option -- 5.3 General considerations -- 5.4 The options -- 5.5 Excavation -- 5.6 Soil treatment after excavation -- 5.7 In-situ treatment -- 5.8 Macro-encapsulation/isolation -- 5.9 Covering systems -- 5.10 Execution of reclamation works -- 5.11 Monitoring and evaluation of performance -- 5.12 Guidance available -- References -- 6 Soil cover reclamations -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 Performance requirements for soil cover reclamations -- 6.3 The contaminant problem -- 6.4 Pathways for contaminant migration -- 6.5 Groundwater and soil moisture movements -- 6.6 Choice of soil cover materials -- 6.7 The design of soil cover reclamations -- 6.8 Summary -- References -- 7 Long-term monitoring of reclaimed sites -- 7.1. Introduction -- 7.2 Established precedents for monitoring -- 7.3 Questions on the long-term effectiveness of reclamation options -- 7.4 Monitoring systems and methods -- 7.5 Organization control of monitoring -- 7.6 Summary -- References -- 8 Safety in site reclamation -- 8.1 Introduction -- 8.2 Nature of hazards -- 8.3 Protection against hazards -- 8.4 Safety procedures -- 8.5 Conclusions -- 8.6 Appendix: environmental health and safety guide for construction site staff (an example) -- References -- 9 Policy, planning and financial issues -- 9.1 Introduction -- 9.2 Controlling the development of contaminated land -- 9.3 Land-use planning and control -- 9.4 Public health legislation and development control -- 9.5 Financial resources -- References -- 10 Landscaping and vegetating reclaimed sites -- 10.1 Introduction -- 10.2 Requirements of plants -- 10.3 Physical support for plants -- 10.4 Compaction -- 10.5 Water supply and storage -- 10.6 Plant nutrients -- 10.7 Grassland establishment -- 10.8 Grass seed mixtures -- 10.9 Grass cutting -- 10.10 Wild species -- 10.11 Trees and shrubs -- 10.12 Timing -- 10.13 Plant and soil interactions -- 10.14 Conclusions -- References -- 11 Hazards from methane (and carbon dioxide) -- 11.1 Introduction -- 11.2 Relevant gases and their principal characteristics -- 11.3 Gas flow in and from landfill sites -- 11.4 Gas measurement -- 11.5 Gas control measures -- 11.6 Hazards in buildings -- 11.7 Effects on plants -- Acknowledgement -- References.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 56
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401571432
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XV, 223 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1. Introduction -- 2. Field Properties -- 3. Problem Definition -- 4. Linear Spaces in Field Computations -- 5. Projection Methods in Field Computations -- 6. Finite Element Method for Interior Problems -- 7. Finite Element Method for Exterior Problems -- 8. Integral Equation Method -- 9. Static Magnetic Problem -- 10. Eddy Current Problem -- Appendix A Derivation of the Helmholtz Theorem -- Appendix B Properties of the Magnetic Vector Potential, A -- Appendix C Integral Expressions for Scalar Potential from Green’s Theorem.
    Abstract: For well over a decade, the numerical approach to field computation has been gaining progressively greater importance. Analytical methods offield compu­ tation are, at best, unable to accommodate the very wide variety of configura­ tions in which fields must be computed. On the other hand, numerical methods can accommodate many practical configurations that analytical methods cannot. With the advent of high-speed digital computers, numerical field computations have finally become practical. However, in order to implement numerical methods of field computation, we need algorithms, numerical methods, and mathematical tools that are largely quite different from those that have been traditionally used with analytical methods. Many of these algorithms have, in fact, been presented in the large number of papers that have been published on this subject in the last two decades. And to some of those who are already experienced in the art of numerical field computations, these papers, in addition to their own original work, are enough to give them the knowledge that they need to perform practical numerical field computations.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. Introduction2. Field Properties -- 3. Problem Definition -- 4. Linear Spaces in Field Computations -- 5. Projection Methods in Field Computations -- 6. Finite Element Method for Interior Problems -- 7. Finite Element Method for Exterior Problems -- 8. Integral Equation Method -- 9. Static Magnetic Problem -- 10. Eddy Current Problem -- Appendix A Derivation of the Helmholtz Theorem -- Appendix B Properties of the Magnetic Vector Potential, A -- Appendix C Integral Expressions for Scalar Potential from Green’s Theorem.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 57
    ISBN: 9789401705165
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (L, 848 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: to Volume III -- 1. Proton ATP-ase -- 2. Electrochemical Proton Gradients and ATP Synthesis -- 3. Light-dark Regulation of Carbon Metabolism -- 4. Metabolite Regulation of Carbon Metabolism -- 5. Ribulose 1,5 Bisphosphate Carboxylase Oxygenase -- 6. Other Chloroplast Enzymes -- 7. Metabolism of C4 and CAM Plants -- 8. Integration of Carbon and Nitrogen Metabolism -- 9. Photorespiration -- 10. Carbon Partitioning -- 11. Herbicide Action -- Index of names.
    Abstract: These Proceedings comprise the majority of the scientific contributions that were presented at the VIIth International Congress on Photosynthesis. The Congress was held August 10-15 1986 in Providence, Rhode Island, USA on the campus of Brown University, and was the first in the series to be held on the North American continent. Despite the greater average travel distances involved the Congress was attended by over 1000 active participants of whom 25% were registered students. This was gratifying and indicated that photosynthesis will be weIl served by excellent young scientists in the future. As was the case for the VIth International Congress held in Brussels, articles for these Proceedings were delivered camera ready to expedite rapid publication. In editing the volumes it was interesting to re fleet on the impact that the recent advances in structure and molecular biology had in this Congress. It is clear that cognizance of structure and molecular genetics will be even more necessary in the design of experiments and the direction of future research.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 58
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400934177
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIV, 321 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Green Coffee Processing -- 1. Introduction -- 2. Dry Processing Method -- 3. Wet Processing Method -- 4. Curing -- 5. Storage -- 6. Handling -- References -- 2 Grading, Storage, Pre-treatments and Blending -- 1. Introduction -- 2. Marketed Grades -- 3. Storage -- 4. Pre-treatments -- 5. Selection and Blending -- References -- 3 Decaffeination of Coffee -- 1. Introduction -- 2. Solvent Decaffeination -- 3. Water Decaffeination -- 4. Supercritical Carbon Dioxide Decaffeination -- 5. Decaffeination of Roasted Coffee and Extract -- 6. Caffeine Refining -- References -- 4 Roasting and Grinding -- 1. Introduction -- 2. Process Factors in Roasting -- 3. Roasting Equipment -- 4. Process Factors in Grinding -- References -- 5 Extraction -- 1. Introduction -- 2. Mechanisms and Methods -- 3. Process Equipment -- References -- 6 Drying -- 1. Introduction -- 2. Process Factors in Spray-drying -- 3. Process Factors in Freeze-drying -- 4. Process Factors in Pre-concentration -- 5. Process Equipment -- References -- 7 Packing of Roast and Instant Coffee -- 1. Introduction -- 2. Packing of Roast Whole Bean Coffee -- 3. Packing of Roast and Ground Coffee -- 4. Packing of Instant Coffee -- 5. Packing Equipment -- References -- 8 Home and Catering Brewing of Coffee G. PICTET -- 1. Introduction -- 2. Bibliographic Review -- 3. Personal Research -- 4. General Conclusions -- References -- 9 Waste Products -- 1. Primary Processing: the Production of Green Coffee -- 2. Secondary Processing: the Production of Instant Coffee -- References -- 1. Units -- 1.1. SI base units -- 1.2. Some SI derived units used in engineering -- 1.3. Some prefixes for SI units -- 1.4. Some conversions of SI and non-SI units -- 1.5. Dimensionless units used -- 2. Symbols for Physical Quantities in Equations -- 3. Abbreviations -- 4. Flavour Terminology -- 5. Process Engineering Terminology -- 5.1. Food engineering and unit operations -- 6. Listing of British and International Standards Relating to Coffee.
    Abstract: The present volume, Volume 2 in this planned series on coffee, deals with processing and follows on naturally from the first volume on the chemistry of coffee, which described its numerous constituents in the green (raw) and various product forms. We have already remarked that coffee has great compositional complex­ ity, and this complexity of understanding extends when we come to that is, the many processes involved in the roasting consider its processing; of green coffee and its subsequent conversion into a consumable brew, especially through extraction and drying into an instant coffee. The simple brewing of roasted and ground coffee with water in the home also possesses considerable mystique and needs know-how for optimal results. The choice of green coffees from an almost bewildering array of different types available, through species/variety differences and different methods of processing from the coffee cherry to the green coffee bean, needs understanding and guidance. Furthermore, various forms of pre-treatment of green coffee before roasting are available. Some of these are little known, but others such as decaffeination, for those who desire roasted or instant coffee with little or no caffeine, are now becoming well established. Finally, both the processing of coffee cherries to coffee beans, leaving a range of different waste products (pulp, hulls, husk, parchment, etc.), and of roasted coffee after industrial aqueous extraction, leaving spent coffee grounds, provide waste products that have found considerable commercial value in different ways.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Green Coffee Processing1. Introduction -- 2. Dry Processing Method -- 3. Wet Processing Method -- 4. Curing -- 5. Storage -- 6. Handling -- References -- 2 Grading, Storage, Pre-treatments and Blending -- 1. Introduction -- 2. Marketed Grades -- 3. Storage -- 4. Pre-treatments -- 5. Selection and Blending -- References -- 3 Decaffeination of Coffee -- 1. Introduction -- 2. Solvent Decaffeination -- 3. Water Decaffeination -- 4. Supercritical Carbon Dioxide Decaffeination -- 5. Decaffeination of Roasted Coffee and Extract -- 6. Caffeine Refining -- References -- 4 Roasting and Grinding -- 1. Introduction -- 2. Process Factors in Roasting -- 3. Roasting Equipment -- 4. Process Factors in Grinding -- References -- 5 Extraction -- 1. Introduction -- 2. Mechanisms and Methods -- 3. Process Equipment -- References -- 6 Drying -- 1. Introduction -- 2. Process Factors in Spray-drying -- 3. Process Factors in Freeze-drying -- 4. Process Factors in Pre-concentration -- 5. Process Equipment -- References -- 7 Packing of Roast and Instant Coffee -- 1. Introduction -- 2. Packing of Roast Whole Bean Coffee -- 3. Packing of Roast and Ground Coffee -- 4. Packing of Instant Coffee -- 5. Packing Equipment -- References -- 8 Home and Catering Brewing of Coffee G. PICTET -- 1. Introduction -- 2. Bibliographic Review -- 3. Personal Research -- 4. General Conclusions -- References -- 9 Waste Products -- 1. Primary Processing: the Production of Green Coffee -- 2. Secondary Processing: the Production of Instant Coffee -- References -- 1. Units -- 1.1. SI base units -- 1.2. Some SI derived units used in engineering -- 1.3. Some prefixes for SI units -- 1.4. Some conversions of SI and non-SI units -- 1.5. Dimensionless units used -- 2. Symbols for Physical Quantities in Equations -- 3. Abbreviations -- 4. Flavour Terminology -- 5. Process Engineering Terminology -- 5.1. Food engineering and unit operations -- 6. Listing of British and International Standards Relating to Coffee.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 59
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401169462
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (IX, 171 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Probabilities. ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: BMDP programs used (or suggested) for the examples -- Some points on the BMDP instructions -- Examples -- A Admissions to intensive care unit -- B Intervals between adjacent births -- C Statistical aspects of literary style -- D Temperature distribution in a chemical reactor -- E A ‘before and after’ study of blood pressure -- F Comparison of industrial processes in the presence of trend -- G Cost of construction of nuclear power plants -- H Effect of process and purity index on fault occurrence -- I Growth of bones from chick embryos -- J Factorial experiment on cycles to failure of worsted yarn -- K Factorial experiment on diets for chickens -- L Binary preference data for detergent use -- M Fertilizer experiment on growth of cauliflowers -- N Subjective preference data on soap pads -- O Atomic weight of iodine -- P Multifactor experiment on a nutritive medium -- Q Strength of cotton yarn -- R Biochemical experiment on the blood of mice -- S Voltage regulator performance -- T Intervals between the failure of air-conditioning equipment in aircraft -- U Survival times of leukemia patients -- V A retrospective study with binary data -- W Housing and associated factors -- X Educational plans of Wisconsin schoolboys -- Further Sets of Data -- Set 3 Survival times of rats -- Set 14 Grouping of perfumes -- References.
    Abstract: This handbook is a realization of a long term goal of BMDP Statistical Software. As the software supporting statistical analysis has grown in breadth and depth to the point where it can serve many of the needs of accomplished statisticians it can also serve as an essential support to those needing to expand their knowledge of statistical applications. Statisticians should not be handicapped by heavy computation or by the lack of needed options. When Applied Statistics, Principle and Examples by Cox and Snell appeared we at BMDP were impressed with the scope of the applications discussed and felt that many statisticians eager to expand their capabilities in handling such problems could profit from having the solutions carried further, to get them started and guided to a more advanced level in problem solving. Who would be better to undertake that task than the authors of Applied Statistics? A year or two later discussions with David Cox and Joyce Snell at Imperial College indicated that a wedding of the problem statements and suggested solutions with control language to accomplish these analyses would further the learning process for many statisticians. They were willing to undertake the project. Joyce Snell has done an excellent job of melding the two approaches and has carried many of the problems a step further by suggesting alternate approaches and follow-up analyses.
    Description / Table of Contents: BMDP programs used (or suggested) for the examplesSome points on the BMDP instructions -- Examples -- A Admissions to intensive care unit -- B Intervals between adjacent births -- C Statistical aspects of literary style -- D Temperature distribution in a chemical reactor -- E A ‘before and after’ study of blood pressure -- F Comparison of industrial processes in the presence of trend -- G Cost of construction of nuclear power plants -- H Effect of process and purity index on fault occurrence -- I Growth of bones from chick embryos -- J Factorial experiment on cycles to failure of worsted yarn -- K Factorial experiment on diets for chickens -- L Binary preference data for detergent use -- M Fertilizer experiment on growth of cauliflowers -- N Subjective preference data on soap pads -- O Atomic weight of iodine -- P Multifactor experiment on a nutritive medium -- Q Strength of cotton yarn -- R Biochemical experiment on the blood of mice -- S Voltage regulator performance -- T Intervals between the failure of air-conditioning equipment in aircraft -- U Survival times of leukemia patients -- V A retrospective study with binary data -- W Housing and associated factors -- X Educational plans of Wisconsin schoolboys -- Further Sets of Data -- Set 3 Survival times of rats -- Set 14 Grouping of perfumes -- References.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 60
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401180306
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: One: Evolution and Breeding History of the Rupicaprini -- 1 On the evolution of the Caprinae -- 2 The saiga (Saiga tatarica) in captivity, with special reference to the Zoological Society of San Diego -- 3 Evolutionary aspects of the biology of chamois, Rupicapra spp. (Bovidae, Caprinae) -- 4 Evolutionary pathways of karyotypes of the tribe Rupicaprini -- Two: Ecological Distribution and Behaviour of Capricornis -- 5 Survey of 217 Japanese serows, Capricornis crispus, bred in captivity -- 6 Distribution of Japanese serow in its southern range, Kyushu -- 7 Family break-up in Japanese serow, Capricornis crispus -- 8 Censusing Japanese serow by helicopter in deciduous mountain forests -- 9 Radio tracking of Japanese serow in Akita Prefecture, Japan -- 10 A preliminary study on the ecology of Formosan serow, Capricornis crispus swinhoei -- 11 Social behaviour of Japanese serow, Capricornis crispus crispus -- Three: Keeping and Breeding of Capricornis -- 12 Breeding of Sumatran serow at Dusit Zoo -- 13 Breeding and behaviour of Formosan serow at Taipei Zoo -- 14 Behaviour of the Japanese serow (Capricornis crispus) at the San Diego Wild Animal Park -- Four: Ecology and Breeding of the Rupicaprini -- 15 Keeping and breeding of chamois (Rupicapra rupicapra rupicapra Linné 1758) at the Alpine Zoo, Innsbruck/Tirol -- 16 Experiences of keeping and breeding saiga antelope at Tierpark, Berlin -- 17 Breeding of Mongolian gazelle at Osaka Zoo -- 18 Nemorhaedus cranbrooki Hayman -- 19 Breeding of goral, Formosan serow and chamois -- Five: Anatomy of Capricornis -- 20 Morphological characteristics of Japanese serow, with special reference to the interdigital glands -- 21 Histology and lipid analysis of the infraorbital gland of Japanese serow, and functional considerations -- 22 Brachial and lumbosacral plexuses and brains of the Japanese serow -- 23 What can serow horns tell us? -- Six: Diseases of the Rupicaprini -- 24 Clostridial infections in chamois (Rupicapra rupicapra) in captivity -- 25 Pathological studies on Japanese serow (Capricornis crispus) -- 26 Serological survey for selected microbial pathogens in Japanese serow (Capricornis crispus) in Gifu Prefecture, Japan -- 27 Haematological and biochemical findings on Japanese serow -- Seven: Endocrinology and Reproduction of Capricornis -- 28 Reproduction of female Japanese serow based on the morphology of ovaries and fetuses -- 29 Seasonal changes in male reproductive functions of Japanese serow -- 30 Steroid hormone synthesis and secretion by adrenals of wild Japanese serow, Capricornis crispus -- Eight: Nutritional Status of Capricornis -- 31 The quantity of food taken by raised Japanese serow -- 32 Nutritional estimation of Japanese serow by faecal analysis -- 33 Heavy metal accumulation in wild Japanese serow.
    Abstract: The Japanese serow (Capricornis crispus) has been protected by law since 1955 in Japan, because it was becoming rarer and approaching extinction. Thereafter, the serow population has increased gradually. The Japanese serow is thought to be a primitive relict species on the islands of Japan, and the geographical range of the serow has retracted upwards into the moun­ tain forests to avoid contact with humans. Little was therefore known about these animals. However, increasing losses of forest habitat due to exploit­ ation of the mountain forests or expanding cultivation by local foresters have driven the Japanese serow back into the lowlands of Japan. Since then, complaints of damage to trees and other vegetation have accumulated against the serow. In some prefectures the shooting of Japanese serow was allowed in order to prevent damage to forests. The animals killed were taken for research by the Departments of the Environment and by universities. was set up at the summit of Mt. Gozaisho, The Japan Serow Center Komono-cho, Mie Prefecture, in 1962 and has made a great effort to breed the serow and its related species in captivity. In addition, the International Studbook of Capricorn is crispus in captivity was established in Japan, and the state of breeding of the Japanese serows is now reported annually. However, without detailed scientific research, it is impossible to conduct sensible protection, conservation or management of the serow in captivity or in the wild.
    Description / Table of Contents: One: Evolution and Breeding History of the Rupicaprini1 On the evolution of the Caprinae -- 2 The saiga (Saiga tatarica) in captivity, with special reference to the Zoological Society of San Diego -- 3 Evolutionary aspects of the biology of chamois, Rupicapra spp. (Bovidae, Caprinae) -- 4 Evolutionary pathways of karyotypes of the tribe Rupicaprini -- Two: Ecological Distribution and Behaviour of Capricornis -- 5 Survey of 217 Japanese serows, Capricornis crispus, bred in captivity -- 6 Distribution of Japanese serow in its southern range, Kyushu -- 7 Family break-up in Japanese serow, Capricornis crispus -- 8 Censusing Japanese serow by helicopter in deciduous mountain forests -- 9 Radio tracking of Japanese serow in Akita Prefecture, Japan -- 10 A preliminary study on the ecology of Formosan serow, Capricornis crispus swinhoei -- 11 Social behaviour of Japanese serow, Capricornis crispus crispus -- Three: Keeping and Breeding of Capricornis -- 12 Breeding of Sumatran serow at Dusit Zoo -- 13 Breeding and behaviour of Formosan serow at Taipei Zoo -- 14 Behaviour of the Japanese serow (Capricornis crispus) at the San Diego Wild Animal Park -- Four: Ecology and Breeding of the Rupicaprini -- 15 Keeping and breeding of chamois (Rupicapra rupicapra rupicapra Linné 1758) at the Alpine Zoo, Innsbruck/Tirol -- 16 Experiences of keeping and breeding saiga antelope at Tierpark, Berlin -- 17 Breeding of Mongolian gazelle at Osaka Zoo -- 18 Nemorhaedus cranbrooki Hayman -- 19 Breeding of goral, Formosan serow and chamois -- Five: Anatomy of Capricornis -- 20 Morphological characteristics of Japanese serow, with special reference to the interdigital glands -- 21 Histology and lipid analysis of the infraorbital gland of Japanese serow, and functional considerations -- 22 Brachial and lumbosacral plexuses and brains of the Japanese serow -- 23 What can serow horns tell us? -- Six: Diseases of the Rupicaprini -- 24 Clostridial infections in chamois (Rupicapra rupicapra) in captivity -- 25 Pathological studies on Japanese serow (Capricornis crispus) -- 26 Serological survey for selected microbial pathogens in Japanese serow (Capricornis crispus) in Gifu Prefecture, Japan -- 27 Haematological and biochemical findings on Japanese serow -- Seven: Endocrinology and Reproduction of Capricornis -- 28 Reproduction of female Japanese serow based on the morphology of ovaries and fetuses -- 29 Seasonal changes in male reproductive functions of Japanese serow -- 30 Steroid hormone synthesis and secretion by adrenals of wild Japanese serow, Capricornis crispus -- Eight: Nutritional Status of Capricornis -- 31 The quantity of food taken by raised Japanese serow -- 32 Nutritional estimation of Japanese serow by faecal analysis -- 33 Heavy metal accumulation in wild Japanese serow.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 61
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401511551
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: Hypoxia-Induced Intermitochondrial Junctions in the Rabbit Carotid-Body: An Ultrastructural and Experimental Study -- Ultrastructural Studies of the Cat Carotid Body Perfused for Short Periods with Physiological Saline Solutions -- Morphological and Biochemical Characteristics of the Laryngeal Nerve Paraganglia -- Central Terminations of Carotid Body Chemoreceptor Afferents -- Vascular Geometry of Arterial Chemoreceptors: Learning about the Carotid Body by Studying Paraganglia of the Superior Laryngeal Nerve -- Altered Function of Cat Carotid Body Chemoreceptors in Prolonged Hyperoxia -- Glycolysis as a Link for Chemoreception? -- Spectrophotometric Studies on Carotid Body Tissue -- ATP Content in the Cat Carotid Body under Different Experimental Conditions. Support for the Metabolic Hypothesis -- Pathways for Calcium Entry into Type I Cells: Significance for the Secretory Response -- Effects of Cyanide and Acetylcholine on Extracellular K+ and Ca++ Activities in the Cat Carotid Body -- Application of the Chemiluminescent Method to Carotid Body for Detecting Choline and Acetylcholine -- Monoamine Content and Metabolism in the Rabbit Carotid Body -- A Comparative Study of the Metabolism of Catecholamines in the Rabbit and Cat Carotid Body -- Release of Catecholamines by Electrical Stimulation of the Cat Carotid Sinus Nerve in Vitro -- Dopamine and 3, 4-Dihydroxyphenylacetic Acid Concentrations in Rat Carotid Body: The Effects of Chronic Hypoxia and Hyperoxia from Birth -- Prolonged Hyperoxia and Oligomycin have Similar Effects on Cat Carotid Body Chemoreceptors -- In Vitro Carotid Chemoreceptor Response to Hypoxia and Hypercapnia after Reserpinization or AMPT-Treatment in the Rabbit and in the Cat -- Regulation of Neuropeptide Levels in Sensory Receptors and Autonomic Ganglia -- Origin of Respiratory Oscillations in Chemoreceptor Discharge -- Afferent Activity in the Sinus Nerve of the Rabbit after Regeneration -- The Role of the Carotid Body in Acclimatization to Hypoxia -- The Role of the Peripheral Arterial Chemoreceptors in the Cardiovascular Responses of the Cat to Acute Systemic Hypoxia -- The Effect of Premature Delivery on Chemoreceptor Sensitivity in the Lamb -- Studies of Chemoreceptor Resetting after Hyperoxic Ventilation of the Fetus in Utero -- The Chemoreception of Hypoxia and Hypercapnia: Further Evidence for a Dual Sensing Mechanism -- Carotid Body Chemoreceptor Response to Transient Arterial Occlusion -- The Carotid Bodies in Coarctation of the Aorta -- The Carotid Bodies in a Case of Ventricular Septal Defect -- Histological Changes Associated with Ageing of the Human Carotid Body -- Slow Ventilatory Dynamics in Hypoxic Patients with Obstructive Airways Disease -- Propranolol Treatment Inhibits the Carotid Body Vascular Changes Evoked by Long-Term Hypoxia -- Acetylcholine- and Dopamine-Induced Excitation of Cultured Newborn Rabbit Nodose Ganglion Neurons: Effects of Co-Culture with Carotid Body Fragments -- Pharmacological Studies on Opioid Receptors in the Cat Carotid Body -- Chemoexcitation Evoked by Adenosine: Pharmacological Characterisation of the Receptor -- Adenosine Modulation of Respiration Mediated by Carotid Body Chemoreceptors -- Interference by Domperidone on Chemosensory and Ventilatory Responses to Dopamine -- The Double Reflexogenic Action of Lobeline, Acetylcholine and Cyanides on the Carotid Body, Influence of Phentolamine and Sulpiride -- Power Spectral Analysis of Chemoreceptor Discharges During Asphyxia and after Administration of Almitrine Bismesylate -- Peripheral Chemoreceptor Stimulation and Pulmonary Circulation in the Rat -- Almitrine Anatagonizes the Depressant Effect of the Morphinomimetic Agent, Fentanyl on Bulbar Respiratory Neurons -- Effects of Chronic Hypoxia on Chemoreceptor Function in the Newborn -- Reduction in Dopaminergic Activity in the Rat Carotid Body after Acute or Chronic Almitrine -- Carotid Body Responses to Administration of Almitrine Bismesylate -- Kinetics of Almitrine Bismesylate and its Metabolites in the Carotid Body and Other Tissues of the Rat.
    Abstract: List of Participants 1 Hypoxia-Induced Intermitochondrial Junctions in the Rabbit Carotid-Body : An Ultrastructural and Experimental Study. A. VERNA. N. TALIB and A. BARETS. 11 Ultrastructural Studies of the Cat Carotid Body Perfused for Short Periods with Physiological Saline Solutions. R.G. O'REGAN. M. KENNEDY. D. COTTELL and S. FEELY. Morphological and Biochemical 19 Characteristics of the Laryngeal Nerve paraganglia. A. DAHLQVIST. S. HELLSTROM. B. CARLSOO. J.M. PEGUIGNOT and S. DOMEIJ. 29 Central Terminations of Carotid Body Chemoreceptor Afferents. D. JORDAN. S. DONOGHUE. R.B. FELDER and K.M. SPYER. 39 Vascular Geometry of Arterial Chemoreceptors: Learning about the Caritud Body by Studying paraganglia of the Superior Laryngeal Nerve D. M. McDONALD and AMY HASKELL. Altered Function of Cat Carotid Body 50 Chemoreceptors in Prolonged Hyperoxia. S. LAHIRI. E. MULLIGAN. A. MORASHI. S. ADNRONIKOU and M. SHIRAHATA. 59 Glycolysis as a Link for Chemoreception? MARCO A. DELPIANO. Spectrophotometric Studies on Carotid 69 Body Tissue. H. ACKER. C. EYZAGUIRRE. ATP Content in the Cat Carotid Body 78 under Different Experimental Conditions. Support for the Metabolic Hypothesis. A. onESO. L. AL~ffiRAZ and C. GONZALEZ. 91 pathways for Calcium Entry into Type I Cells: Significance for the Secretory Response. A. OBESO. S. FIDONE and C. GONZALEZ. Effects of Cyanide and Acetylcholine on 99 Extracellular K+ and Ca++ Activities in the Cat Carotid Body. R.G. O'REGAN and H. ACKER. Application of the Chemiluminescent 108 Method to Carotid Body for Detecting Choline and Acetylcholine. ARCADI GUAL and JORDI HARSAL.
    Description / Table of Contents: Hypoxia-Induced Intermitochondrial Junctions in the Rabbit Carotid-Body: An Ultrastructural and Experimental StudyUltrastructural Studies of the Cat Carotid Body Perfused for Short Periods with Physiological Saline Solutions -- Morphological and Biochemical Characteristics of the Laryngeal Nerve Paraganglia -- Central Terminations of Carotid Body Chemoreceptor Afferents -- Vascular Geometry of Arterial Chemoreceptors: Learning about the Carotid Body by Studying Paraganglia of the Superior Laryngeal Nerve -- Altered Function of Cat Carotid Body Chemoreceptors in Prolonged Hyperoxia -- Glycolysis as a Link for Chemoreception? -- Spectrophotometric Studies on Carotid Body Tissue -- ATP Content in the Cat Carotid Body under Different Experimental Conditions. Support for the Metabolic Hypothesis -- Pathways for Calcium Entry into Type I Cells: Significance for the Secretory Response -- Effects of Cyanide and Acetylcholine on Extracellular K+ and Ca++ Activities in the Cat Carotid Body -- Application of the Chemiluminescent Method to Carotid Body for Detecting Choline and Acetylcholine -- Monoamine Content and Metabolism in the Rabbit Carotid Body -- A Comparative Study of the Metabolism of Catecholamines in the Rabbit and Cat Carotid Body -- Release of Catecholamines by Electrical Stimulation of the Cat Carotid Sinus Nerve in Vitro -- Dopamine and 3, 4-Dihydroxyphenylacetic Acid Concentrations in Rat Carotid Body: The Effects of Chronic Hypoxia and Hyperoxia from Birth -- Prolonged Hyperoxia and Oligomycin have Similar Effects on Cat Carotid Body Chemoreceptors -- In Vitro Carotid Chemoreceptor Response to Hypoxia and Hypercapnia after Reserpinization or AMPT-Treatment in the Rabbit and in the Cat -- Regulation of Neuropeptide Levels in Sensory Receptors and Autonomic Ganglia -- Origin of Respiratory Oscillations in Chemoreceptor Discharge -- Afferent Activity in the Sinus Nerve of the Rabbit after Regeneration -- The Role of the Carotid Body in Acclimatization to Hypoxia -- The Role of the Peripheral Arterial Chemoreceptors in the Cardiovascular Responses of the Cat to Acute Systemic Hypoxia -- The Effect of Premature Delivery on Chemoreceptor Sensitivity in the Lamb -- Studies of Chemoreceptor Resetting after Hyperoxic Ventilation of the Fetus in Utero -- The Chemoreception of Hypoxia and Hypercapnia: Further Evidence for a Dual Sensing Mechanism -- Carotid Body Chemoreceptor Response to Transient Arterial Occlusion -- The Carotid Bodies in Coarctation of the Aorta -- The Carotid Bodies in a Case of Ventricular Septal Defect -- Histological Changes Associated with Ageing of the Human Carotid Body -- Slow Ventilatory Dynamics in Hypoxic Patients with Obstructive Airways Disease -- Propranolol Treatment Inhibits the Carotid Body Vascular Changes Evoked by Long-Term Hypoxia -- Acetylcholine- and Dopamine-Induced Excitation of Cultured Newborn Rabbit Nodose Ganglion Neurons: Effects of Co-Culture with Carotid Body Fragments -- Pharmacological Studies on Opioid Receptors in the Cat Carotid Body -- Chemoexcitation Evoked by Adenosine: Pharmacological Characterisation of the Receptor -- Adenosine Modulation of Respiration Mediated by Carotid Body Chemoreceptors -- Interference by Domperidone on Chemosensory and Ventilatory Responses to Dopamine -- The Double Reflexogenic Action of Lobeline, Acetylcholine and Cyanides on the Carotid Body, Influence of Phentolamine and Sulpiride -- Power Spectral Analysis of Chemoreceptor Discharges During Asphyxia and after Administration of Almitrine Bismesylate -- Peripheral Chemoreceptor Stimulation and Pulmonary Circulation in the Rat -- Almitrine Anatagonizes the Depressant Effect of the Morphinomimetic Agent, Fentanyl on Bulbar Respiratory Neurons -- Effects of Chronic Hypoxia on Chemoreceptor Function in the Newborn -- Reduction in Dopaminergic Activity in the Rat Carotid Body after Acute or Chronic Almitrine -- Carotid Body Responses to Administration of Almitrine Bismesylate -- Kinetics of Almitrine Bismesylate and its Metabolites in the Carotid Body and Other Tissues of the Rat.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 62
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401771443
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XI, 707 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 63
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401170444
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VIII, 664 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Signal processing. ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1. Signals, Spectra, and Samples -- 1.0. Introduction -- 1.1. Signals -- 1.2. Fourier Series -- 1.3. Fourier, Laplace, and Hubert Transforms -- 1.4. Linear Systems and Filters -- 1.5. Sampling -- 1.6. Digital Signals and Discrete Transforms -- 1.7. Matrix and State Variable Methods -- 1.8. Bibliographical Notes -- Exercises -- Appendix 1.A. The Fast Fourier Transforms -- Appendix 1.B. Zeros and Poles -- Appendix 1.C. Proofs of Fourier, Laplace, and z Transforms -- Appendix 1.D. Digital Filter Fundamentals -- 2. Random Samples -- 2.0. Introduction -- 2.1. Probability Space -- 2.2. Probability Assignment -- 2.3. Random Variable -- 2.4. Moments and Characteristic Function -- 2.5. Functions of Random Variables -- 2.6. Multidimensional Random Variable -- 2.7. Conditional Probability: Distribution and Density -- 2.8. Distribution Associated with Gaussian Variables -- 2.9. Bibliographical Notes -- Exercises -- Appendix 2.A. Cauchy-Schwarz Inequality -- 3. Random Signals, Estimation, and Filtering -- 3.0. Introduction -- 3.1. Definition and Description -- 3.2. Correlation and Covariance Functions -- 3.3. Gaussian and Markov Processes -- 3.4. Stationary Random Signals -- 3.5. Spectral Analysis and Sampling -- 3.6. Narrow Band Noise Process -- 3.7. Estimation of Parameters -- 3.8. Estimation Methods -- 3.9. Recursive Estimation -- 3.10. Optimum Linear Filters -- 3.11. Bibliographical Notes -- Exercises -- Appendix 3.A. Spectral Estimation -- Appendix 3.B. Kaiman Filtering -- 4. Detection of Signals -- 4.0. Introduction -- 4.1. Hypothesis Testing -- 4.2. Signals with Known Parameters -- 4.3. Signals with Random Parameters -- 4.4. Signals in Colored Noise -- 4.5. Multiple Signals -- 4.6. Sequential Detection -- 4.7. Nonparametric Methods -- 4.8. Bibliographical Notes -- Exercises -- Appendix 4.A. Two Double-Integral Identities -- Appendix 4.B. Link Calculation for Satellite Communication and Rain Attenuation.
    Abstract: Signal processing arises in the design of such diverse systems as communications, sonar, radar, electrooptical, navigation, electronic warfare and medical imaging systems. It is also used in many physical sciences, such as geophysics, acoustics, and meteorology, among many others. The common theme is to extract and estimate the desired signals, which are mixed with a variety of noise sources and disturbances. Signal processing involves system analysis, random processes, statistical inferences, and software and hardware implementation. The purpose of this book is to provide an elementary, informal introduction, as well as a comprehensive account of principles of random signal processing, with emphasis on the computational aspects. This book covers linear system analysis, probability theory, random signals, spectral analysis, estimation, filtering, and detection theory. It can be used as a text for a course in signal processing by under­ graduates and beginning graduate students in engineering and science and also by engineers and scientists engaged in signal analysis, filtering, and detection. Part of the book has been used by the author while teaching at the State University of New York at Buffalo and California State University at Long Beach. An attempt has been made to make the book self-contained and straight­ forward, with the hope that readers with varied backgrounds can appreciate and apply principles of signal processing. Chapter 1 provides a brief review of linear analysis of deterministic signals.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. Signals, Spectra, and Samples1.0. Introduction -- 1.1. Signals -- 1.2. Fourier Series -- 1.3. Fourier, Laplace, and Hubert Transforms -- 1.4. Linear Systems and Filters -- 1.5. Sampling -- 1.6. Digital Signals and Discrete Transforms -- 1.7. Matrix and State Variable Methods -- 1.8. Bibliographical Notes -- Exercises -- Appendix 1.A. The Fast Fourier Transforms -- Appendix 1.B. Zeros and Poles -- Appendix 1.C. Proofs of Fourier, Laplace, and z Transforms -- Appendix 1.D. Digital Filter Fundamentals -- 2. Random Samples -- 2.0. Introduction -- 2.1. Probability Space -- 2.2. Probability Assignment -- 2.3. Random Variable -- 2.4. Moments and Characteristic Function -- 2.5. Functions of Random Variables -- 2.6. Multidimensional Random Variable -- 2.7. Conditional Probability: Distribution and Density -- 2.8. Distribution Associated with Gaussian Variables -- 2.9. Bibliographical Notes -- Exercises -- Appendix 2.A. Cauchy-Schwarz Inequality -- 3. Random Signals, Estimation, and Filtering -- 3.0. Introduction -- 3.1. Definition and Description -- 3.2. Correlation and Covariance Functions -- 3.3. Gaussian and Markov Processes -- 3.4. Stationary Random Signals -- 3.5. Spectral Analysis and Sampling -- 3.6. Narrow Band Noise Process -- 3.7. Estimation of Parameters -- 3.8. Estimation Methods -- 3.9. Recursive Estimation -- 3.10. Optimum Linear Filters -- 3.11. Bibliographical Notes -- Exercises -- Appendix 3.A. Spectral Estimation -- Appendix 3.B. Kaiman Filtering -- 4. Detection of Signals -- 4.0. Introduction -- 4.1. Hypothesis Testing -- 4.2. Signals with Known Parameters -- 4.3. Signals with Random Parameters -- 4.4. Signals in Colored Noise -- 4.5. Multiple Signals -- 4.6. Sequential Detection -- 4.7. Nonparametric Methods -- 4.8. Bibliographical Notes -- Exercises -- Appendix 4.A. Two Double-Integral Identities -- Appendix 4.B. Link Calculation for Satellite Communication and Rain Attenuation.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 64
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400940871
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVI, 265 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Role and function of seaports in the trading pattern of a nation -- Scope of book. -- Function of seaports. -- Factors determining the shipowner’s/shipper’s choice of port. -- Future trends in international trade. -- 2 Economics of international trade -- Function of international trade. -- Survey of international trade. -- Commodity trades. -- Flow of manufactured goods. -- Multinational companies. -- Major trading areas of the world. -- Preferential trading groups. -- 3 Economics of port design and layout -- Influence of cost, construction and safety factors. -- Factors determining berth layout. -- Types of berth. -- Port facilities. -- 4 Cargo-handling equipment -- Factors determining type of cargo-handling equipment. -- Conventional break-bulk handling. -- Types of general cargo-handling equipment. -- Unitized cargo-handling systems. -- LASH (lighter aboard ship). -- Roll-on/roll-off (Ro/Ro) vessels. -- Bulk handling systems for raw materials. -- 5 Container-handling equipment -- Palletization — fork lift trucks. -- Containerization. -- Range of container-handling equipment. -- Container lifters and movers. -- Back-up systems. -- Container cranes. -- Stowage within the container. -- 6 Free ports/free trade zones -- Features of free ports/free trade zones. -- Advantages of free ports/free trade zones. -- 7 Port investment criteria -- Economics of new and second-hand port equipment. -- Methods of finance. -- Factors determining port investment criteria. -- 8 Port traffic control -- Port operations and communications centre. -- Port traffic management. -- Ship turn-round time in port. -- Processing the consignment through the port. -- Port operational planning. -- 9 Port tariffs -- Theory of port tariffs. -- Factors influencing the level of port tariffs. -- Market pricing. -- Port tariffs. -- Customs entry charges. -- Miscellaneous charges. -- Port authority rates and charges policies. -- 10 Finance of international trade -- Export and import prices. -- Payments on ‘open account’. -- Bills of exchange. -- Documentary credits and allied documents. -- Transferable credits. -- Back-to-back credits. -- Revolving credits. -- Red clause credits. -- Acceptance credits. -- Factoring. -- Bank finance for exports. -- Less common forms of trade. -- Changing methods of payment. -- 11 Port management structure and dock labour -- Size and scope of the port authority. -- Port authority organization. -- Dock labour. -- 12 Budgetary control and marketing -- Revenue, expenditure and investment budgets. -- Marketing. -- Market analysis. -- Market structure. -- Market share. -- Market research. -- Media plan. -- Computerization. -- 13 Role of British and international port and cargo-handling organizations -- British Ports Association (BPA). -- International Association of Ports and Harbours (IAPH). -- International Cargo Handling Co-ordination Association (ICHCA). -- International Labour Organization (ILO). -- International Maritime Organization (IMO). -- National Association of Port Employers (NAPE). -- The future. -- Appendix A -- Further recommended textbook reading. -- Appendix B -- Addresses of organizations and institutes engaged in the fields of seaports and international trade. -- Appendix C -- Major ports of the world and their location. -- Appendix D -- Seaport and international trade terms and abbreviations.
    Abstract: Since the publication of my books Elements of Shipping and more recently Economics of Shipping Practice and Management, both selling in over 130 countries, I have received numerous requests both from home and abroad for a companion volume on seaports. This book has been written to provide a practical, overall under­ standing of the elements of port operation and management of a competitive,~profitable port authority. It reflects the author's many years of experience in port and ship management, international trade and education. It deals in simple language with the role and function of seaports in a trading pattern, port investment criteria, port tariffs, free ports and free trade zones, port traffic control, budgetary control and marketing, port management structure and dock labour, computerization, cargo-handling equipment, the eco­ nomics of port design, the role of port cargo-handling organiza­ tions, the economics of international trade, finance of international trade, and many other aspects of this extensive subject. The import­ ance of complete professionalism in all areas of port practice as a means of providing the viable, high quality service required to sustain and expand international trade cannot be overemphasized. This book will help towards establishing that professionalism. The material assembled here is intended not only for students preparing for seaport examinations, but also for persons employed in port authorities. In short, it is an aide-memoire to those engaged in the industry throughout the world and may be regarded as 'the porr executive's handbook'.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 65
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401159739
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: Can you always tell the difference between anticlines and synclines, themselves. You can often tell whether you're dealing with joints and faults, unconformities and disconformities, concretions sedimentary, igneous or metamorphic rocks, and that's usually all and conglomerates, bedding and cleavage, strike and dip, you need in order to recognise structures and sort out their apparent dip and true dip? If your answer to all that is a firm yes, orientation. Details in the rocks themselves may enable you to then stop reading right now. If not . . . distinguish, say, a limestone from a sandstone or a granite from a This book offers entertainment and challenge, satisfaction and basalt, but you'll be surprised how often you can decipher the enlightenment, to anyone who knows a bit of geology but hasn't essentials of a story without needing to know just what the rocks had much chance to study rocks in outcrop. The entertainment are. and challenge come from looking at the pictures and trying the An outcrop can be interesting without being spectacular. The questions. The satisfaction comes from the answers you get right, superficially dull roadside cutting, for instance, generally repays a the enlightenment from finding out where you went wrong. second look
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 66
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400941113
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (IX, 222 p) , online resource
    Edition: Fifth Edition
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: System of units -- The Dictionary A-Z -- Appendices -- 1. Fundamental physical constants -- 2. Standardization committees and conferences -- 3. Tables of weights and measures -- 4. Conversion tables -- 5. Conversion factors for SI and CGS units -- References.
    Abstract: and by the Librarians and Staffs ofthe University and the Public Libraries at Southampton. Finally, we wish to thank Mrs H. G. Jerrard and Miss A. J. Tutte for typing the manuscript. Department of Physics H. G. JERRARD University of Southampton D. B. McNEILL 1963 Preface to the fifth edition Since the publication of the fourth edition in 1980 advances in technology have led to more precise values of the fundamental physical constants and a movement towards definitions of the fundamental units of mass, length and time based on atomic parameters. More precise definitions of some other units such as the candela have been approved by the international committees. These changes, together with the definitions of several new units have been included in this edition, the text of which has been revised and which now contains over 850 units and dimensionless numbers. The authors wish to thank all those who have helped in this latest compilation by suggestion and kindly criticism and Margaret Wainwright who has had the difficult and tedious task of typing, retyping and copying the fragmented parts that arise from a text revision. At the time of going to press we believe this book to provide the most complete and up-to-date information of its kind available.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 67
    ISBN: 9789401722865
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VII, 441 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: In October, 1985, discussions were held in Santiago in regard to the possibility of organizing a minerals industry conference in Chile in November, 1986, under the auspices of the Institution of Mining and Metallurgy and in association with other bodies and organizations. I, in turn, was asked to chair the Organizing Committee and at our first meeting in London in November, 1985, we realized how little time we had if we were to meet the date proposed. In the event, thanks to considerable support from the Organizing Committee and others, coupled with the very good response from authors, we were able to put together a programme on a variety of topics, with some particular emphasis on operations in South America, and with special reference to Chile, that we regard as attractive. This is the first conference to have been organized by the Institution of Mining and Metallurgy in Chile, but it is intended that it should initiate a series to be held in Latin American countries. Chile has a long and healthy mining tradition and it is fitting, therefore, that it should have been chosen for the first such conference.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 68
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400941014
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 PST 1: Injection Moulding and its Materials -- 2 Optimizing Injection Moulding Conditions -- 3 Some Examples of Polymer Selection -- 4 Plastics Gears -- 5 Acetal Clips for Roof Tiles -- 6 Acetal Spring for Selector Switch -- 7 PST 2: Foam Cored Mouldings -- 8 Structural Foam Trolley Base -- 9 Washing Machine Tank in Glass-coupled Polypropylene Structural Foam -- 10 Sandwich Moulded TV Screen Frame -- 11 PST 3: Polyurethanes -- 12 Reinforced Reaction Injection Moulding (RRIM) -- 13 Polyurethane Shoe Soles -- 14 Printed Gaskets in Hydraulic Control Equipment -- 15 PST 4: Glass-reinforced Plastics (GRP) -- 16 GRP-Clad Lorry Cab -- 17 High Speed Train Cab -- 18 DMC Vehicle Headlamps -- 19 ‘Fiberlam’ Aircraft Flooring -- 20 PST 5: Rubbers -- 21 Rubber-Steel Conveyor Belt -- 22 The Blow Moulding Process -- 23 The Acitainer Blow Moulded Acid Container -- 24 Chemical Effluent Pipe in HDPE -- 25 Failure of a Polypropylene Vessel -- 26 Heat Shrinkable Terminations for Power Cables.
    Abstract: This book is derived from a recent project sponsored by the Polymer Engineering Directorate of the SERC and carried out at the University of Lancaster under the joint auspices of the Departments of Chemistry and Engineering. The project set out to provide a novel type of teaching material for introducing polymers and their uses to students, especially of engineering. Case studies of real examples of polymers at work are used, so the student or teacher can start with a successful and well-designed product and work backwards to its origins in the market, in design and material selection and in the manufacturing process. The philosophy is that such an approach captures interest right at the start by means of a real example and then retains it because of the relevance of the technical explanation. This after all is what most of us do habitually; we turn to examples to make our point. The hope is that subject matter with a somewhat notorious reputation among engineers, such as aspects of polymer chemistry and the non-linear behaviour of polymers under mechanical loading will be fairly painlessly absorbed through the context of the examples. Each study becomes a separate chapter in the book. The original studies, and hence the present chapters, vary in length because different topics demanded different approaches. No attempt has been made to alter this, or to adopt a standardized format because to have done so would have interfered with the vitality of the original work.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 PST 1: Injection Moulding and its Materials2 Optimizing Injection Moulding Conditions -- 3 Some Examples of Polymer Selection -- 4 Plastics Gears -- 5 Acetal Clips for Roof Tiles -- 6 Acetal Spring for Selector Switch -- 7 PST 2: Foam Cored Mouldings -- 8 Structural Foam Trolley Base -- 9 Washing Machine Tank in Glass-coupled Polypropylene Structural Foam -- 10 Sandwich Moulded TV Screen Frame -- 11 PST 3: Polyurethanes -- 12 Reinforced Reaction Injection Moulding (RRIM) -- 13 Polyurethane Shoe Soles -- 14 Printed Gaskets in Hydraulic Control Equipment -- 15 PST 4: Glass-reinforced Plastics (GRP) -- 16 GRP-Clad Lorry Cab -- 17 High Speed Train Cab -- 18 DMC Vehicle Headlamps -- 19 ‘Fiberlam’ Aircraft Flooring -- 20 PST 5: Rubbers -- 21 Rubber-Steel Conveyor Belt -- 22 The Blow Moulding Process -- 23 The Acitainer Blow Moulded Acid Container -- 24 Chemical Effluent Pipe in HDPE -- 25 Failure of a Polypropylene Vessel -- 26 Heat Shrinkable Terminations for Power Cables.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 69
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400941175
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Fifth Edition
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1. Liner Service and Tramp Shipping -- 2. Tramp Shipping -- 3. The Management of Tramp Shipping -- 4. Chartering and Tramp Ship Operation -- 5. Organization of a Liner-Service Company -- 6. Terminal Management -- 7. Terminal Operation -- 8. The Stevedore Contract -- 9. Procurement of Vessel Stores and Supplies -- 10. Containerization: The Beginning -- 11. The Ramifications of Containerization -- 12. The Ocean Bill of Lading -- 13. How Freight Rates Are Made -- 14. The Traffic Study -- 15. Steamship Conferences -- 16. The Logic of Steamship Scheduling -- 17. Scheduling and Bunkering -- 18. Planning for a New Ship -- 19. Passenger Cruises -- 20. Industrial and Special Carriers -- 21. Tanker Management -- 22. The American Shipping Subsidy System -- 23. The Business of Shipping -- Notes -- About the Author.
    Abstract: T HIS VOL U M E has been written to describe the business side of a commercial enterprise whose field is the entire civilized world. Historically, the theory and knowledge of shipping management, as distinguished from the practical skills of seaman­ ship, have been transmitted from one generation to the next by word of mouth. Little has been put on paper, primarily because the finest exponents of the art of steamship management have been too busy with their day-to-day concerns to do so. The "working level" personnel often are superbly competent, but rarely qualify as liter­ ary craftsmen. It has been my aim, in preparing this analysis of the principles of the "business" of commercial shipping, to describe that which trans­ pires in the various divisions of a shipowning and operating organi­ zation. Insofar as possible, the procedures followed in the offices have been described and explained, as well as the underlying prin­ ciples of management by which their decisions are reached. In the process of learning the principles and practices that are set forth in these pages, I have spent ajoy-filled lifetime in associa­ tion with ships. It has been my good fortune to work in large and small American steamship offices, to operate a major cargo termi­ nal, to participate in establishing and putting into effect the policies of a world-girdling American steamship organization, and to teach young men these principles learned from experience as well as from precept.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. Liner Service and Tramp Shipping2. Tramp Shipping -- 3. The Management of Tramp Shipping -- 4. Chartering and Tramp Ship Operation -- 5. Organization of a Liner-Service Company -- 6. Terminal Management -- 7. Terminal Operation -- 8. The Stevedore Contract -- 9. Procurement of Vessel Stores and Supplies -- 10. Containerization: The Beginning -- 11. The Ramifications of Containerization -- 12. The Ocean Bill of Lading -- 13. How Freight Rates Are Made -- 14. The Traffic Study -- 15. Steamship Conferences -- 16. The Logic of Steamship Scheduling -- 17. Scheduling and Bunkering -- 18. Planning for a New Ship -- 19. Passenger Cruises -- 20. Industrial and Special Carriers -- 21. Tanker Management -- 22. The American Shipping Subsidy System -- 23. The Business of Shipping -- Notes -- About the Author.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 70
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400943179
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: Session I The European Joint Colloborative Project -- Assessment, Architecture and Performance of Industrial Programmable Electronic Systems, with Particular Reference to Robotic Safety -- Presentation of Objectives 1 and 2 of the Joint Collaborative Project on Programmable Electronic Systems: Collection and Data Banking of Information -- Analysis of Accidents and Disturbances Involving Industrial Robots -- Collection and Assessment of Current Standards and Guidelines for Programmable Electronic Systems: CEC Collaborative Project, Objective 3 -- The Inadequacies of Research into Programmable Electronic Systems in Industrial Robots -- Guideline Framework for the Assessment of Programmable Electronic Systems -- Case Study Using the Guidelines Framework -- Session II Programmable Electronic Systems In Nuclear Applications -- Use of Programmable Electronic Systems in Indian Nuclear Power Plants -- Failsafe Operation of a Programmable Electronic System in a Liquid Metal Fast Breeder Reactor Refuelling System -- Software Safety Using Fault Tree Analysis Technique -- Programmable Controller Fault Tree Models for use in Nuclear Power Plant Risk Assessments -- The Integrated Protection System: High Integrity Design as a Response to Safety Issues -- Session III Industrial Applications Of Programmable Electronic Systems -- Enhancing System Reliability by Improving Component Reliability -- Improving the Safety of Programmable Electronic Systems -- Session IV Assessment Methodologies -- PASS II — Program for Analysing Sequential Circuits -- Experience with Computer Assessment -- Safety Assessment Methods for New AGR Fuel Route Control Systems -- Session V Software For Programmable Electronic Systems -- Guidelines for the Synthesis of Software for Distributed Processors -- Experiences with the Diverse Redundancy in Programmable Electronic Systems -- Session VI Experience With Emc, Signature Analysis, Fault Simulation And Safety Of Machine Tools -- Effects of Electromagnetic Interferences on Programmable Electronic Systems -- Improving the Safety Level of Programmable Electronic Systems by Applying the Concept of Signature Analysis -- The Physical Simulation of Fault: A Tool for the Evaluation of Programmable Controller’s Behaviour on Internal Failure -- Safety with Numerically Controlled Machine Tools -- Session VII National And Industrial Guidelines For Programmable Electronic Systems -- Requirements for Microcomputer Systems in Safety Relevant Application — State of the Art in the Federal Republic of Germany -- Use of Microprocessors in Safety Critical Applications — Guidelines for the Nordic Factory Inspectorates -- Standardisation for Computer Safety — The Current Situation in Germany -- Harmonisation of Safety Standards for Programmable Electronic Systems -- Guidance on the Use of Programmable Electronic Systems in Safety Related Applications.
    Abstract: The use of programmable electronic systems (PES) in industry has grown considerably with the availability of microcomputers. These systems offer many benefits to the designer and user in providing more comprehensive control of industrial processes, enviroments, machine tools and in robot installations. As confidence grows with the application of PES, users and manufacturers are considering incorporating safety functions within the requirements and functions of the PES. This book represents the proceedings of the Programmable Electronic Systems Safety Symposium (PES-3) held in Guernsey, Channel Islands, May 28th - 30th 1986, which presented the guidance available to users, designers and safety assessors of programmable electronic systems. This guidance is applicable for many real and potential risk and safety situations in a wide variety of industries ranging from nuclear power plants and industrial robotics, to machine tools and chemical process controllers. The original impetus to hold the Symposium came from a two year collaborative project partially funded by the Commission of the European Communities under the 1979-83 Informatics Initiative. The sponsors of the Symposium studied the assessment, architecture and performance of industrial programmable electronic systems, with particular reference to robotics. The group of papers in the first session give the first public report of the results of this project. The session was Chaired by H Fangmeyer from the Commission's Joint Research Centre at Ispra, Italy, who was the Commission's Project Manager throughout the collaboration.
    Description / Table of Contents: Session I The European Joint Colloborative ProjectAssessment, Architecture and Performance of Industrial Programmable Electronic Systems, with Particular Reference to Robotic Safety -- Presentation of Objectives 1 and 2 of the Joint Collaborative Project on Programmable Electronic Systems: Collection and Data Banking of Information -- Analysis of Accidents and Disturbances Involving Industrial Robots -- Collection and Assessment of Current Standards and Guidelines for Programmable Electronic Systems: CEC Collaborative Project, Objective 3 -- The Inadequacies of Research into Programmable Electronic Systems in Industrial Robots -- Guideline Framework for the Assessment of Programmable Electronic Systems -- Case Study Using the Guidelines Framework -- Session II Programmable Electronic Systems In Nuclear Applications -- Use of Programmable Electronic Systems in Indian Nuclear Power Plants -- Failsafe Operation of a Programmable Electronic System in a Liquid Metal Fast Breeder Reactor Refuelling System -- Software Safety Using Fault Tree Analysis Technique -- Programmable Controller Fault Tree Models for use in Nuclear Power Plant Risk Assessments -- The Integrated Protection System: High Integrity Design as a Response to Safety Issues -- Session III Industrial Applications Of Programmable Electronic Systems -- Enhancing System Reliability by Improving Component Reliability -- Improving the Safety of Programmable Electronic Systems -- Session IV Assessment Methodologies -- PASS II - Program for Analysing Sequential Circuits -- Experience with Computer Assessment -- Safety Assessment Methods for New AGR Fuel Route Control Systems -- Session V Software For Programmable Electronic Systems -- Guidelines for the Synthesis of Software for Distributed Processors -- Experiences with the Diverse Redundancy in Programmable Electronic Systems -- Session VI Experience With Emc, Signature Analysis, Fault Simulation And Safety Of Machine Tools -- Effects of Electromagnetic Interferences on Programmable Electronic Systems -- Improving the Safety Level of Programmable Electronic Systems by Applying the Concept of Signature Analysis -- The Physical Simulation of Fault: A Tool for the Evaluation of Programmable Controller’s Behaviour on Internal Failure -- Safety with Numerically Controlled Machine Tools -- Session VII National And Industrial Guidelines For Programmable Electronic Systems -- Requirements for Microcomputer Systems in Safety Relevant Application - State of the Art in the Federal Republic of Germany -- Use of Microprocessors in Safety Critical Applications - Guidelines for the Nordic Factory Inspectorates -- Standardisation for Computer Safety - The Current Situation in Germany -- Harmonisation of Safety Standards for Programmable Electronic Systems -- Guidance on the Use of Programmable Electronic Systems in Safety Related Applications.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 71
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401171205
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1: CAD — What is it All About? -- Concepts and descriptions -- The design process -- The origins of CAD -- Automated drafting: creating a model -- Representations and simulations -- Analytical programs: simulating performance -- Summary: CAD defined -- 2: CAM — An Introduction -- Design and manufacture: two processes or one? -- Numerical control: the basis of CAM -- Computer-assisted part programming -- Direct numerical control -- Computer numerical control -- The future of numerical control -- Flexible manufacturing systems -- Computer-integrated manufacturing -- Group technology -- Summary: from CAD/CAM to CADAM -- 3: The Elements of a CAD System -- From mainframe to mini -- Enter the micro — distributing ‘intelligence’ -- Memory and storage devices -- Machine communicates with man: the graphics display -- Stroke-writing display systems -- Raster display systems -- Man communicates with machine: menus and input arrangements -- Light pen input -- Cursor steering input devices -- Graphics tablet input -- Choosing an input system -- Plotters and other hard copy devices -- 4: Principal Types of CAD System -- Two-dimensional modellers -- Wire-frame modellers -- Surface modellers -- Solid modelling I: boundary representation -- Solid modelling II: constructive solid geometry -- Summary: making a choice of modelling system -- 5: The Software — What CAD Can Do -- Basic drafting -- Macros -- Parametrics -- Graphic conventions -- ‘Drafting’ with primitive solids -- Transformations -- Taking things apart — sectioning -- Putting things together — segmentation and assembly -- Moving things about — simulated operations -- Automatic dimensioning -- Testing things — analytical programs -- 6: A Look Ahead -- Towards standardization? -- Horses for courses: tailor-made CAD -- Extending CAM — computer-aided everything -- Building-in more knowledge — expert systems -- Trends (and limitations) in hardware development -- New roles for CAD -- Near relations: computer graphics and simulators -- 7: Justifying CAD/CAM -- The fallacy of productivity -- Not-so-simple arithmetic -- Saving waste — consistency of information -- Saving time — availability of information -- Saving trouble — analysis of information -- Doing what could not be done before -- 8: Identifying the Needs of a Company -- Who should conduct the feasibility study? -- Geometrical information — the vital commodity -- Where does the information originate? -- How is information stored, communicated and used? -- The place of CAD/CAM in the information structure -- Setting identifiable goals -- 9: Choosing a System and Persuading the Company to Buy It -- ‘Turnkey’ systems -- Assembled systems -- Sources of information -- The politics of CAD -- Making a shortlist -- Benchmarking -- The ‘best’ system? -- Ready, get set... -- 10: Buying and Installing a System -- Implementation: the role of the CAD manager -- Planning the installation: physical factors -- Planning the installation: psychological and organizational factors -- Selling CAD to the users -- Training -- The first six months -- Appendix I: Glossary of terms and acronyms used in CAD/CAM -- Appendix II: Checklist for potential purchasers of CAD systems -- Appendix III: Suppliers of turnkey CAD systems in the UK and USA -- Select bibliography.
    Abstract: Little more than a decade ago computer-aided design and manufacture (CAD/CAM) was a very esoteric field indeed, not one that was of much practical concern to a manager or industrialist unless his business was on the scale of, say, a major automobile manufacturer or in a field of high technology such as aerospace. Like so much else, this situation was revo­ lutionized by the invention of the silicon chip, the arrival of the micro­ processor and the dramatic fall in the cost of computer hardware. Today, CAD/CAM has spread down the market, and down the price scale, to the point at which it is both a feasible and an affordable technology for a wide range of small-and medium-sized companies in areas as various as architec­ ture and general engineering, plastic moulding and consumer electronics. But the explosion - there is no other word for it - in the variety and capabilities of CAD/CAM systems, and their spectacular climb to the top of the hi-tech hit parade, has placed the potential purchaser and user of the new technology in a difficult position. On the one hand he is assured, not least by the manufacturers of CAD/CAM equipment, that a failure to invest in it will leave his company stranded in the industrial Stone Age.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1: CAD - What is it All About?Concepts and descriptions -- The design process -- The origins of CAD -- Automated drafting: creating a model -- Representations and simulations -- Analytical programs: simulating performance -- Summary: CAD defined -- 2: CAM - An Introduction -- Design and manufacture: two processes or one? -- Numerical control: the basis of CAM -- Computer-assisted part programming -- Direct numerical control -- Computer numerical control -- The future of numerical control -- Flexible manufacturing systems -- Computer-integrated manufacturing -- Group technology -- Summary: from CAD/CAM to CADAM -- 3: The Elements of a CAD System -- From mainframe to mini -- Enter the micro - distributing ‘intelligence’ -- Memory and storage devices -- Machine communicates with man: the graphics display -- Stroke-writing display systems -- Raster display systems -- Man communicates with machine: menus and input arrangements -- Light pen input -- Cursor steering input devices -- Graphics tablet input -- Choosing an input system -- Plotters and other hard copy devices -- 4: Principal Types of CAD System -- Two-dimensional modellers -- Wire-frame modellers -- Surface modellers -- Solid modelling I: boundary representation -- Solid modelling II: constructive solid geometry -- Summary: making a choice of modelling system -- 5: The Software - What CAD Can Do -- Basic drafting -- Macros -- Parametrics -- Graphic conventions -- ‘Drafting’ with primitive solids -- Transformations -- Taking things apart - sectioning -- Putting things together - segmentation and assembly -- Moving things about - simulated operations -- Automatic dimensioning -- Testing things - analytical programs -- 6: A Look Ahead -- Towards standardization? -- Horses for courses: tailor-made CAD -- Extending CAM - computer-aided everything -- Building-in more knowledge - expert systems -- Trends (and limitations) in hardware development -- New roles for CAD -- Near relations: computer graphics and simulators -- 7: Justifying CAD/CAM -- The fallacy of productivity -- Not-so-simple arithmetic -- Saving waste - consistency of information -- Saving time - availability of information -- Saving trouble - analysis of information -- Doing what could not be done before -- 8: Identifying the Needs of a Company -- Who should conduct the feasibility study? -- Geometrical information - the vital commodity -- Where does the information originate? -- How is information stored, communicated and used? -- The place of CAD/CAM in the information structure -- Setting identifiable goals -- 9: Choosing a System and Persuading the Company to Buy It -- ‘Turnkey’ systems -- Assembled systems -- Sources of information -- The politics of CAD -- Making a shortlist -- Benchmarking -- The ‘best’ system? -- Ready, get set.. -- 10: Buying and Installing a System -- Implementation: the role of the CAD manager -- Planning the installation: physical factors -- Planning the installation: psychological and organizational factors -- Selling CAD to the users -- Training -- The first six months -- Appendix I: Glossary of terms and acronyms used in CAD/CAM -- Appendix II: Checklist for potential purchasers of CAD systems -- Appendix III: Suppliers of turnkey CAD systems in the UK and USA -- Select bibliography.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 72
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401180566
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Introduction -- 1.1 Objectives and reasons for the approach taken -- 1.2 Mineral deposit or mine? -- 1.3 A genetic model as the basis for exploration -- 1.4 The scientific study of mineral deposits -- References -- 2 Magmatic Deposits -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 Chromite deposits -- 2.3 Nickel sulphide deposits -- 2.4 Kimberlites -- 2.5 Concluding statement -- References -- 3 Magmatic Hydrothermal Deposits -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Porphyry copper deposits -- 3.3 Exploration for porphyry copper deposits -- 3.4 Porphyry molybdenum deposits -- 3.5 Exploration for porphyry molybdenum deposits -- 3.6 Porphyry gold deposits -- 3.7 Porphyry tin deposits -- 3.8 Volcanic-associated massive sulphide deposits -- 3.9 Exploration for volcanogenic sulphide deposits -- 3.10 Concluding statement -- References -- 4 Hydrothermal Vein Deposits -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Classification of hydrothermal vein deposits -- 4.3 Classification of hydrothermal gold deposits -- 4.4 Hydrothermal gold deposits in Archaean terrain -- 4.5 Exploration for gold in Archaean terrain -- 4.6 Concluding statement -- References -- 5 Placers and Palaeo-Placers -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 Placer deposits -- 5.3 Eluvial (residual), colluvial and fluvial (alluvial) deposits -- 5.4 Beach sand deposits -- 5.5 Marine placers -- 5.6 Palaeo-placer deposits -- 5.7 Concluding statement -- References -- 6 Sediment-Hosted Copper-Lead-Zinc Deposits -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 Sediment-hosted copper deposits -- 6.3 Syngenetic and diagenetic lead-zinc deposits in shales and carbonates (sedimentary-exhalative deposits) -- 6.4 Epigenetic carbonate-hosted lead-zinc deposits (Mississippi Valley-type) -- 6.5 Exploration for Mississippi Valley-type deposits -- 6.6 Concluding statement -- References -- 7 Ore Deposits Formed by Weathering -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 Bauxite deposits -- 7.3 Lateritic nickcl deposits -- 7.4 Kaolin deposits -- 7.5 Supergene manganese deposits -- 7.6 Supergene sulphide enrichment -- 7.7 Concluding statement -- References -- 8 Iron Ores of Sedimentary Affiliation -- 8.1 Introduction -- 8.2 Classification of iron ores -- 8.3 General characteristics of iron-formation -- 8.4 Genesis of iron-formation -- 8.5 Enriched haematitc ore deposits -- 8.6 The Hamersley Basin — an example of banded iron-formation and associated enrichment ores -- 8.7 Exploration -- 8.8 Evaluation -- 8.9 Concluding statement -- References -- 9 Uranium Ores of Sedimentary Affiliation -- 9.1 Introduction -- 9.2 Geochemistry of uranium in the secondary environment -- 9.3 Unconformity-type uranium deposits of the Northern Territory, Australia and Northern Saskatchewan, Canada -- 9.4 Sandstone-hosted uranium deposits of the western USA -- 9.5 Concluding statement -- References -- 10 Ores Formed by Metamorphism -- 10.1 Introduction -- 10.2 Skarns -- 10.3 Skarn deposits -- 10.4 Classification of skarn deposits -- 10.5 Genesis of skarn deposits -- 10.6 Exploration for skarns -- 10.7 Concluding statement -- References -- 11 The Design and Implementation of Exploration Programmes -- 11.1 Introduction -- 11.2 Who undertakes exploration? -- 11.3 Factors affecting exploration programmes -- 11.4 The exploration programme -- 11.5 Concluding statement -- References -- Mineral list.
    Abstract: Why another book about Ore Deposits? There are a number of factors which motivated us to write this text and which may provide an answer to this question. Firstly our colleagues are predominantly mining engineers and minerals processing technologists, which provides us with a different perspective of ore deposits from many academic geologists. Secondly we have found that most existing texts are either highly theoretical or merely descriptive: we have attempted to examine the practical implications of the geological setting and genetic models of particular ore deposit types. We have written the text primarily for undergraduates who are taking options in Economic Geology towards the end of a Degree Course in Geology. However, we hope that the text will also prove valuable to geologists working in the mining industry. The text is to a large extent based on a review of the existing literature up to the end of 1984. However, we have visited most of the mining districts cited in the text and have also corresponded extensively with geologists to extend our knowledge beyond the published literature. Nonetheless writing a text-book on Ore Deposits is a demanding task and it is inevitable that sins of both omission and commission have been committed. We would therefore welcome comments from readers which can be incorporated in future editions. RICHARD EDW ARDS KEITH ATKINSON Cmnhome School (~n\1illcs April 1985 Glossary Adit A horizontal, or near horizontal, passage from the surface into a mme.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Introduction1.1 Objectives and reasons for the approach taken -- 1.2 Mineral deposit or mine? -- 1.3 A genetic model as the basis for exploration -- 1.4 The scientific study of mineral deposits -- References -- 2 Magmatic Deposits -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 Chromite deposits -- 2.3 Nickel sulphide deposits -- 2.4 Kimberlites -- 2.5 Concluding statement -- References -- 3 Magmatic Hydrothermal Deposits -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Porphyry copper deposits -- 3.3 Exploration for porphyry copper deposits -- 3.4 Porphyry molybdenum deposits -- 3.5 Exploration for porphyry molybdenum deposits -- 3.6 Porphyry gold deposits -- 3.7 Porphyry tin deposits -- 3.8 Volcanic-associated massive sulphide deposits -- 3.9 Exploration for volcanogenic sulphide deposits -- 3.10 Concluding statement -- References -- 4 Hydrothermal Vein Deposits -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Classification of hydrothermal vein deposits -- 4.3 Classification of hydrothermal gold deposits -- 4.4 Hydrothermal gold deposits in Archaean terrain -- 4.5 Exploration for gold in Archaean terrain -- 4.6 Concluding statement -- References -- 5 Placers and Palaeo-Placers -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 Placer deposits -- 5.3 Eluvial (residual), colluvial and fluvial (alluvial) deposits -- 5.4 Beach sand deposits -- 5.5 Marine placers -- 5.6 Palaeo-placer deposits -- 5.7 Concluding statement -- References -- 6 Sediment-Hosted Copper-Lead-Zinc Deposits -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 Sediment-hosted copper deposits -- 6.3 Syngenetic and diagenetic lead-zinc deposits in shales and carbonates (sedimentary-exhalative deposits) -- 6.4 Epigenetic carbonate-hosted lead-zinc deposits (Mississippi Valley-type) -- 6.5 Exploration for Mississippi Valley-type deposits -- 6.6 Concluding statement -- References -- 7 Ore Deposits Formed by Weathering -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 Bauxite deposits -- 7.3 Lateritic nickcl deposits -- 7.4 Kaolin deposits -- 7.5 Supergene manganese deposits -- 7.6 Supergene sulphide enrichment -- 7.7 Concluding statement -- References -- 8 Iron Ores of Sedimentary Affiliation -- 8.1 Introduction -- 8.2 Classification of iron ores -- 8.3 General characteristics of iron-formation -- 8.4 Genesis of iron-formation -- 8.5 Enriched haematitc ore deposits -- 8.6 The Hamersley Basin - an example of banded iron-formation and associated enrichment ores -- 8.7 Exploration -- 8.8 Evaluation -- 8.9 Concluding statement -- References -- 9 Uranium Ores of Sedimentary Affiliation -- 9.1 Introduction -- 9.2 Geochemistry of uranium in the secondary environment -- 9.3 Unconformity-type uranium deposits of the Northern Territory, Australia and Northern Saskatchewan, Canada -- 9.4 Sandstone-hosted uranium deposits of the western USA -- 9.5 Concluding statement -- References -- 10 Ores Formed by Metamorphism -- 10.1 Introduction -- 10.2 Skarns -- 10.3 Skarn deposits -- 10.4 Classification of skarn deposits -- 10.5 Genesis of skarn deposits -- 10.6 Exploration for skarns -- 10.7 Concluding statement -- References -- 11 The Design and Implementation of Exploration Programmes -- 11.1 Introduction -- 11.2 Who undertakes exploration? -- 11.3 Factors affecting exploration programmes -- 11.4 The exploration programme -- 11.5 Concluding statement -- References -- Mineral list.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 73
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401577137
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VII, 120 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: One: Sets -- Two: Mappings -- Three: Equivalence relations -- Four: The integers -- Five: Permutations -- Six: Cardinals and the natural numbers.
    Abstract: IT, as it is often said, mathematics is the queen of science then algebra is surely the jewel in her crown. In the course of its vast development over the last half-century, algebra has emerged as the subject in which one can observe pure mathe­ matical reasoning at its best. Its elegance is matched only by the ever-increasing number of its applications to an extraordinarily wide range of topics in areas other than 'pure' mathematics. Here our objective is to present, in the form of a series of five concise volumes, the fundamentals of the subject. Broadly speaking, we have covered in all the now traditional syllabus that is found in first and second year university courses, as well as some third year material. Further study would be at the level of 'honours options'. The reasoning that lies behind this modular presentation is simple, namely to allow the student (be he a mathematician or not) to read the subject in a way that is more appropriate to the length, content, and extent, of the various courses he has to take. Although we have taken great pains to include a wide selec­ tion of illustrative examples, we have not included any exer­ cises. For a suitable companion collection of worked examples, we would refer the reader to our series Algebra through practice (Cambridge University Press), the first five books of which are appropriate to the material covered here.
    Description / Table of Contents: One: SetsTwo: Mappings -- Three: Equivalence relations -- Four: The integers -- Five: Permutations -- Six: Cardinals and the natural numbers.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 74
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401165587
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1. Physiology of Haemopoiesis -- 2. Mechanisms and Limitations of Fish Acid-Base Regulation -- 3. Physiological Investigations of Marlin -- 4. Fish Cardiology: Structural, Haemodynamic, Electromechanical and Metabolic Aspects -- 5. Control of Gill Blood Flow -- 6. Exercise -- 7. Gastro-intestinal Peptides in Fish -- 8. Gastro-intestinal Physiology: Rates of Food Processing in Fish -- 9. Filtration in the Perfused Hagfish Glomerulus -- 10. Physiological Methods in Fish Toxicology: Laboratory and Field Studies -- 11. Toxicity Testing Procedures.
    Abstract: Fishes are very successful vertebrates and have adapted to a wide range of environmental conditions, from the deep ocean to the smallest brook or pond. The physiological background to these environmental adaptations is, obviously, far from clear, and provides fish physiologists with many challenges. The number of extant fish species has been estimated to be in excess of 20000, and only relatively few of these have been subject to physiological studies. Yet among these animals can be found many physiological systems different from those of the land-dwelling vertebrates, and also systems similar to those of the 'higher' vertebrates but at a different level of phylogenetic development. Apart from the rapidly increasing interest in basic fish physi­ ology, the last few years have seen a dramatic increase in applied research, aimed primarily in two directions: fish culture and envi­ ronmental toxicology. Physiological research is of vital importance in both these fields, and basic fish physiology is a necessary base for the applied research. This book is intended for a wide readership among senior undergraduate, postgraduate and research students, as well as uni­ versity teachers and researchers in zoology, physiology, aqua­ culture and biology generally. The book focuses on five major areas of basic and applied research: haemopoiesis, acid-base regu­ lation, circulation, gastro-intestinal functions and physiological toxicology. The chapters will serve as introductions to these fields, as well as up-to-date reviews of the most recent advances in the research areas.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. Physiology of Haemopoiesis2. Mechanisms and Limitations of Fish Acid-Base Regulation -- 3. Physiological Investigations of Marlin -- 4. Fish Cardiology: Structural, Haemodynamic, Electromechanical and Metabolic Aspects -- 5. Control of Gill Blood Flow -- 6. Exercise -- 7. Gastro-intestinal Peptides in Fish -- 8. Gastro-intestinal Physiology: Rates of Food Processing in Fish -- 9. Filtration in the Perfused Hagfish Glomerulus -- 10. Physiological Methods in Fish Toxicology: Laboratory and Field Studies -- 11. Toxicity Testing Procedures.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 75
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400941854
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1: Thermodynamics -- Thermodynamics and Engineering Needs -- Statistics of Surface Contact Distributions -- Polymer Melt and Glass: Thermodynamic and Dynamic Aspects -- A Fresh Look at Solutions of Polymer Mixtures -- Polymer-Polymer Interactions and Phase Diagrams of Compatible Polyblends by Gas-Chromatography -- Application of the Mean-Field Lattice-Gas Model to Partially-Miscible Polymer Systems -- Liquid-Liquid Phase Separation in Mixtures of Statistical Copolymers -- Characterization of Industrial Polymers and Polymer Mixtures by Turbidimetric Measurements at the Lower Critical Solution Temperature -- II: Characterization/Solution Behaviour -- Characterization of Copolymers: Chromatographic Cross-Fractionation Analysis of Styrene-Acrylonitrile Copolymers -- CPF: A New Method for Large Scale Fractionation -- Flow Birefringence of Associations of Polymers in Solution -- Theoretical Calculation of Diffusion Coefficient and Viscosity of Star Polymers in Solution -- A Photon Correlation Spectroscopy Investigation of Precipitation Polymerization in Liquid Vinyl Chloride -- III: Blends -- The Role of Specific Interactions in Polymer Miscibility -- Relation of Interdiffusion and Self-Diffusion in Polymer Mixtures -- Crystallization and Melting Studies on Poly(ethylene oxide)/Poly(methyl methacrylate) Mixtures -- Specific Intermolecular Interactions in Polymer Blends -- Thermal and Morphological Analysis of Poly(?-caprolactam)—Poly(etherester) Mixtures -- Isochrone Viscoelastic Functions via Activation Energy of Flow: Charge Transfer Compatibilized Polyblends -- Modification of Thermosetting Resins by Thermoplastics -- The Toughness Behavior of Emulsion ABS: Effect of Rubber Concentration and Acrylonitrile Content on the Deformation Modes -- IV: Networks -- Thermodynamics of Casein Gels and the Universality of Network Theories -- Crosslinking Theory Applied to Industrially Important Polymers -- Reversible and Irreversible Deformation of Van der Waals Networks -- Photopolymerization of Diacrylates -- Simulation Model for Densely Cross-Linked Networks Formed by Chain-Reactions -- Nonlinear Viscoelasticity of EPDM Networks -- Some Comments on the Thermodynamics of Swelling -- Thermoreversible Gelation of Vinyl Polymers -- Static and Dynamic Lightscattering of Thermoreversible Gelling iota-Carrageenan -- Effects of Poly(acrylamide) on the Solution and Gel Properties of Water-Gelatin System -- Compatibility and Viscoelasticity of Mixed Biopolymer Gels -- Halato-Telechelic Polymers as Models of Ion-Containing Polymers and Thermoreversible Polymer Networks -- Ion-Containing Networks: Structural Modifications Induced by Lithium Ions -- Ion-Containing Networks: Recent Results Concerning Transport Properties -- V: Diffusion/Barrier Properties -- Diffusion of Gases and Liquids in Glassy and Semi-Crystalline Polymers -- Transport Regulated Electrochemical Reactions in Polyimide Films -- Processing of Barrier Film by Coextrusion -- VI: Chain Dynamics -- Single-Chain Dynamics in Polymer Characterization -- Non-Ideal Statistics and Polymer Dynamics -- Computation and Display of Polymer Chain Behaviour -- Deuteron-NMR Studies of Molecular Motions in Solid Polymers -- A Two-Dimensional NMR Study of Very Slow Molecular Motions in Polymers -- Transitions and Mobile Phases by NMR Normal Alkanes and Polyethylene -- Morphology and Chain Dynamics of Polymers as Reflected from Polymer-Dye Interactions -- Emission Spectroscopy and the Molecular Mobility of Polyepoxide Networks -- Mobility of Sidegroups in Polydimethylsiloxane -- Glass Transitions in Unsymmetrically Substituted Siloxanes -- VII: Processing/Rheology -- From Molecular Models to the Solution of Flow Problems -- Transient-Network Theories: New Developments and Applications -- Rheological Properties of a LDPE Melt in Transient Uniaxial Elongational Flow, Described with a Special Type of Constitutive Equation -- Physical Background of Mould Filling With and Without Crystallization -- On the Mathematical Modelling of the Injection Moulding Process -- Mixing Processes in Polymer Processing -- Blending of Incompatible Polymers -- Polymer Reactions During Melt-Processing -- Assessing Rubber Processing Aids Effectiveness -- Plastics Processing -- VIII: Structure and Morphology -- Some Facets of Order in Crystalline Polymers as Revealed by Polyethylene -- Investigation of the Crystallization Process of Polymers by Means of Neutron Scattering -- Lamellar Organization in Polymer Spherulites -- Considerations on the Crystallization with Chain Folding in Polymers -- Chain Mobility in Phase Transformations of Inorganic Polymers -- Ultra-Drawing of High-Molecular-Weight Polyethylene Cast from Solution. IV. Effect of Annealing/Re-crystallization -- Microhardness of Semicrystalline Polymers -- Model Calculations for WAXS Profiles from the Polymer Crystalline Particle Size Distribution -- Infrared Spectroscopy on PET Yarns -- Interaction Between Crystallization and Orientation -- Neutron Scattering of Poly(ethylene terephthalate) -- The Similarity Between Cellulose and Aramid Fibres -- Crystalline Order in Nylon 4,6 -- Pulsed EPR Study of the Trapping Process of Radicals in Polyethylene -- Analysis of Filled Rubbers Using SAXS -- SAXS Studies of Semi-Crystalline Polymer Blends Using Synchrotron Radiation -- Ultra-Drawing of Polypropylene -- Spinning of Fibers from Cellulose Solutions in Amine Oxides -- IX: New Developments -- Future Trends in Polymer Chemistry -- Recent Investigations of Interpenetrating Polymer Networks -- Polymers with Metal-like Conductivity: Structure, Properties and Applications -- The Mechanical Properties of Polypyrrole Plates -- High Modulus Flexible Polymers -- Radiation Treatment of Polymers -- High Precision Replication of Laservision Video Discs Using UV-Curable Coatings -- Fast Curing Low-Modulus Coatings for High-Strength Optical Fibres -- Replication of High Precision Aspherical Lenses Using UV-Curable Coatings.
    Abstract: 'Integration of Fundamental Polymer Science and Technology' is a theme that admits of countless variations. It is admirably exemplified by the scientific work of R. Koningsveld and C. G. Vonk, in whose honour this meeting was organized. The interplay between 'pure' and 'applied' is of course not confined to any particular subdiscipline of chemistry or physics (witness the name IUPAC and IUPAP) but is perhaps rarely so intimate and inevitable as in the macromolecular area. The historical sequence may vary: when the first synthetic dye was prepared by Perkin, considerable knowledge of the molecular structure was also at hand; but polymeric materials, both natural and synthetic, had achieved a fair practical technology long before their macromolecular character was appreciated or established. Such historical records have sometimes led to differences of opinion as to whether the pure or the applied arm should deserve the first place of honour. The Harvard physiologist Henderson, as quoted in Walter Moore's Physical Chemistry, averred that 'Science owes more to the steam engine than the steam engine owes to Science'. On the other hand, few would dispute the proposition that nuclear power production could scarcely have preceded the laboratory observations of Hahn and Strassmann on uranium fission. Whatever history may suggest, an effective and continuous working relationship must recognize the essential contributions, if not always the completely smooth meshing, of both extremes.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1: ThermodynamicsThermodynamics and Engineering Needs -- Statistics of Surface Contact Distributions -- Polymer Melt and Glass: Thermodynamic and Dynamic Aspects -- A Fresh Look at Solutions of Polymer Mixtures -- Polymer-Polymer Interactions and Phase Diagrams of Compatible Polyblends by Gas-Chromatography -- Application of the Mean-Field Lattice-Gas Model to Partially-Miscible Polymer Systems -- Liquid-Liquid Phase Separation in Mixtures of Statistical Copolymers -- Characterization of Industrial Polymers and Polymer Mixtures by Turbidimetric Measurements at the Lower Critical Solution Temperature -- II: Characterization/Solution Behaviour -- Characterization of Copolymers: Chromatographic Cross-Fractionation Analysis of Styrene-Acrylonitrile Copolymers -- CPF: A New Method for Large Scale Fractionation -- Flow Birefringence of Associations of Polymers in Solution -- Theoretical Calculation of Diffusion Coefficient and Viscosity of Star Polymers in Solution -- A Photon Correlation Spectroscopy Investigation of Precipitation Polymerization in Liquid Vinyl Chloride -- III: Blends -- The Role of Specific Interactions in Polymer Miscibility -- Relation of Interdiffusion and Self-Diffusion in Polymer Mixtures -- Crystallization and Melting Studies on Poly(ethylene oxide)/Poly(methyl methacrylate) Mixtures -- Specific Intermolecular Interactions in Polymer Blends -- Thermal and Morphological Analysis of Poly(?-caprolactam)-Poly(etherester) Mixtures -- Isochrone Viscoelastic Functions via Activation Energy of Flow: Charge Transfer Compatibilized Polyblends -- Modification of Thermosetting Resins by Thermoplastics -- The Toughness Behavior of Emulsion ABS: Effect of Rubber Concentration and Acrylonitrile Content on the Deformation Modes -- IV: Networks -- Thermodynamics of Casein Gels and the Universality of Network Theories -- Crosslinking Theory Applied to Industrially Important Polymers -- Reversible and Irreversible Deformation of Van der Waals Networks -- Photopolymerization of Diacrylates -- Simulation Model for Densely Cross-Linked Networks Formed by Chain-Reactions -- Nonlinear Viscoelasticity of EPDM Networks -- Some Comments on the Thermodynamics of Swelling -- Thermoreversible Gelation of Vinyl Polymers -- Static and Dynamic Lightscattering of Thermoreversible Gelling iota-Carrageenan -- Effects of Poly(acrylamide) on the Solution and Gel Properties of Water-Gelatin System -- Compatibility and Viscoelasticity of Mixed Biopolymer Gels -- Halato-Telechelic Polymers as Models of Ion-Containing Polymers and Thermoreversible Polymer Networks -- Ion-Containing Networks: Structural Modifications Induced by Lithium Ions -- Ion-Containing Networks: Recent Results Concerning Transport Properties -- V: Diffusion/Barrier Properties -- Diffusion of Gases and Liquids in Glassy and Semi-Crystalline Polymers -- Transport Regulated Electrochemical Reactions in Polyimide Films -- Processing of Barrier Film by Coextrusion -- VI: Chain Dynamics -- Single-Chain Dynamics in Polymer Characterization -- Non-Ideal Statistics and Polymer Dynamics -- Computation and Display of Polymer Chain Behaviour -- Deuteron-NMR Studies of Molecular Motions in Solid Polymers -- A Two-Dimensional NMR Study of Very Slow Molecular Motions in Polymers -- Transitions and Mobile Phases by NMR Normal Alkanes and Polyethylene -- Morphology and Chain Dynamics of Polymers as Reflected from Polymer-Dye Interactions -- Emission Spectroscopy and the Molecular Mobility of Polyepoxide Networks -- Mobility of Sidegroups in Polydimethylsiloxane -- Glass Transitions in Unsymmetrically Substituted Siloxanes -- VII: Processing/Rheology -- From Molecular Models to the Solution of Flow Problems -- Transient-Network Theories: New Developments and Applications -- Rheological Properties of a LDPE Melt in Transient Uniaxial Elongational Flow, Described with a Special Type of Constitutive Equation -- Physical Background of Mould Filling With and Without Crystallization -- On the Mathematical Modelling of the Injection Moulding Process -- Mixing Processes in Polymer Processing -- Blending of Incompatible Polymers -- Polymer Reactions During Melt-Processing -- Assessing Rubber Processing Aids Effectiveness -- Plastics Processing -- VIII: Structure and Morphology -- Some Facets of Order in Crystalline Polymers as Revealed by Polyethylene -- Investigation of the Crystallization Process of Polymers by Means of Neutron Scattering -- Lamellar Organization in Polymer Spherulites -- Considerations on the Crystallization with Chain Folding in Polymers -- Chain Mobility in Phase Transformations of Inorganic Polymers -- Ultra-Drawing of High-Molecular-Weight Polyethylene Cast from Solution. IV. Effect of Annealing/Re-crystallization -- Microhardness of Semicrystalline Polymers -- Model Calculations for WAXS Profiles from the Polymer Crystalline Particle Size Distribution -- Infrared Spectroscopy on PET Yarns -- Interaction Between Crystallization and Orientation -- Neutron Scattering of Poly(ethylene terephthalate) -- The Similarity Between Cellulose and Aramid Fibres -- Crystalline Order in Nylon 4,6 -- Pulsed EPR Study of the Trapping Process of Radicals in Polyethylene -- Analysis of Filled Rubbers Using SAXS -- SAXS Studies of Semi-Crystalline Polymer Blends Using Synchrotron Radiation -- Ultra-Drawing of Polypropylene -- Spinning of Fibers from Cellulose Solutions in Amine Oxides -- IX: New Developments -- Future Trends in Polymer Chemistry -- Recent Investigations of Interpenetrating Polymer Networks -- Polymers with Metal-like Conductivity: Structure, Properties and Applications -- The Mechanical Properties of Polypyrrole Plates -- High Modulus Flexible Polymers -- Radiation Treatment of Polymers -- High Precision Replication of Laservision Video Discs Using UV-Curable Coatings -- Fast Curing Low-Modulus Coatings for High-Strength Optical Fibres -- Replication of High Precision Aspherical Lenses Using UV-Curable Coatings.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 76
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401159982
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Fundamentals of the Finite Element Method -- 1.1 Introduction -- 1.2 The concept of discretization -- 1.3 Steps in the finite element method -- References -- 2 Finite Element Analysis in Heat Conduction -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 Review of basic formulations -- 2.3 Finite element formulation of transient heat conduction in solids -- 2.4 Transient heat conduction in axisymmetric solids -- 2.5 Computation of the thermal conductivity matrix -- 2.6 Computation of the heat capacitance matrix -- 2.7 Computation of thermal force matrix -- 2.8 Transient heat conduction in the time domain -- 2.9 Boundary conditions 45 2.10 Solution procedures for axisymmetric structures -- References -- 3 Thermoelastic-Plastic Stress Analysis -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Mechanical behavior of materials -- 3.3 Review of basic formulations in linear elasticity theory -- 3.4 Basic formulations in nonlinear elasticity -- 3.5 Elements of plasticity theory -- 3.6 Strain hardening -- 3.7 Plastic potential (yield) function -- 3.8 Prandtl-Reuss relation -- 3.9 Derivation of plastic stress-strain relations -- 3.10 Constitutive equations for thermoelastic-plastic stress analysis -- 3.11 Derivation of the [Cep] matrix -- 3.12 Determination of material stiffness (H’) -- 3.13 Thermoelastic-plastic stress analysis with kinematic hardening rule -- 3.14 Finite element formulation of thermoelastic-plastic stress analysis -- 3.15 Finite element formulation for the base TEPSAC code -- 3.16 Solution procedure for the base TEPSA code -- References -- 4 Creep Deformation of Solids by Finite Element Analysis -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Theoretical background -- 4.3 Constitutive equations for thermoelastic-plastic creep stress analysis -- 4.4 Finite element formulation of thermoelastic-plastic creep stress analysis -- 4.5 Integration schemes -- 4.6 Solution algorithm -- 4.7 Code verification -- 4.8 Closing remarks -- References -- 5 Elastic-Plastic stress analysis with Fourier Series -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 Element equation for elastic axisymmetric solids subject to nonaxisymmetric loadings -- 5.3 Stiffness matrix for elastic solids subject to nonaxisymmetric loadings -- 5.4 Elastic-plastic stress analysis of axisymmetric solids subject to nonaxisymmetric loadings -- 5.5 Derivation of element equation -- 5.6 Mode mixing stiffness equations -- 5.7 Circumferential integration scheme -- 5.8 Numerical example -- 5.9 Discussion of the numerical example -- 5.10 Summary -- References -- 6 Elastodynamic stress analysis with Thermal Effects -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 Theoretical background -- 6.3 Hamilton’s variational principle -- 6.4 Finite element formulation -- 6.5 Direct time integration scheme -- 6.6 Solution algorithm -- 6.7 Numerical illustration -- References -- 7 Thermofracture Mechanics -- 1: Review of fracture mechanics concept -- 2: Thermoelastic-plastic fracture analysis page -- 3: Thermoelastic-plastic creep fracture analysis -- References -- 8 Thermoelastic-Plastic Stress Analysis By Finite Strain Theory -- 8.1 Introduction -- 8.2 Lagrangian and Eulerian coordinate systems -- 8.3 Green and Almansi strain tensors -- 8.4 Lagrangian and Kirchhoff stress tensors -- 8.5 Equilibrium in the large -- 8.6 Equilibrium in the small -- 8.7 The boundary conditions -- 8.8 The constitutive equation -- 8.9 Equations of equilibrium by the principle of virtual work -- 8.10 Finite element formulation -- 8.11 Stiffness matrix [K2] -- 8.12 Stiffness matrix [K3] -- 8.13 Constitutive equations for thermoelastic-plastic stress analysis -- 8.14 The finite element formulation -- 8.15 The computer program -- 8.16 Numerical examples -- References -- 9 Coupled Thermoelastic-Plastic Stress Analysis -- 9.1 Introduction -- 9.2 The energy balance concept -- 9.3 Derivation of the coupled heat conduction equation -- 9.4 Coupled thermoelastic-plastic stress analysis -- 9.5 Finite element formulation -- 9.6 The y matrix -- 9.7 The thermal moduli matrix ? -- 9.8 The internal dissipation factor -- 9.9 Computation algorithm -- 9.10 Numerical illustration -- 9.11 Concluding remarks -- References -- 10 Application of Thermomechanical Analyses in Industry -- 10.1 Introduction -- 10.2 Thermal analysis involving phase change -- 10.3 Thermoelastic-plastic stress analysis -- 10.4 Thermoelastic-plastic stress analysis by TEPSAC code -- 10.5 Simulation of thermomechanical behavior of nuclear reactor fuel elements -- References -- Appendix 1 Area coordinate system for triangular simplex elements -- Appendix 2 Numerical illustration on the implementation of thermal boundary conditions -- Appendix 3 Integrands of the mode-mixing stiffness matrix -- Appendix 4 User’s guide for TEPSAC -- Appendix 5 Listing of TEPSAC code -- Author Index.
    Abstract: The rapid advances in the nuclear and aerospace technologies in the past two decades compounded with the increasing demands for high performance, energy-efficient power plant components and engines have made reliable thermal stress analysis a critical factor in the design and operation of such equipment. Recently, and as experienced by the author, the need for sophis­ ticated analyses has been extended to the energy resource industry such as in-situ coal gasification and in-situ oil recovery from oil sands and shales. The analyses in the above applications are of a multidisciplinary nature, and some involve the additional complexity of multiphase and phase change phenomena. These extremely complicated factors preclude the use of classical methods, and numerical techniques such as the finite element method appear to be the most viable alternative solution. The development of this technique so far appears to have concentrated in two extremes; one being overly concerned with the accuracy of results and tending to place all effort in the implementation of special purpose element concepts and computational algorithms, the other being for commercial purposes with the ability of solving a wide range of engineering problems. However, to be versatile, users require substantial training and experience in order to use these codes effectively. Above all, no provision for any modifi­ cation of these codes by users is possible, as all these codes are proprietary and access to the code is limited only to the owners.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Fundamentals of the Finite Element Method1.1 Introduction -- 1.2 The concept of discretization -- 1.3 Steps in the finite element method -- References -- 2 Finite Element Analysis in Heat Conduction -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 Review of basic formulations -- 2.3 Finite element formulation of transient heat conduction in solids -- 2.4 Transient heat conduction in axisymmetric solids -- 2.5 Computation of the thermal conductivity matrix -- 2.6 Computation of the heat capacitance matrix -- 2.7 Computation of thermal force matrix -- 2.8 Transient heat conduction in the time domain -- 2.9 Boundary conditions 45 2.10 Solution procedures for axisymmetric structures -- References -- 3 Thermoelastic-Plastic Stress Analysis -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Mechanical behavior of materials -- 3.3 Review of basic formulations in linear elasticity theory -- 3.4 Basic formulations in nonlinear elasticity -- 3.5 Elements of plasticity theory -- 3.6 Strain hardening -- 3.7 Plastic potential (yield) function -- 3.8 Prandtl-Reuss relation -- 3.9 Derivation of plastic stress-strain relations -- 3.10 Constitutive equations for thermoelastic-plastic stress analysis -- 3.11 Derivation of the [Cep] matrix -- 3.12 Determination of material stiffness (H’) -- 3.13 Thermoelastic-plastic stress analysis with kinematic hardening rule -- 3.14 Finite element formulation of thermoelastic-plastic stress analysis -- 3.15 Finite element formulation for the base TEPSAC code -- 3.16 Solution procedure for the base TEPSA code -- References -- 4 Creep Deformation of Solids by Finite Element Analysis -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Theoretical background -- 4.3 Constitutive equations for thermoelastic-plastic creep stress analysis -- 4.4 Finite element formulation of thermoelastic-plastic creep stress analysis -- 4.5 Integration schemes -- 4.6 Solution algorithm -- 4.7 Code verification -- 4.8 Closing remarks -- References -- 5 Elastic-Plastic stress analysis with Fourier Series -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 Element equation for elastic axisymmetric solids subject to nonaxisymmetric loadings -- 5.3 Stiffness matrix for elastic solids subject to nonaxisymmetric loadings -- 5.4 Elastic-plastic stress analysis of axisymmetric solids subject to nonaxisymmetric loadings -- 5.5 Derivation of element equation -- 5.6 Mode mixing stiffness equations -- 5.7 Circumferential integration scheme -- 5.8 Numerical example -- 5.9 Discussion of the numerical example -- 5.10 Summary -- References -- 6 Elastodynamic stress analysis with Thermal Effects -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 Theoretical background -- 6.3 Hamilton’s variational principle -- 6.4 Finite element formulation -- 6.5 Direct time integration scheme -- 6.6 Solution algorithm -- 6.7 Numerical illustration -- References -- 7 Thermofracture Mechanics -- 1: Review of fracture mechanics concept -- 2: Thermoelastic-plastic fracture analysis page -- 3: Thermoelastic-plastic creep fracture analysis -- References -- 8 Thermoelastic-Plastic Stress Analysis By Finite Strain Theory -- 8.1 Introduction -- 8.2 Lagrangian and Eulerian coordinate systems -- 8.3 Green and Almansi strain tensors -- 8.4 Lagrangian and Kirchhoff stress tensors -- 8.5 Equilibrium in the large -- 8.6 Equilibrium in the small -- 8.7 The boundary conditions -- 8.8 The constitutive equation -- 8.9 Equations of equilibrium by the principle of virtual work -- 8.10 Finite element formulation -- 8.11 Stiffness matrix [K2] -- 8.12 Stiffness matrix [K3] -- 8.13 Constitutive equations for thermoelastic-plastic stress analysis -- 8.14 The finite element formulation -- 8.15 The computer program -- 8.16 Numerical examples -- References -- 9 Coupled Thermoelastic-Plastic Stress Analysis -- 9.1 Introduction -- 9.2 The energy balance concept -- 9.3 Derivation of the coupled heat conduction equation -- 9.4 Coupled thermoelastic-plastic stress analysis -- 9.5 Finite element formulation -- 9.6 The y matrix -- 9.7 The thermal moduli matrix ? -- 9.8 The internal dissipation factor -- 9.9 Computation algorithm -- 9.10 Numerical illustration -- 9.11 Concluding remarks -- References -- 10 Application of Thermomechanical Analyses in Industry -- 10.1 Introduction -- 10.2 Thermal analysis involving phase change -- 10.3 Thermoelastic-plastic stress analysis -- 10.4 Thermoelastic-plastic stress analysis by TEPSAC code -- 10.5 Simulation of thermomechanical behavior of nuclear reactor fuel elements -- References -- Appendix 1 Area coordinate system for triangular simplex elements -- Appendix 2 Numerical illustration on the implementation of thermal boundary conditions -- Appendix 3 Integrands of the mode-mixing stiffness matrix -- Appendix 4 User’s guide for TEPSAC -- Appendix 5 Listing of TEPSAC code -- Author Index.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 77
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401173858
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Second Edition
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 History and Growth of Fruit Processing -- 2 Harvesting, Handling, and Holding Fruit -- 3 Fruit Washing, Peeling, and Preparation for Processing -- 4 Seasonal Suitability of Fruits for Processing -- 5 Factors Affecting Microflora in Processed Fruits -- 6 Canning of Fruits -- 7 Freezing Fruits -- 8 Dehydration of Fruits -- 9 Brining Cherries and Other Fruits -- 10 Other Products and Processes -- 11 Flavor and Color of Fruits as Affected by Processing -- 12 Composition and Nutritive Value of Raw and Processed Fruits -- 13 Grades and Standards for Raw and Processed Fruits -- 14 Storage Life of Canned, Frozen, Dehydrated, and Preserved Fruits -- 15 Plant Sanitation and Waste Disposal -- 16 Fruit Consumption Trends and Prospects.
    Abstract: • use of fewer additives containing sodium, spices, artificial colors and flavors, and "energy" • continued use of fruits in cereals, salads, cakes, pies, and other com­ binations, as a source of minerals, vitamins, fiber, and natural flavors and colors An important recent innovation is low-moisture processing, in which fruit, with no added sugar, preservative, or carrier, is converted into convenient dehydrated forms. Development of this technology has been stimulated by high transportation rates, improvements in technology, and revolutionary new packages. In addition to raisins, prunes, and dehy­ drated apples, pears, peaches, and apricots, bananas are available in flakes, slices, and granules; pineapple and other tropical fruits also are available in new forms. Another low-moisture product is apple fiber sol­ ids, consisting of cell wall material (cellulose, hemicellulose, lignin, and pectin) and apple sugars. Low-moisture forms of other fruits are becom­ mg more common. Commercial Fruit Processing is a companion volume to Commercial Vegetable Processing, also edited by B. S. Luh and J. G. Woodroof; both are being updated and revised simultaneously. Grateful acknowledgments and thanks go to contributors who wrote in their own area of expertise on commercial fruit processing. Credit also goes to more than a dozen commercial companies and individuals who supplied photographs, charts, tables, and data from commercial opera­ tions. Thanks also to Ann Autry who typed, corrected, and edited the manu­ script; and to Naomi C. Woodroof, my wife, for assisting in research.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 History and Growth of Fruit Processing2 Harvesting, Handling, and Holding Fruit -- 3 Fruit Washing, Peeling, and Preparation for Processing -- 4 Seasonal Suitability of Fruits for Processing -- 5 Factors Affecting Microflora in Processed Fruits -- 6 Canning of Fruits -- 7 Freezing Fruits -- 8 Dehydration of Fruits -- 9 Brining Cherries and Other Fruits -- 10 Other Products and Processes -- 11 Flavor and Color of Fruits as Affected by Processing -- 12 Composition and Nutritive Value of Raw and Processed Fruits -- 13 Grades and Standards for Raw and Processed Fruits -- 14 Storage Life of Canned, Frozen, Dehydrated, and Preserved Fruits -- 15 Plant Sanitation and Waste Disposal -- 16 Fruit Consumption Trends and Prospects.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 78
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401174688
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1: Introduction -- What is an automated manufacturing system? -- Why is production planning and control important? -- 2: Automated Manufacturing Systems and Production Planning and Control -- Factors affecting production planning and control -- Conclusion -- 3: Traditional Production Planning and Control -- Planning hierarchy -- Master production scheduling (MPS): medium term -- Materials requirements planning (MRP) -- Job shop scheduling: short term -- Conclusion -- 4: Production Planning and Control Structure for Automated Manufacturing Systems -- Advanced factory management system -- Automated manufacturing research facility -- Comparison of AFMS and AMRF -- Conclusion -- 5: Factory Level Control -- Financial systems -- Computer aided design -- Process planning -- Master production scheduling I -- Materials requirements planning -- Data output to shop level -- Conclusion -- 6: Shop Level Control -- Master production scheduling II -- On-line scheduling -- Specific data requirements -- Mailbox approaches -- Conclusion -- 7: Cell Level Control -- CCS classification -- What is a cell? -- CCS operational modes -- Conclusion -- 8: Equipment Level Control -- What is meant by equipment? -- Equipment level control structure -- Conclusion -- 9: Conclusion and Future Trends -- Overall production planning and control functions -- Future trends -- Conclusion -- Appendix I: Master Production Scheduling II -- References.
    Abstract: Master production scheduling II 60 On-line scheduling 65 Specific data requirements 69 Mailbox approaches 70 Conclusion 72 Chapter 7: Cell Level Control 75 Introduction 75 CCS classification 77 What is a cell? 78 CCS operational modes 80 Conclusion 86 Chapter 8: Equipment Level Control 89 Introduction 89 What is meant by equipment? 90 Equipment level control structure 92 Conclusion 94 Chapter 9: Conclusion and Future Trends 95 Overall production planning and control functions 98 Future trends 100 Conclusion 102 Appendix I: Master Production Scheduling II 103 References 107 Index 109 Preface This book is intended as an introduction to production planning and control of automated manufacturing systems. As such, it links together two diverse fields of interest: in the area of production planning and control there is a large body of work completed in analytical models, computer structures and overall systems; equally, for the hardware and detailed control aspects of the equipment used (for example, NC machines, robots, etc), comprehensive studies have also been completed. To cover each area fully would result in a work of several volumes. Instead, this book stresses the important elements of both areas that are vital to effective production planning and control of the whole automated manufacturing system.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1: IntroductionWhat is an automated manufacturing system? -- Why is production planning and control important? -- 2: Automated Manufacturing Systems and Production Planning and Control -- Factors affecting production planning and control -- Conclusion -- 3: Traditional Production Planning and Control -- Planning hierarchy -- Master production scheduling (MPS): medium term -- Materials requirements planning (MRP) -- Job shop scheduling: short term -- Conclusion -- 4: Production Planning and Control Structure for Automated Manufacturing Systems -- Advanced factory management system -- Automated manufacturing research facility -- Comparison of AFMS and AMRF -- Conclusion -- 5: Factory Level Control -- Financial systems -- Computer aided design -- Process planning -- Master production scheduling I -- Materials requirements planning -- Data output to shop level -- Conclusion -- 6: Shop Level Control -- Master production scheduling II -- On-line scheduling -- Specific data requirements -- Mailbox approaches -- Conclusion -- 7: Cell Level Control -- CCS classification -- What is a cell? -- CCS operational modes -- Conclusion -- 8: Equipment Level Control -- What is meant by equipment? -- Equipment level control structure -- Conclusion -- 9: Conclusion and Future Trends -- Overall production planning and control functions -- Future trends -- Conclusion -- Appendix I: Master Production Scheduling II -- References.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 79
    ISBN: 9789400940970
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 An introduction to the problem of accuracy -- 1.1 Setting the scene -- 1.2 Some preliminary concepts -- 1.3 The accuracy of enzymes -- 1.4 The role of kinetics in accuracy -- 1.5 Molecular accuracy in evolution -- 1.6 Accuracy in other information systems -- References -- 2 Errors and the integrity of genetic information transfer -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 Theory -- 2.3 Experimental observations on protein errors and error feedback -- 2.4 Errors in the control of transcription and in the timing of cell cycle events -- 2.5 Conclusions -- References -- 3 The specificity of enzyme—substrate interactions -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Kinetics and thermodynamics -- 3.3 Rates of reaction and accuracy -- 3.4 Discrimination through binding -- 3.5 Molecular mechanisms -- 3.6 Molecular fit -- References -- 4 The charging of tRNA -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 The basic problem in amino acid selection -- 4.3 The basic kinetic equations of specificity -- 4.4 The discovery of editing during amino acid selection -- 4.5 The editing reaction pathway: hydrolysis of mischarged tRNA versus hydrolysis of misactivated amino acid -- 4.6 The double-sieve editing mechanism -- 4.7 The economics of editing -- 4.8 The relative importance of the pre-transfer and post- transfer pathways -- 4.9 Chemical reaction mechanisms of editing -- 4.10 Aminoacyl-tRNA synthetases not requiring editing mechanisms -- References -- 5 The accuracy of mRNA-tRNA recognition -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 How specific is the process of translation? -- 5.3 Decoding of the third codon base -- 5.4 Tuning the codon-anticodon interaction -- 5.5 Concluding remarks -- References -- 6 The secret life of the ribosome -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 Missense error frequencies -- 6.3 Bioenergetics of translation -- 6.4 Translation in vitro -- 6.5 Curious consequences of proofreading -- 6.6 Error coupling -- 6.7 Suppression of frameshift mutations -- 6.8 Modalities of error coupling -- 6.9 Concluding remarks -- References -- 7 The accuracy of RNA synthesis -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 Accuracy during RNA polymerization -- 7.3 Accuracy during initiation of RNA synthesis -- 7.4 Accuracy during termination of RNA synthesis -- 7.5 Accuracy during mRNA splicing -- 7.6 Accuracy during maturation of the 3? terminus of an mRNA -- 7.7 Conclusions -- References -- 8 DNA replication fidelity and base mispairing mutagenesis -- 8.1 Introduction -- 8.2 Km discrimination model -- 8.3 Evidence in support of a Km discrimination model for fidelity -- 8.4 Further predictive potential of the Km model -- 8.5 Concluding remarks -- References -- 9 Stability and change through DNA repair -- 9.1 Introduction -- 9.2 Types of DNA damage and cellular responses -- 9.3 Removal repair -- 9.4 Recombinational repair -- 9.5 Replicative repair and induced mutagenesis -- 9.6 DNA damage and epigenetic change -- 9.7 Evolution of indirect mutagenesis -- 9.8 DNA repair effects in multicellular organisms -- References -- 10 Kinetic and probabilistic thinking in accuracy -- 10.1 Introduction -- 10.2 Hidden principles behind the kinetic formalism -- 10.3 The sequestration effect -- 10.4 Kinetic modulation -- 10.5 Kinetic amplification -- 10.6 Recipes for calculation -- 10.7 Outlook -- References -- 11 Kinetic costs of accuracy in translation -- 11.1 Introduction -- 11.2 Kinetic proofreading revisited -- 11.3 Displacements in enzymic selections -- 11.4 Displacements in kinetic proofreading -- 11.5 Kinetic proofreading in translation -- 11.6 Efficiency of biochemical pathways -- 11.7 Low cost translations -- 11.8 Optimal accuracy in translation -- 11.9 Conclusions -- References -- 12 Selection for optimal accuracy and the evolution of ageing -- 12.1 Introduction -- 12.2 Evolution of accuracy in primitive organisms -- 12.3 Evolution of translational accuracy -- 12.4 The maintenance of the integrity of DNA -- 12.5 Balancing the costs and benefits of accuracy -- 12.6 Optimal accuracy of translation in reproductive and somatic cells -- 12.7 Evolution of ageing and longevity -- 12.8 Predictions and conclusions -- References -- 13 Diversity and accuracy in molecular evolution: sketches past, present and future -- 13.1 Sketch I -- 13.2 Sketch II -- 13.3 Sketch III -- 13.4 Sketch IV -- 13.5 Sketch V -- 13.6 Sketch VI -- 13.7 Sketch VII -- 13.7 Sketch VIII -- References.
    Abstract: Molecular biology proceeds at unremitting pace to unfold new secrets of the living world. Biology, long regarded as an inexact companion to physics and chemistry, has undergone transformation. Now, chemical and physical principles are tools in understanding highly complex biomolecular processes, whose origin lies in a history of chance, constraint and natural selection. The accuracy of these processes, often remarkably high, is crucial to their self­ perpetuation, both individually and collectively, as ingredients of the organism as a whole. In this book are presented thirteen chapters which deal with various facets of the accuracy problem. Subjects covered include: the specificity of enzymes; the fidelity of synthesis of proteins; the replication and repair of DNA: general schemes for the enhancement of biological accuracy; selection for an optimal balance between the costs and benefits of accuracy; and the possible relevance of molecular mistakes to the process of ageing. The viewpoints are distinct, yet complementary, and the book as a whole offers to researchers and students the first comprehensive account of this growing field.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 An introduction to the problem of accuracy1.1 Setting the scene -- 1.2 Some preliminary concepts -- 1.3 The accuracy of enzymes -- 1.4 The role of kinetics in accuracy -- 1.5 Molecular accuracy in evolution -- 1.6 Accuracy in other information systems -- References -- 2 Errors and the integrity of genetic information transfer -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 Theory -- 2.3 Experimental observations on protein errors and error feedback -- 2.4 Errors in the control of transcription and in the timing of cell cycle events -- 2.5 Conclusions -- References -- 3 The specificity of enzyme-substrate interactions -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Kinetics and thermodynamics -- 3.3 Rates of reaction and accuracy -- 3.4 Discrimination through binding -- 3.5 Molecular mechanisms -- 3.6 Molecular fit -- References -- 4 The charging of tRNA -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 The basic problem in amino acid selection -- 4.3 The basic kinetic equations of specificity -- 4.4 The discovery of editing during amino acid selection -- 4.5 The editing reaction pathway: hydrolysis of mischarged tRNA versus hydrolysis of misactivated amino acid -- 4.6 The double-sieve editing mechanism -- 4.7 The economics of editing -- 4.8 The relative importance of the pre-transfer and post- transfer pathways -- 4.9 Chemical reaction mechanisms of editing -- 4.10 Aminoacyl-tRNA synthetases not requiring editing mechanisms -- References -- 5 The accuracy of mRNA-tRNA recognition -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 How specific is the process of translation? -- 5.3 Decoding of the third codon base -- 5.4 Tuning the codon-anticodon interaction -- 5.5 Concluding remarks -- References -- 6 The secret life of the ribosome -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 Missense error frequencies -- 6.3 Bioenergetics of translation -- 6.4 Translation in vitro -- 6.5 Curious consequences of proofreading -- 6.6 Error coupling -- 6.7 Suppression of frameshift mutations -- 6.8 Modalities of error coupling -- 6.9 Concluding remarks -- References -- 7 The accuracy of RNA synthesis -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 Accuracy during RNA polymerization -- 7.3 Accuracy during initiation of RNA synthesis -- 7.4 Accuracy during termination of RNA synthesis -- 7.5 Accuracy during mRNA splicing -- 7.6 Accuracy during maturation of the 3? terminus of an mRNA -- 7.7 Conclusions -- References -- 8 DNA replication fidelity and base mispairing mutagenesis -- 8.1 Introduction -- 8.2 Km discrimination model -- 8.3 Evidence in support of a Km discrimination model for fidelity -- 8.4 Further predictive potential of the Km model -- 8.5 Concluding remarks -- References -- 9 Stability and change through DNA repair -- 9.1 Introduction -- 9.2 Types of DNA damage and cellular responses -- 9.3 Removal repair -- 9.4 Recombinational repair -- 9.5 Replicative repair and induced mutagenesis -- 9.6 DNA damage and epigenetic change -- 9.7 Evolution of indirect mutagenesis -- 9.8 DNA repair effects in multicellular organisms -- References -- 10 Kinetic and probabilistic thinking in accuracy -- 10.1 Introduction -- 10.2 Hidden principles behind the kinetic formalism -- 10.3 The sequestration effect -- 10.4 Kinetic modulation -- 10.5 Kinetic amplification -- 10.6 Recipes for calculation -- 10.7 Outlook -- References -- 11 Kinetic costs of accuracy in translation -- 11.1 Introduction -- 11.2 Kinetic proofreading revisited -- 11.3 Displacements in enzymic selections -- 11.4 Displacements in kinetic proofreading -- 11.5 Kinetic proofreading in translation -- 11.6 Efficiency of biochemical pathways -- 11.7 Low cost translations -- 11.8 Optimal accuracy in translation -- 11.9 Conclusions -- References -- 12 Selection for optimal accuracy and the evolution of ageing -- 12.1 Introduction -- 12.2 Evolution of accuracy in primitive organisms -- 12.3 Evolution of translational accuracy -- 12.4 The maintenance of the integrity of DNA -- 12.5 Balancing the costs and benefits of accuracy -- 12.6 Optimal accuracy of translation in reproductive and somatic cells -- 12.7 Evolution of ageing and longevity -- 12.8 Predictions and conclusions -- References -- 13 Diversity and accuracy in molecular evolution: sketches past, present and future -- 13.1 Sketch I -- 13.2 Sketch II -- 13.3 Sketch III -- 13.4 Sketch IV -- 13.5 Sketch V -- 13.6 Sketch VI -- 13.7 Sketch VII -- 13.7 Sketch VIII -- References.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 80
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400941915
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: I Introduction -- 1 The Management of Agricultural and Natural Resource Systems -- II The Methods of Dynamic Programming -- 2 Introduction to Dynamic Programming -- 3 Stochastic and Infinite-Stage Dynamic Programming -- 4 Extensions to the Basic Formulation -- III Dynamic Programming Applications to Agriculture -- 5 Scheduling, Replacement and Inventory Management -- 6 Crop Management -- 7 Livestock Management -- IV Dynamic Programming Applications to Natural Resources -- 8 Land Management -- 9 Forestry Management -- 10 Fisheries Management -- V Conclusion -- 11 The Scope for Dynamic Programming Applied to Resource Management -- Appendices -- A1 Coding Sheets for Entering Data Using DPD -- A2 Program Listings -- A2.1 Listing of DPD -- A2.2 Listing of FDP -- A2.3 Listing of IDP -- A2.4 Listing of DIM -- Author Index.
    Abstract: Humans interact with and are part of the mysterious processes of nature. Inevitably they have to discover how to manage the environment for their long-term survival and benefit. To do this successfully means learning something about the dynamics of natural processes, and then using the knowledge to work with the forces of nature for some desired outcome. These are intriguing and challenging tasks. This book describes a technique which has much to offer in attempting to achieve the latter task. A knowledge of dynamic programming is useful for anyone interested in the optimal management of agricultural and natural resources for two reasons. First, resource management problems are often problems of dynamic optimization. The dynamic programming approach offers insights into the economics of dynamic optimization which can be explained much more simply than can other approaches. Conditions for the optimal management of a resource can be derived using the logic of dynamic programming, taking as a starting point the usual economic definition of the value of a resource which is optimally managed through time. This is set out in Chapter I for a general resource problem with the minimum of mathematics. The results are related to the discrete maximum principle of control theory. In subsequent chapters dynamic programming arguments are used to derive optimality conditions for particular resources.
    Description / Table of Contents: I Introduction1 The Management of Agricultural and Natural Resource Systems -- II The Methods of Dynamic Programming -- 2 Introduction to Dynamic Programming -- 3 Stochastic and Infinite-Stage Dynamic Programming -- 4 Extensions to the Basic Formulation -- III Dynamic Programming Applications to Agriculture -- 5 Scheduling, Replacement and Inventory Management -- 6 Crop Management -- 7 Livestock Management -- IV Dynamic Programming Applications to Natural Resources -- 8 Land Management -- 9 Forestry Management -- 10 Fisheries Management -- V Conclusion -- 11 The Scope for Dynamic Programming Applied to Resource Management -- Appendices -- A1 Coding Sheets for Entering Data Using DPD -- A2 Program Listings -- A2.1 Listing of DPD -- A2.2 Listing of FDP -- A2.3 Listing of IDP -- A2.4 Listing of DIM -- Author Index.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 81
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400934153
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: I: Data Requirements -- 1. Multiaxial Data Requirements for Structural Integrity Assessments in Creep -- II: Biaxial Testing -- 2. The Application of Torsional and Double Shear Tests -- 3. Requirements for Thin-walled Torsion Testing -- 4. A Tension-Torsion Testing Technique -- 5. A Biaxial Tension-Torsion, Constant Stress, Creep Testing Machine -- 6. Torsion Testing in an Inert Atmosphere -- 7. Biaxial Testing Using Cruciform Specimens -- 8. Effects of Overloads and Creep on the Yield Surface of a Nickel-based Superalloy -- III: Triaxial Testing -- 9. An Overview on Studies of Stress State Effects During Creep of Circumferentially Notched Bars -- 10. Practical Aspects of Testing Circumferential Notch Specimens at High Temperature -- 11. Creep Tests on Axisymmetric Notched Bars: Global Displacement Measurements and Metallographic Determination of Local Strain and Damage -- 12. Computer Modelling of Creep Damage in Components with Variable Metallurgical Structure -- 13. Multiaxial Creep Testing Using Uniaxially Loaded Specimens with a Superimposed Hydrostatic Pressure -- Editors’ Note: Creep Rupture Testing under Triaxial Tension -- IV: Pressurised Tubes and Components -- 14. Stress State Distributions in Thick-walled Pressurised Tubes under Creep Loading -- 15. Potential for Standardisation of Techniques for Creep Testing of Internally Pressurised Tubular Components -- 16. Experiments on Multiaxial Creep Above 800°C -- 17. Some Experiences in the Creep Testing of Piping Elbows -- 18. Creep Rupture Testing of Tubular Model Components -- 19. Full Size Component Testing under Creep Conditions.
    Abstract: The design and assessment of modern high temperature plant demands an understanding of the creep and rupture behaviour of materials under multi axial stress states. Examples include thread roots in steam turbine casing bolts, branch connections in nuclear pressure vessels and blade root fixings in gas or steam turbine rotors. At one extreme the simple notch weakening/notch strengthening characterization of the material by circumferentially vee-notched uniaxial rupture tests, as specified in many national standards, may be sufficient. These were originally intended to model thread roots and their conservatism is such that they frequently are considered adequate for design purposes. At the other extreme full size or model component tests may be employed to determine the safety margins built into design codes. This latter approach is most commonly used for internally pressurized components, particularly where welds are involved. However, such tests are extremely expensive and the use of modern stress analysis techniques combined with a detailed knowledge of multiaxial properties offers a more economic alternative. Design codes, by their nature, must ensure conservatism and are based on a material's minimum specified properties. In the case of high temperature components the extension of life beyond the nominal design figure, say from 100000 to 200000 h, offers very significant economic benefits. However, this may require a more detailed understanding of the multiaxial behaviour of a specific material than was available at the design stage.
    Description / Table of Contents: I: Data Requirements1. Multiaxial Data Requirements for Structural Integrity Assessments in Creep -- II: Biaxial Testing -- 2. The Application of Torsional and Double Shear Tests -- 3. Requirements for Thin-walled Torsion Testing -- 4. A Tension-Torsion Testing Technique -- 5. A Biaxial Tension-Torsion, Constant Stress, Creep Testing Machine -- 6. Torsion Testing in an Inert Atmosphere -- 7. Biaxial Testing Using Cruciform Specimens -- 8. Effects of Overloads and Creep on the Yield Surface of a Nickel-based Superalloy -- III: Triaxial Testing -- 9. An Overview on Studies of Stress State Effects During Creep of Circumferentially Notched Bars -- 10. Practical Aspects of Testing Circumferential Notch Specimens at High Temperature -- 11. Creep Tests on Axisymmetric Notched Bars: Global Displacement Measurements and Metallographic Determination of Local Strain and Damage -- 12. Computer Modelling of Creep Damage in Components with Variable Metallurgical Structure -- 13. Multiaxial Creep Testing Using Uniaxially Loaded Specimens with a Superimposed Hydrostatic Pressure -- Editors’ Note: Creep Rupture Testing under Triaxial Tension -- IV: Pressurised Tubes and Components -- 14. Stress State Distributions in Thick-walled Pressurised Tubes under Creep Loading -- 15. Potential for Standardisation of Techniques for Creep Testing of Internally Pressurised Tubular Components -- 16. Experiments on Multiaxial Creep Above 800°C -- 17. Some Experiences in the Creep Testing of Piping Elbows -- 18. Creep Rupture Testing of Tubular Model Components -- 19. Full Size Component Testing under Creep Conditions.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 82
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400940758
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Basic Principles of Electron Spin Resonance -- 2 Basic Instrumentation of Electron Spin Resonance -- 3 Nuclear Hyperfine Interaction -- 4 Analysis of Electron Spin Resonance Spectra of Systems in the Liquid Phase -- 5 Interpretation of Hyperfine Splittings in ?-type Organic Radicals -- 6 Mechanism of Hyperfine Splittings in Conjugated Systems -- 7 Anisotropic Interactions in Oriented Systems with S = 1/2 -- 8 Interpretation of the ESR Spectra of Systems in the Solid State -- 9 Time-dependent Phenomena -- 10 Energy-level Splitting in Zero Magnetic Field; The Triplet State -- 11 Transition-metal Ions. I. -- 12 Transition-metal Ions. II. Electron Resonance in the Gas Phase -- 13. Double-resonance Techniques -- 14. Biological Applications of Electron Spin Resonance -- Appendix A. Mathematical Operations -- A-1 Complex Numbers -- A-2 Operator Algebra -- A-2a Properties of Operators -- A-2b Eigenvalues and Eigenfunctions -- A-3 Determinants -- A-4 Vectors: Scalar, Vector, and Outer Products -- A-5 Matrices -- A-5a Addition and Subtraction of Matrices -- A-5b Multiplication of Matrices -- A-5c Special Matrices and Matrix Properties -- A-5d Dirac Notation for Wave Functions and Matrix Elements -- A-5e Diagonalization of Matrices -- A-6 Tensors -- A-7 Perturbation Theory -- A-8 Euler Angles -- Problems -- Appendix B. Quantum Mechanics of Angular Momentum -- B-1 Introduction -- B-2 Angular-momentum Operators -- B-3 The Commutation Relations for the Angular-momentum Operators -- B-6 Angular-momentum Matrices -- B-7 Addition of Angular Momenta -- B-8 Summary -- Problems -- C-1 The Hamiltonian for the Hydrogen Atom -- C-2 The Spin Eigenfunctions and the Energy Matrix for the Hydrogen Atom -- C-3 Exact Solution of the Determinant of the Energy Matrix (Secular Determinant) -- C-4 Selection Rules for High-field Magnetic-dipole Transitions in the Hydrogen Atom -- C-5 The Transition Frequencies in Constant Magnetic Field with a Varying Microwave Frequency -- C-6 The Resonant Magnetic Fields at Constant Microwave Frequency -- C-7 Calculation of the Energy Levels of the Hydrogen Atom by Perturbation Theory -- C-8 Wave Functions and Allowed Transitions for the Hydrogen Atom at Low Magnetic Fields -- Problems -- Appendix D. Experimental Methods; Spectrometer Performance -- D-1 Sensitivity -- D-2 Factors Affecting Sensitivity and Resolution -- D-2a Modulation Amplitude -- D-2b Modulation Frequency -- D-2c Microwave Power Level -- D-2d The Concentration of Paramagnetic Centers -- D-2e Temperature -- D-2g Microwave Frequency -- D-2h Signal Averaging -- D-3 Absolute Intensity Measurements -- Problems -- Table of Symbols -- Name Index.
    Abstract: In the twenty-five years since its discovery by Zavoiskii, the technique of electron spin resonance (ESR) spectroscopy has provided detailed struc­ tural information on a variety of paramagnetic organic and inorganic sys­ tems. It is doubtful that even much later than 1945 any chemist would have been so bold as to predict the great diversity of systems which have proved amenable to study by ESR spectroscopy. In this book we have attempted to provide numerous examples of actual ESR spectra to illus­ trate the wide scope of application. No attempt has been made to present a comprehensive coverage of the literature in any field, but references to reviews and key articles are given throughout the book. This introductory textbook had its origin in lecture notes prepared for an American Chemical Society short course on electron spin resonance. The present version is the result of extensive revision and expansion of the original notes. Experience with such courses has convinced us that there are large numbers of chemists, physicists, and biologists who have a strong interest in electron spin resonance. The mathematical training of most of the short-course students is limited to calculus. Their contact with theories of molecular structure is largely limited to that obtained in an elementary physical chemistry course. It is to an audience of such background that this book is directed.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Basic Principles of Electron Spin Resonance2 Basic Instrumentation of Electron Spin Resonance -- 3 Nuclear Hyperfine Interaction -- 4 Analysis of Electron Spin Resonance Spectra of Systems in the Liquid Phase -- 5 Interpretation of Hyperfine Splittings in ?-type Organic Radicals -- 6 Mechanism of Hyperfine Splittings in Conjugated Systems -- 7 Anisotropic Interactions in Oriented Systems with S = 1/2 -- 8 Interpretation of the ESR Spectra of Systems in the Solid State -- 9 Time-dependent Phenomena -- 10 Energy-level Splitting in Zero Magnetic Field; The Triplet State -- 11 Transition-metal Ions. I. -- 12 Transition-metal Ions. II. Electron Resonance in the Gas Phase -- 13. Double-resonance Techniques -- 14. Biological Applications of Electron Spin Resonance -- Appendix A. Mathematical Operations -- A-1 Complex Numbers -- A-2 Operator Algebra -- A-2a Properties of Operators -- A-2b Eigenvalues and Eigenfunctions -- A-3 Determinants -- A-4 Vectors: Scalar, Vector, and Outer Products -- A-5 Matrices -- A-5a Addition and Subtraction of Matrices -- A-5b Multiplication of Matrices -- A-5c Special Matrices and Matrix Properties -- A-5d Dirac Notation for Wave Functions and Matrix Elements -- A-5e Diagonalization of Matrices -- A-6 Tensors -- A-7 Perturbation Theory -- A-8 Euler Angles -- Problems -- Appendix B. Quantum Mechanics of Angular Momentum -- B-1 Introduction -- B-2 Angular-momentum Operators -- B-3 The Commutation Relations for the Angular-momentum Operators -- B-6 Angular-momentum Matrices -- B-7 Addition of Angular Momenta -- B-8 Summary -- Problems -- C-1 The Hamiltonian for the Hydrogen Atom -- C-2 The Spin Eigenfunctions and the Energy Matrix for the Hydrogen Atom -- C-3 Exact Solution of the Determinant of the Energy Matrix (Secular Determinant) -- C-4 Selection Rules for High-field Magnetic-dipole Transitions in the Hydrogen Atom -- C-5 The Transition Frequencies in Constant Magnetic Field with a Varying Microwave Frequency -- C-6 The Resonant Magnetic Fields at Constant Microwave Frequency -- C-7 Calculation of the Energy Levels of the Hydrogen Atom by Perturbation Theory -- C-8 Wave Functions and Allowed Transitions for the Hydrogen Atom at Low Magnetic Fields -- Problems -- Appendix D. Experimental Methods; Spectrometer Performance -- D-1 Sensitivity -- D-2 Factors Affecting Sensitivity and Resolution -- D-2a Modulation Amplitude -- D-2b Modulation Frequency -- D-2c Microwave Power Level -- D-2d The Concentration of Paramagnetic Centers -- D-2e Temperature -- D-2g Microwave Frequency -- D-2h Signal Averaging -- D-3 Absolute Intensity Measurements -- Problems -- Table of Symbols -- Name Index.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 83
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400940994
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Second Edition
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Standard enthalpies of formation derived from experimental data -- 1.1 Data tables -- 1.2 Processing of experimental data -- 2 Prediction of standard enthalpies of formation -- 2.1 Component enthalpies -- 2.2 Determination of values for component enthalpies -- 2.3 Summary -- 2.4 Uncertainties on values for component enthalpies -- 2.5 Comparison of calculated and experimental values -- 3 Group interactions -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Derivation of values for group interactions -- 4 Interpretation of group interactions: prediction of unknown values for component enthalpies -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Alkanes -- 4.3 Alkenes and alkynes -- 4.4 Monofunctional compounds -- 4.5 Polyfunctional compounds -- 4.6 Summary -- 5 Future developments -- 5.1 Experimental data files -- 5.2 Parametric schemes -- 5.3 Software development -- Table 1.2 Experimental thermochemical data -- Table 1.3 Standard enthalpies of formation for inorganic compounds -- References -- Name index -- Chemical Abstracts Service Registry Number Index.
    Abstract: The purpose of the material in this book is to enable users of thermochemical data to predict values for standard enthalpies ofreactions involving organic compounds ranging in complex­ ity from simple alkanes to biologically important compounds such as amino acids. Chapter 1 contains tables of values for standard enthalpies of formation derived from experimental data for approximately 3000 organic compounds of the elements C, H, 0, N, S and halogens; Chapters 2 to 4 describe a simple scheme for predicting unknown values of standard enthalpies of formation. Data presented in the book are stored in a data base at the University of Sussex and with associated software provides a simple but efficient method for dealing with thermochemical problems in organic chemistry. The experimental data used in the computer calculation of the values for standard enthal­ pies of formation are clearly indicated in Table 1.2. Where alternative values for a given standard enthalpy of formation may be derived, from independent measurements, we have clearly indicated those which are regarded by the assessors as definitive and which are therefore used to derive the value for the compound concerned. We do not, however, give reasons for the assessors choice nor are details given of experimental techniques. The literature search for suitable references was discontinued in 1983 to allow development of the predictive scheme and the computer techniques for handling the data.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Standard enthalpies of formation derived from experimental data1.1 Data tables -- 1.2 Processing of experimental data -- 2 Prediction of standard enthalpies of formation -- 2.1 Component enthalpies -- 2.2 Determination of values for component enthalpies -- 2.3 Summary -- 2.4 Uncertainties on values for component enthalpies -- 2.5 Comparison of calculated and experimental values -- 3 Group interactions -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Derivation of values for group interactions -- 4 Interpretation of group interactions: prediction of unknown values for component enthalpies -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Alkanes -- 4.3 Alkenes and alkynes -- 4.4 Monofunctional compounds -- 4.5 Polyfunctional compounds -- 4.6 Summary -- 5 Future developments -- 5.1 Experimental data files -- 5.2 Parametric schemes -- 5.3 Software development -- Table 1.2 Experimental thermochemical data -- Table 1.3 Standard enthalpies of formation for inorganic compounds -- References -- Name index -- Chemical Abstracts Service Registry Number Index.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 84
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400940956
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Introduction -- 2 Isolation and culture -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 Choice of starting material -- 2.3 Enzymes and osmotica -- 2.4 Isolation methods -- 2.5 Purification of isolated protoplasts -- 2.6 Protoplast viability and plating density -- 2.7 Methods for protoplast culture -- 2.8 Cell wall regeneration -- 2.9 Division and growth -- 2.10 Isolation of subprotoplasts -- 2.11 Conclusions -- References -- 3 Regeneration of plants -- 3.1 History of plant regeneration studies -- 3.2 Organogenesis -- 3.3 Embryogenesis -- 3.4 Handling of regenerated plantlets -- 3.5 Genetic stability of regenerated plantlets -- References -- 4 Protoplast fusion -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Methods to induce fusion -- 4.3 Selection of fusion hybrids -- 4.4 Which plants to hybridize -- 4.5 Cybrid formation -- 4.6 Conclusions -- References -- 5 Protoplasts as physiological tools -- 5.1 Studies on DNA, RNA and protein synthesis -- 5.2 Protoplasts for isolation of cell components -- 5.3 Protoplasts for studies on cell wall regeneration -- References -- 6 Uptake of foreign materials -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 Nuclei and subprotoplasts -- 6.3 Chloroplasts and mitochondria -- 6.4 Bacteria -- 6.5 Blue-green algae -- 6.6 Viruses -- 6.7 DNA -- 6.8 Non-biological materials -- References -- 7 Genetic engineering -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 Induced tumours -- 7.3 The infective plasmid -- 7.4 Transformation of protoplasts -- 7.5 Which genes to engineer? -- References.
    Abstract: Isolated plant protoplasts are 'naked' cells that have had their cell wall removed either by mechanical action or by enzymic digestion. As a result of wall removal the only barrier that exists between the cell protoplasm and the external environment is the plasma membrane. The removal of the cell wall has drastic osmotic consequences for the isolated cell. Rather like animal cells, the isolated protoplasts must be maintained in an osmotically balanced (isotonic) nutrient medium or they will burst. As will be seen later, the isolation of plant protoplasts is not a particularly new event; as early as the 1890s scientists were isolating protoplasts mechanically and studying effects such as protoplast streaming. What has brought protoplast technology to the forefront of plant biology is the potential application of these structures in non-traditional plant improvement methods. Extreme care must be exercised by the reader, however, in be­ lieving some of the claims that have been put forward for the use of protoplasts in improvement programmes. In the 20 years since the first experiments in routine enzyme isolation of large numbers of protoplasts no real improvement has been obtained in a commercial crop plant. This does not mean that improvement is impossible; it simply indicates that it may be a longer term objective than some people would like to admit.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Introduction2 Isolation and culture -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 Choice of starting material -- 2.3 Enzymes and osmotica -- 2.4 Isolation methods -- 2.5 Purification of isolated protoplasts -- 2.6 Protoplast viability and plating density -- 2.7 Methods for protoplast culture -- 2.8 Cell wall regeneration -- 2.9 Division and growth -- 2.10 Isolation of subprotoplasts -- 2.11 Conclusions -- References -- 3 Regeneration of plants -- 3.1 History of plant regeneration studies -- 3.2 Organogenesis -- 3.3 Embryogenesis -- 3.4 Handling of regenerated plantlets -- 3.5 Genetic stability of regenerated plantlets -- References -- 4 Protoplast fusion -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Methods to induce fusion -- 4.3 Selection of fusion hybrids -- 4.4 Which plants to hybridize -- 4.5 Cybrid formation -- 4.6 Conclusions -- References -- 5 Protoplasts as physiological tools -- 5.1 Studies on DNA, RNA and protein synthesis -- 5.2 Protoplasts for isolation of cell components -- 5.3 Protoplasts for studies on cell wall regeneration -- References -- 6 Uptake of foreign materials -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 Nuclei and subprotoplasts -- 6.3 Chloroplasts and mitochondria -- 6.4 Bacteria -- 6.5 Blue-green algae -- 6.6 Viruses -- 6.7 DNA -- 6.8 Non-biological materials -- References -- 7 Genetic engineering -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 Induced tumours -- 7.3 The infective plasmid -- 7.4 Transformation of protoplasts -- 7.5 Which genes to engineer? -- References.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 85
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401093668
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1. Acoustical Fundamentals for the Recording Engineer -- 2. Microphones -- 3. Basic Stereophonic Imaging Techniques -- 4. Audio Transmission Systems -- 5. Monitor Loudspeakers and the Monitoring Environment -- 6. Signal Processing Devices and Applications -- 7. Classical Recording Production Techniques -- 8. Popular Record Production Techniques -- 9. Analog Magnetic Recording -- 10. Analog Disc Recording and Reproduction -- 11. Digital Recording -- 12. The Low-Cost Studio: An Overview.
    Abstract: The Handbook of Recording Engineering is a logical outgrowth of the first two editions of Sound Recording. The ten years since the first edition have seen no slackening in the development of recording technology, and they have wit­ nessed an almost phenomenal growth in the teaching of recording and audio engineering at all academic levels. The earlier editions of Sound Recording have been widely used as texts at all educational levels, and it is the author's intent in the Handbook of Recording Engineering to produce a book which is even more suited to these purposes. At the same time, the book has been organized as a true handbook, which presents of reference material in easily accessible form. a broad array The organization of the book is unique in that it progresses as the signal transmission chain itself does-from the recording venue on through the micro­ phone, transmission channel, and finally to the listening environment. The first six chapters thus form a logical sequence, and the author recommends that in­ structors using the Handbook follow them accordingly. Chapter One presents a discussion of acoustical fundamentals, including an introduction to some basic psychoacoustical considerations having to do with performance spaces. Chapter Two covers the basic operating principles of mi­ crophones, while Chapter Three extends the discussion of microphones to cover the entire range of stereophonic imaging phenomena.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. Acoustical Fundamentals for the Recording Engineer2. Microphones -- 3. Basic Stereophonic Imaging Techniques -- 4. Audio Transmission Systems -- 5. Monitor Loudspeakers and the Monitoring Environment -- 6. Signal Processing Devices and Applications -- 7. Classical Recording Production Techniques -- 8. Popular Record Production Techniques -- 9. Analog Magnetic Recording -- 10. Analog Disc Recording and Reproduction -- 11. Digital Recording -- 12. The Low-Cost Studio: An Overview.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 86
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401170413
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Random Signals -- 1.0 Introduction -- 1.1 Characterization and Classification -- 1.2 Correlation and Covariance Functions -- 1.3 Gaussian Processes and Wiener Processes -- 1.4 Poisson Process -- 1.5 Mean Square Calculus -- 1.6 Markov Process -- 1.7 Renewal Process -- 1.8 Bibliographical Notes -- Exercises -- 2 Stationary Random Signals -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 Linear Systems with Random Signal Input -- 2.3 Cross Covariance and Coherence -- 2.4 Narrowband Noise Process -- 2.5 Orthogonal Expansion and Sampling -- 2.6 Ergodicity and Entropy -- 2.7 Zero Crossing Detectors -- 2.8 Nonlinear Systems -- 2.9 Bibliographical Notes -- Exercises -- 3 Estimation, Optimization, and Detection -- 3.0 Introduction -- 3.1 Sampling Distribution -- 3.2 Estimation of Parameter: Point Estimation -- 3.3 Estimation Criteria -- 3.4 Maximum Likelihood Estimation -- 3.5 Linear Mean Square Estimation -- 3.6 Method of Least Squares: Regression Models -- 3.7 Interval Estimation: Confidence Interval -- 3.8 Cramer-Rao Inequality -- 3.9 Estimation in Colored Noise -- 3.10 Optimum Linear Filters -- 3.11 Signal Detection -- 3.12 Bibliographical Notes -- Exercises -- 4 Spectral Analysis -- 4.0 Introduction -- 4.1 The Periodogram Approach -- 4.2 Spectral Windows -- 4.3 Autoregressive Method -- 4.4 The Maximum Entropy Method -- 4.5 Maximum Likelihood Estimator -- 4.6 Pisarenko and Prony Methods -- 4.7 Adaptive Lattices Method -- 4.8 Cross Spectral Estimation -- 4.9 Bibliographical Notes -- Exercises -- 5 Prediction, Filtering, and Identification -- 5.0 Introduction -- 5.1 State Space Representation -- 5.2 The Innovation Process -- 5.3 Linear Prediction and Kalman Filtering -- 5.4 Smoothing -- 5.5 Extended Kalman Filtering -- 5.6 System Identification -- 5.7 Bibliographical Notes -- Exercises -- Appendix 1. Linear Systems Analysis -- Appendix 2. Probability -- Appendix 3. Stochastic Integrals -- Appendix 4. Hilbert Space.
    Abstract: The techniques used for the extraction of information from received or ob­ served signals are applicable in many diverse areas such as radar, sonar, communications, geophysics, remote sensing, acoustics, meteorology, med­ ical imaging systems, and electronics warfare. The received signal is usually disturbed by thermal, electrical, atmospheric, channel, or intentional inter­ ferences. The received signal cannot be predicted deterministically, so that statistical methods are needed to describe the signal. In general, therefore, any received signal is analyzed as a random signal or process. The purpose of this book is to provide an elementary introduction to random signal analysis, estimation, filtering, and identification. The emphasis of the book is on the computational aspects as well as presentation of com­ mon analytical tools for systems involving random signals. The book covers random processes, stationary signals, spectral analysis, estimation, optimiz­ ation, detection, spectrum estimation, prediction, filtering, and identification. The book is addressed to practicing engineers and scientists. It can be used as a text for courses in the areas of random processes, estimation theory, and system identification by undergraduates and graduate students in engineer­ ing and science with some background in probability and linear algebra. Part of the book has been used by the author while teaching at State University of New York at Buffalo and California State University at Long Beach. Some of the algorithms presented in this book have been successfully applied to industrial projects.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Random Signals1.0 Introduction -- 1.1 Characterization and Classification -- 1.2 Correlation and Covariance Functions -- 1.3 Gaussian Processes and Wiener Processes -- 1.4 Poisson Process -- 1.5 Mean Square Calculus -- 1.6 Markov Process -- 1.7 Renewal Process -- 1.8 Bibliographical Notes -- Exercises -- 2 Stationary Random Signals -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 Linear Systems with Random Signal Input -- 2.3 Cross Covariance and Coherence -- 2.4 Narrowband Noise Process -- 2.5 Orthogonal Expansion and Sampling -- 2.6 Ergodicity and Entropy -- 2.7 Zero Crossing Detectors -- 2.8 Nonlinear Systems -- 2.9 Bibliographical Notes -- Exercises -- 3 Estimation, Optimization, and Detection -- 3.0 Introduction -- 3.1 Sampling Distribution -- 3.2 Estimation of Parameter: Point Estimation -- 3.3 Estimation Criteria -- 3.4 Maximum Likelihood Estimation -- 3.5 Linear Mean Square Estimation -- 3.6 Method of Least Squares: Regression Models -- 3.7 Interval Estimation: Confidence Interval -- 3.8 Cramer-Rao Inequality -- 3.9 Estimation in Colored Noise -- 3.10 Optimum Linear Filters -- 3.11 Signal Detection -- 3.12 Bibliographical Notes -- Exercises -- 4 Spectral Analysis -- 4.0 Introduction -- 4.1 The Periodogram Approach -- 4.2 Spectral Windows -- 4.3 Autoregressive Method -- 4.4 The Maximum Entropy Method -- 4.5 Maximum Likelihood Estimator -- 4.6 Pisarenko and Prony Methods -- 4.7 Adaptive Lattices Method -- 4.8 Cross Spectral Estimation -- 4.9 Bibliographical Notes -- Exercises -- 5 Prediction, Filtering, and Identification -- 5.0 Introduction -- 5.1 State Space Representation -- 5.2 The Innovation Process -- 5.3 Linear Prediction and Kalman Filtering -- 5.4 Smoothing -- 5.5 Extended Kalman Filtering -- 5.6 System Identification -- 5.7 Bibliographical Notes -- Exercises -- Appendix 1. Linear Systems Analysis -- Appendix 2. Probability -- Appendix 3. Stochastic Integrals -- Appendix 4. Hilbert Space.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 87
    ISBN: 9789401170734
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: High Performance Polymers — Natural and Synthetic -- Engineering Plastics: The Concept that Launched an Industry -- Engineering Thermoplastics -- Polyamides -- The History and Development of Nylon-66 -- History and Development of Nylon 6 -- The History of Development of Nylons 11 and 12 -- Polyesters -- History — Aromatic Polycarbonates -- The History of Poly(Butylene Terephthalate) Molding Resins -- Injection Moldable PET -- History of Polyarylates -- Acetals -- The History of Acetal Homopolymer -- Acetal Copolymer, A Historical Perspective -- Styrenics -- A Path to ABS Thermoplastics -- Styrene-Maleic Anhydride-Vinyl Monomer Terpolymers and Blends -- Sulfur-Containing Polymers -- History of Polyphenylene Sulfide -- The Development of Polysulfone and Other Polyarylethers -- Polysulfone — Early Market Development Activities -- Discovery and Development of the “Victrex” Polyarylethersulphones -- Polyaryletherketone -- Discovery and Development of the “Victrex” Polyaryletherketone PEEK -- Polyetherimides -- Discovery and Development of Polyetherimides -- Blends and Alloys -- Discovery and Commercialization of Noryl® Resins -- Xenoy® and Noryl® GTX Engineering Thermoplastic Blends -- History and Development of Interpenetrating Polymer Networks -- Liquid Crystalline Polymers -- Industrial Development of Thermotropic Polyesters -- Early Work on Thermotropic Liquid Crystalline Polymers Having a Rigid-Flexible Regularly Alternating Structure in the Main Chain -- Fluoroplastics -- The History of Polytetrafluoroethylene: Discovery and Development -- Polytetrafluoroethylene: History of its Development and Some Recent Advances -- Development of Thermoplastic Fluoropolymers -- Development of Kynar Polyvinylidene Fluoride -- Thermosets -- History and Development of Epoxy Resins -- Cyanate Esters — High Performance Resins -- Polyimides -- UV/EB Curing Technology: A Short History -- Fibers -- Carbon Fibers, from Light Bulbs to Outer Space -- History and Development of Polybenzimidazoles -- High Performance Elastomers -- High Performance Elastomers -- History of Silicone Elastomers -- Advances in Fluoroelastomers -- PEBAX® Polyether Block Amide — A New Family of Engineering Thermoplastic Elastomers -- Engineering Polyester Elastomers and the Future for TPE’s -- High Barrier Packaging Materials -- PET — A Global Perspective -- Ethylene Vinyl Alcohol Copolymers -- Indices -- Author Index -- Company Index.
    Abstract: According to Johann Wolfgang Von Goethe's (1740-1832) Mineralogy and Geology, "The history of science is science." A sesquicentennial later, one may state that the history of high performance polymers is the science of these important engineering polymers. Many of the inventors of these superior materials of construction have stood on the thresholds of the new and have recounted their experiences (trials, tribulations and satisfactions) in the symposium and in their chapters in this book. Those who have not accepted the historical approach in the past, should now recognize the value of the historical viewpoint for studying new developments, such as general purpose polymers and, to a greater degree, the high performance polymers. To put polymer science into its proper perspective, its worth recalling that historically, the ages of civilization have been named according to the materials that dominated that period. First there was the Stone Age eventually followed by the Tin, Bronze, Iron and Steel Ages. Today many historians consider us living in the Age of Synthetics: Polymers, Fibers, Plastics, Elastomers, Films, Coatings, Adhesives, etc. It is also interesting to note that in the early 1980's, Lord Todd, then President of the Royal Society of Chemistry was asked what has been chemistry's biggest contribution to society. He felt that despite all the marvelous medical advances, chemistry's biggest contribution was the development of polymeri­ zation. Man's knowledge of polymer science is so new that Professor Herman F.
    Description / Table of Contents: High Performance Polymers - Natural and SyntheticEngineering Plastics: The Concept that Launched an Industry -- Engineering Thermoplastics -- Polyamides -- The History and Development of Nylon-66 -- History and Development of Nylon 6 -- The History of Development of Nylons 11 and 12 -- Polyesters -- History - Aromatic Polycarbonates -- The History of Poly(Butylene Terephthalate) Molding Resins -- Injection Moldable PET -- History of Polyarylates -- Acetals -- The History of Acetal Homopolymer -- Acetal Copolymer, A Historical Perspective -- Styrenics -- A Path to ABS Thermoplastics -- Styrene-Maleic Anhydride-Vinyl Monomer Terpolymers and Blends -- Sulfur-Containing Polymers -- History of Polyphenylene Sulfide -- The Development of Polysulfone and Other Polyarylethers -- Polysulfone - Early Market Development Activities -- Discovery and Development of the “Victrex” Polyarylethersulphones -- Polyaryletherketone -- Discovery and Development of the “Victrex” Polyaryletherketone PEEK -- Polyetherimides -- Discovery and Development of Polyetherimides -- Blends and Alloys -- Discovery and Commercialization of Noryl® Resins -- Xenoy® and Noryl® GTX Engineering Thermoplastic Blends -- History and Development of Interpenetrating Polymer Networks -- Liquid Crystalline Polymers -- Industrial Development of Thermotropic Polyesters -- Early Work on Thermotropic Liquid Crystalline Polymers Having a Rigid-Flexible Regularly Alternating Structure in the Main Chain -- Fluoroplastics -- The History of Polytetrafluoroethylene: Discovery and Development -- Polytetrafluoroethylene: History of its Development and Some Recent Advances -- Development of Thermoplastic Fluoropolymers -- Development of Kynar Polyvinylidene Fluoride -- Thermosets -- History and Development of Epoxy Resins -- Cyanate Esters - High Performance Resins -- Polyimides -- UV/EB Curing Technology: A Short History -- Fibers -- Carbon Fibers, from Light Bulbs to Outer Space -- History and Development of Polybenzimidazoles -- High Performance Elastomers -- High Performance Elastomers -- History of Silicone Elastomers -- Advances in Fluoroelastomers -- PEBAX® Polyether Block Amide - A New Family of Engineering Thermoplastic Elastomers -- Engineering Polyester Elastomers and the Future for TPE’s -- High Barrier Packaging Materials -- PET - A Global Perspective -- Ethylene Vinyl Alcohol Copolymers -- Indices -- Author Index -- Company Index.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 88
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400941779
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: 1
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1. Concepts of Tool Design -- 1.1. Introduction -- 1.2. Pass Geometry and Product Quality -- 1.3. Empirical and Theoretical Bases for Design -- 1.4. Design Concepts and Their Effects -- References -- 2. Longitudinal and Oblique Rolling -- 2.1. Longitudinal Rolling: Hollow Sections -- 2.2. Roll Groove Design: Sinking and Stretch-Reducing Mills -- 2.3. Longitudinal Rolling: Bar and Rod -- 2.4. The Pilger Process: Rotary Forging -- 2.5. The Push Bench Process -- 2.6. The Diescher Mill: Elongation by Oblique Rolling -- 2.7. Expanding by Oblique Rolling -- 2.8. The Assel Mill: Oblique Elongating by Three Stepped Rolls -- 2.9. Three-Roll Planetary Rolling -- 2.10. Rotary Piercing -- References -- 3. The Drawing of Metals -- 3.1. Developments in the Drawing of Metals -- 3.2. Developments in Drawing Lubricants -- 3.3. Development of Tool Materials -- 3.4. The Mechanical Design of Draw Tools -- 3.5. Theoretical Considerations -- 3.6. Unusual and Recent Developments in Drawing -- References -- 4. Extrusion -- 4.1. Introduction -- 4.2. Design of Tools for Hot Extrusion -- 4.3. Industrial Practice in Tool Design -- 4.4. Theoretical Approaches and Limitations -- 4.5. Future Developments -- 4.6. Conform -- 4.7. Cold Extrusion of Steel -- 4.8. Cold Extrusion of Non-Ferrous Components -- 4.9. Hydrostatic, HERF and Other Extrusion Techniques -- References -- 5. Forging -- 5.1. Forging Process Variables Affecting Die Design and Manufacture -- 5.2. Importance of Forging Geometry and Shape Complexity -- 5.3. Design of Finisher Dies -- 5.4. Design of Blocker Dies -- 5.5. Computer-Aided Methods for Designing Forging Dies -- 5.6. Metal Flow Simulation for Optimizing Die Design -- 5.7. Manufacturing of Forging Dies -- 5.8. Dies for Special Forging Techniques -- References -- 6. Friction and Tools -- 6.1. Influence of Friction in Metal-Working -- 6.2. The Mechanics of Asperity Deformation -- 6.3. The Origin of Friction Stresses -- 6.4. Lubrication -- 6.5. Measurement of Friction -- 6.6. Friction and Normal Stress Distributions in Various Metal-Forming Processes -- 6.6.1. Upsetting -- References -- 7. Selection of Tool Materials -- 7.1. Introduction -- 7.2. Required Properties of Metal-Forming Tooling -- 7.3. Steels -- 7.4. Near Net Shape Tooling -- 7.5. Cemented Carbide -- 7.6. Ceramic and Ultra Hard Tool Materials -- 7.7. Titanium Carbide: High-Speed Steels -- 7.8. Surface Treatments and Coatings on Tool Materials -- 7.9. Concluding Remarks -- References -- 8. Computer Design -- 8.1. Introduction -- 8.2. Computer-Integrated Manufacturing -- 8.3. Computer-Aided Design: A Review -- 8.4. Computer-Aided Manufacture -- 8.5. Applications of Solid Modelling -- 8.6. Conclusion -- References.
    Abstract: Although the problem of tool design - involving both the selection of suitable geometry and material- has exercised the attention of metal­ forming engineers for as long as this industrial activity has existed, the approach to its solution has been generally that of the 'trial and error' variety. It is only relatively recently that the continuing expansion of the bulk metal-forming industry, combined with an increase in the degree of sophistication required of its products and processes, has focussed attention on the problem of optimisation of tool design. This, in turn, produced a considerable expansion of theoretical and practical investi­ gations of the existing methods, techniques r,nd concepts, and helped to systematise our thinking and ideas in this area of engineering activity. In the virtual absence, so far, of a single, encyclopaedic, but sufficien­ tly deep, summation of the state of the art, a group of engineers and materials scientists felt that an opportune moment had arrived to try and produce, concisely, answers to many tool designers' dilemmas. This book attempts to set, in perspective, the existing - and proven - concepts of design, to show their respective advantages and weaknesses and to indicate how they should be applied to the individual main forming processes of rolling, drawing, extrusion and forging.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. Concepts of Tool Design1.1. Introduction -- 1.2. Pass Geometry and Product Quality -- 1.3. Empirical and Theoretical Bases for Design -- 1.4. Design Concepts and Their Effects -- References -- 2. Longitudinal and Oblique Rolling -- 2.1. Longitudinal Rolling: Hollow Sections -- 2.2. Roll Groove Design: Sinking and Stretch-Reducing Mills -- 2.3. Longitudinal Rolling: Bar and Rod -- 2.4. The Pilger Process: Rotary Forging -- 2.5. The Push Bench Process -- 2.6. The Diescher Mill: Elongation by Oblique Rolling -- 2.7. Expanding by Oblique Rolling -- 2.8. The Assel Mill: Oblique Elongating by Three Stepped Rolls -- 2.9. Three-Roll Planetary Rolling -- 2.10. Rotary Piercing -- References -- 3. The Drawing of Metals -- 3.1. Developments in the Drawing of Metals -- 3.2. Developments in Drawing Lubricants -- 3.3. Development of Tool Materials -- 3.4. The Mechanical Design of Draw Tools -- 3.5. Theoretical Considerations -- 3.6. Unusual and Recent Developments in Drawing -- References -- 4. Extrusion -- 4.1. Introduction -- 4.2. Design of Tools for Hot Extrusion -- 4.3. Industrial Practice in Tool Design -- 4.4. Theoretical Approaches and Limitations -- 4.5. Future Developments -- 4.6. Conform -- 4.7. Cold Extrusion of Steel -- 4.8. Cold Extrusion of Non-Ferrous Components -- 4.9. Hydrostatic, HERF and Other Extrusion Techniques -- References -- 5. Forging -- 5.1. Forging Process Variables Affecting Die Design and Manufacture -- 5.2. Importance of Forging Geometry and Shape Complexity -- 5.3. Design of Finisher Dies -- 5.4. Design of Blocker Dies -- 5.5. Computer-Aided Methods for Designing Forging Dies -- 5.6. Metal Flow Simulation for Optimizing Die Design -- 5.7. Manufacturing of Forging Dies -- 5.8. Dies for Special Forging Techniques -- References -- 6. Friction and Tools -- 6.1. Influence of Friction in Metal-Working -- 6.2. The Mechanics of Asperity Deformation -- 6.3. The Origin of Friction Stresses -- 6.4. Lubrication -- 6.5. Measurement of Friction -- 6.6. Friction and Normal Stress Distributions in Various Metal-Forming Processes -- 6.6.1. Upsetting -- References -- 7. Selection of Tool Materials -- 7.1. Introduction -- 7.2. Required Properties of Metal-Forming Tooling -- 7.3. Steels -- 7.4. Near Net Shape Tooling -- 7.5. Cemented Carbide -- 7.6. Ceramic and Ultra Hard Tool Materials -- 7.7. Titanium Carbide: High-Speed Steels -- 7.8. Surface Treatments and Coatings on Tool Materials -- 7.9. Concluding Remarks -- References -- 8. Computer Design -- 8.1. Introduction -- 8.2. Computer-Integrated Manufacturing -- 8.3. Computer-Aided Design: A Review -- 8.4. Computer-Aided Manufacture -- 8.5. Applications of Solid Modelling -- 8.6. Conclusion -- References.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 89
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400941038
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Tenth Edition
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Introduction -- References -- 2 The structure of the nucleic acids -- 2.1 Monomeric components -- 2.1.1 Pyrimidine bases -- 2.1.2 Purine bases -- 2.1.3 Pentose and deoxypentose sugars -- 2.1.4 Nucleosides -- 2.1.5 Nucleotides -- 2.2 The primary structure of the nucleic acids -- 2.3 Shorthand notation -- 2.4 Base composition analysis of DNA -- 2.5 Molecular weight of DNA -- 2.6 The secondary structure of DNA -- 2.6.1 The basic structures -- 2.6.2 Variations on the B-form of DNA -- 2.6.3 Z-DNA -- 2.6.4 The dynamic structure of DNA -- 2.7 Denaturation and renaturation -- 2.7.1 DNA denaturation: the helix-coil transition -- 2.7.2 The renaturation of DNA: C0t value analysis -- 2.7.3 The buoyant density of DNA -- 2.8 Supercoils, cruciforms and triple-stranded structures -- 2.9 The secondary and tertiary structure of RNA -- 2.10 Chemical reactions of bases, nucleotides and polynucleotides -- 2.10.1 Reactions of ribose and deoxyribose -- 2.10.2 Reactions of the bases -- 2.10.3 Phosphodiester bond cleavage -- 2.10.4 Photochemistry -- References -- 3 Chromosome organization -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Eukaryote DNA -- 3.2.1 The eukaryote cell cycle -- 3.2.2 Eukaryote chromosomes -- 3.2.3 The allocation of specific genes to specific chromosomes -- 3.2.4 Haploid DNA content (C value) -- 3.2.5 Gene frequency -- 3.2.6 Eukaryote gene structure -- 3.3 Chromatin structure -- 3.3.1 Histones and non-histone proteins -- 3.3.2 The nucleosome -- 3.3.3 Nucleosome phasing -- 3.3.4 Higher orders of chromatin structure -- 3.3.5 Loops, matrix and the chromosome scaffold -- 3.3.6 Lampbrush chromosomes -- 3.3.7 Polytene chromosomes -- 3.4 Extranuclear DNA -- 3.4.1 Mitochondrial DNA -- 3.4.2 Chloroplast DNA -- 3.4.3 Kinetoplast DNA -- 3.5 Bacteria -- 3.5.1 The bacterial chromosome -- 3.5.2 The bacterial division cycle -- 3.5.3 Bacterial transformation -- 3.6 Viruses -- 3.6.1 Structure -- 3.6.2 Virus classification -- 3.6.3 Life cycle -- 3.6.4 The Hershey-Chase experiment -- 3.6.5 Virus mutants -- 3.6.6 Virus nucleic acids -- 3.6.7 The information content of viral nucleic acids -- 3.6.8 Lysogeny and transduction -- 3.6.9 Tumour viruses and animal cell transformation -- 3.6.10 Viroids -- 3.6.11 Prions -- 3.7 Plasmids and transposons 77 -- References -- 4 Degradation and modification of nucleic acids -- 4.1 Introduction and classification of nucleases -- 4.2 Non-specific nucleases -- 4.2.1 Non-specific endonucleases -- 4.2.2 Non-specific exonucleases -- 4.3 Ribonucleases (RNases) -- 4.3.1 Endonucleases which form 3?-phosphate groups -- 4.3.2 Endonucleases which form 5?-phosphate groups -- 4.3.3 RNA exonucleases -- 4.3.4 Ribonucleases which act on RNA:DNA hybrids (RNase H) -- 4.3.5 Double-stranded RNA-specific ribonucleases -- 4.3.6 Ribonuclease inhibitors -- 4.4 Polynucleotide phosphorylase (PNPase) -- 4.5 Deoxy ribonucleases (DNases) -- 4.5.1 Endonucleases -- 4.5.2 Exonucleases -- 4.5.3 Restriction endonucleases -- 4.6 Nucleic acid methylation -- 4.6.1 DNA methylation -- 4.6.2 RNA methylation and other RNA nucleotide modifications -- 4.7 Nucleic acid kinases and phosphatases -- 4.7.1 Bacteriophage polynucleotide kinase -- 4.7.2 Eukaryotic DNA and RNA kinases -- 4.8 Base exchange in RNA and DNA -- References -- 5 The metabolism of nucleotides -- 5.1 Anabolic pathways -- 5.2 The biosynthesis of the purines -- 5.3 Preformed purines as precursors -- 5.4 The biosynthesis of the pyrimidines -- 5.5 The biosynthesis of deoxyribonucleotides and its control -- 5.6 The biosynthesis of thymine derivatives -- 5.7 Aminopterin in selective media -- 5.8 Formation of nucleoside triphosphates -- 5.9 General aspects of catabolism -- 5.10 Purine catabolism -- 5.11 Pyrimidine catabolism -- References -- 6 Replication of DNA -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 Semiconservative replication -- 6.3 The replication fork -- 6.3.1 Discontinuous synthesis -- 6.3.2 Okazaki pieces -- 6.3.3 Direction of chain growth -- 6.3.4 Initiation of Okazaki pieces -- 6.3.5 Continuous synthesis -- 6.4 Enzymes of DNA synthesis -- 6.4.1 Introduction -- 6.4.2 DNA polymerases -- 6.4.3 DNA ligases -- 6.4.4 Helix-destabilizing proteins (HD) or single-stranded DNA- binding proteins (ssb) -- 6.4.5 DNA unwinding proteins or DNA helicases (DNA-dependent ATPases) -- 6.4.6 Topoisomerases -- 6.5 Fidelity of replication -- 6.6 In vitro systems for studying DNA replication -- 6.6.1 dna mutants -- 6.6.2 Permeable cells -- 6.6.3 Cell lysates -- 6.6.4 Soluble extracts -- 6.6.5 Reconstruction experiments -- 6.7 Molecular biology of the replication fork -- 6.7.1 Lagging-strand synthesis -- 6.7.2 Leading-strand synthesis -- 6.7.3 RF replication -- 6.8 Initiation of replication-general -- 6.8.1 Methods of locating the origin and direction of replication -- 6.8.2 Replicons -- 6.8.3 Rate of replication -- 6.8.4 Origin strategies -- 6.8.5 Positive or negative control of initiation -- 6.9 Initiation of replication-specific examples -- 6.9.1 Small single-stranded phage -- 6.9.2 Double-stranded phage -- 6.9.3 Plasmids -- 6.9.4 Bacteria -- 6.9.5 Mitochondria -- 6.9.6 Double-stranded cyclic DNA viruses (SV40 and polyoma) -- 6.9.7 Adenoviruses -- 6.9.8 Yeast -- 6.9.9 Higher eukaryotes -- 6.9.10 Retroviruses -- 6.10 Termination of replication -- 6.10.1 Cyclic chromosomes -- 6.10.2 Small linear chromosomes -- 6.10.3 Telomeres -- 6.11 Replication complexes -- 6.12 Chromatin replication -- References -- 7 Repair, recombination and DNA rearrangement -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 Mutations and mutagens -- 7.2.1 Base and nucleoside analogues -- 7.2.2 Alkylating agents -- 7.2.3 Intercalating agents -- 7.2.4 The effects of ionizing radiation -- 7.2.5 Ultraviolet radiation -- 7.3 Repair mechanisms -- 7.3.1 Reversal of damage -- 7.3.2 Excision repair -- 7.3.3 Mismatch repair -- 7.3.4 Post-replication repair -- 7.4 Recombination -- 7.4.1 E. coli rec system and single-strand invasion -- 7.4.2 Reciprocal recombination between duplex DNA molecules -- 7.4.3 Site-specific recombination -- 7.5 Gene amplification -- 7.5.1 Developmental amplification -- 7.5.2 Amplification by chemical selection -- 7.5.3 Mechanism of amplification -- 7.6 Gene duplication and pseudogenes -- 7.6.1 Multiple related copies of eukaryotic genes -- 7.6.2 Mechanism of tandem gene duplication -- 7.6.3 Pseudogenes -- 7.6.4 Concerted evolution of duplicated genes -- 7.7 Transposition of DNA -- 7.7.1 Transposable elements -- 7.7.2 Transposition in prokaryotes -- 7.7.3 Transposition in eukaryotes -- 7.8 Gene conversion -- 7.8.1 Yeast mating-type locus -- 7.8.2 Variant surface glycoprotein (VSG) genes in trypanosomes -- 7.9 Gene rearrangements -- 7.9.1 Immunoglobulin genes -- 7.9.2 T-cell receptor genes -- 7.9.3 Other gene rearrangements -- 7.10 Chromosomal translocations -- References -- 8 RNA biosynthesis -- 8.1 DNA-dependent RNA polymerases -- 8.1.1 Bacterial DNA-dependent RNA polymerase -- 8.1.2 Eukaryotic DNA-dependent RNA polymerases -- 8.2 Prokaryotic RNA synthesis -- 8.2.1 Prokaryotic initiation of transcription -- 8.2.2 Elongation of RNA transcripts -- 8.2.3 Termination of transcription in prokaryotes -- 8.3 Eukaryotic RNA synthesis -- 8.3.1 Initiation by RNA polymerase II -- 8.3.2 Initiation by RNA polymerase III -- 8.3.3 Initiation by RNA polymerase I -- 8.3.4 Eukaryotic termination -- 8.3.5 Transcription of mitochondrial and chloroplast genes -- 8.4 RNA polymerases and RNA synthesis in DNA viruses -- 8.5 The replication of RNA viruses by RNA-dependent RNA polymerase (Replicase) -- 8.5.1 RNA bacteriophage -- 8.5.2 Eukaryotic RNA viruses -- References -- 9 The arrangement of genes, their transcription and processing -- 9.1 Transcription and processing of prokaryotic and bacteriophage mRNA -- 9.2 The organization of eukaryotic protein-encoding genes -- 9.2.1 Genes are often discontinuous -- 9.2.2 Gene families and gene clustering -- 9.3 Transcription and processing of eukaryotic pre-messenger RNA -- 9.3.1 The nature of gene transcripts -- 9.3.2 Caps and 5?-leader sequences of eukaryotic mRNA -- 9.3.3 Poly adenylate tails, 3? -processing and 3? -non-coding sequences of eukaryotic mRNAs -- 9.3.4 Removal of intron transcripts from pre-mRNA -- 9.4 The arrangement of rRNA genes, their transcription and processing -- 9.4.1 The prokaryotic rRNA genes and their processing -- 9.4.2 The rRNA genes of eukaryotes -- 9.4.3 The transcription and processing of eukaryotic ribosomal RNA -- 9.5 The arrangement and expression of tRNA genes -- 9.5.1 tRNA genes -- 9.5.2 The processing of tRNA -- 9.6 The arrangement and expression of mitochondrial and chloroplast genes -- 9.6.1 Protein-encoding genes of mitochondria and chloroplasts -- 9.6.2 Mitochondrial and chloroplast rDNA -- 9.6.3 Mitochondrial and chloroplast tRNA genes -- 9.6.4 The introns of mitochondrial genes and their splicing -- 9.7 A postscript on splicing -- References -- 10 Control of transcription and mRNA processing -- 10.1 The regulation of prokaryotic RNA chain initiation -- 10.1.1 Induction of the lac operon - a negative control system -- ...
    Abstract: When the first edition of this book was published in 1950, it set out to present an elementary outline of the state of knowledge of nucleic acid biochemistry at that time and it was the first monograph on the subject to appear since Levene's book on Nucleic Acids in 1931. The fact that a tenth edition is required after thirty five years and that virtually nothing of the original book has been retained is some measure of the speed with which knowledge has advanced in this field. As a result of this vast increase in information it becomes increasingly difficult to fulfil the aims of providing an introduction to nucleic acid biochemistry and satisfying the requirements of advanced undergraduates and postgraduates in biochemistry, genetics and molecular biology. We have attempted to achieve these aims by con­ centrating on those basic aspects not normally covered in the general biochemistry textbooks and by providing copious references so that details of methodology can readily be retrieved by those requiring further information. The first seven editions emerged from the pen of J. N. Davidson who died in September 1972 shortly after completing the seventh edition. The subsequent editions have been produced by various colleagues who have tried to retain something of the character and structure of the earlier editions while at the same time introducing new ideas and concepts and eliminating some of the more out -dated material.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 IntroductionReferences -- 2 The structure of the nucleic acids -- 2.1 Monomeric components -- 2.1.1 Pyrimidine bases -- 2.1.2 Purine bases -- 2.1.3 Pentose and deoxypentose sugars -- 2.1.4 Nucleosides -- 2.1.5 Nucleotides -- 2.2 The primary structure of the nucleic acids -- 2.3 Shorthand notation -- 2.4 Base composition analysis of DNA -- 2.5 Molecular weight of DNA -- 2.6 The secondary structure of DNA -- 2.6.1 The basic structures -- 2.6.2 Variations on the B-form of DNA -- 2.6.3 Z-DNA -- 2.6.4 The dynamic structure of DNA -- 2.7 Denaturation and renaturation -- 2.7.1 DNA denaturation: the helix-coil transition -- 2.7.2 The renaturation of DNA: C0t value analysis -- 2.7.3 The buoyant density of DNA -- 2.8 Supercoils, cruciforms and triple-stranded structures -- 2.9 The secondary and tertiary structure of RNA -- 2.10 Chemical reactions of bases, nucleotides and polynucleotides -- 2.10.1 Reactions of ribose and deoxyribose -- 2.10.2 Reactions of the bases -- 2.10.3 Phosphodiester bond cleavage -- 2.10.4 Photochemistry -- References -- 3 Chromosome organization -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Eukaryote DNA -- 3.2.1 The eukaryote cell cycle -- 3.2.2 Eukaryote chromosomes -- 3.2.3 The allocation of specific genes to specific chromosomes -- 3.2.4 Haploid DNA content (C value) -- 3.2.5 Gene frequency -- 3.2.6 Eukaryote gene structure -- 3.3 Chromatin structure -- 3.3.1 Histones and non-histone proteins -- 3.3.2 The nucleosome -- 3.3.3 Nucleosome phasing -- 3.3.4 Higher orders of chromatin structure -- 3.3.5 Loops, matrix and the chromosome scaffold -- 3.3.6 Lampbrush chromosomes -- 3.3.7 Polytene chromosomes -- 3.4 Extranuclear DNA -- 3.4.1 Mitochondrial DNA -- 3.4.2 Chloroplast DNA -- 3.4.3 Kinetoplast DNA -- 3.5 Bacteria -- 3.5.1 The bacterial chromosome -- 3.5.2 The bacterial division cycle -- 3.5.3 Bacterial transformation -- 3.6 Viruses -- 3.6.1 Structure -- 3.6.2 Virus classification -- 3.6.3 Life cycle -- 3.6.4 The Hershey-Chase experiment -- 3.6.5 Virus mutants -- 3.6.6 Virus nucleic acids -- 3.6.7 The information content of viral nucleic acids -- 3.6.8 Lysogeny and transduction -- 3.6.9 Tumour viruses and animal cell transformation -- 3.6.10 Viroids -- 3.6.11 Prions -- 3.7 Plasmids and transposons 77 -- References -- 4 Degradation and modification of nucleic acids -- 4.1 Introduction and classification of nucleases -- 4.2 Non-specific nucleases -- 4.2.1 Non-specific endonucleases -- 4.2.2 Non-specific exonucleases -- 4.3 Ribonucleases (RNases) -- 4.3.1 Endonucleases which form 3?-phosphate groups -- 4.3.2 Endonucleases which form 5?-phosphate groups -- 4.3.3 RNA exonucleases -- 4.3.4 Ribonucleases which act on RNA:DNA hybrids (RNase H) -- 4.3.5 Double-stranded RNA-specific ribonucleases -- 4.3.6 Ribonuclease inhibitors -- 4.4 Polynucleotide phosphorylase (PNPase) -- 4.5 Deoxy ribonucleases (DNases) -- 4.5.1 Endonucleases -- 4.5.2 Exonucleases -- 4.5.3 Restriction endonucleases -- 4.6 Nucleic acid methylation -- 4.6.1 DNA methylation -- 4.6.2 RNA methylation and other RNA nucleotide modifications -- 4.7 Nucleic acid kinases and phosphatases -- 4.7.1 Bacteriophage polynucleotide kinase -- 4.7.2 Eukaryotic DNA and RNA kinases -- 4.8 Base exchange in RNA and DNA -- References -- 5 The metabolism of nucleotides -- 5.1 Anabolic pathways -- 5.2 The biosynthesis of the purines -- 5.3 Preformed purines as precursors -- 5.4 The biosynthesis of the pyrimidines -- 5.5 The biosynthesis of deoxyribonucleotides and its control -- 5.6 The biosynthesis of thymine derivatives -- 5.7 Aminopterin in selective media -- 5.8 Formation of nucleoside triphosphates -- 5.9 General aspects of catabolism -- 5.10 Purine catabolism -- 5.11 Pyrimidine catabolism -- References -- 6 Replication of DNA -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 Semiconservative replication -- 6.3 The replication fork -- 6.3.1 Discontinuous synthesis -- 6.3.2 Okazaki pieces -- 6.3.3 Direction of chain growth -- 6.3.4 Initiation of Okazaki pieces -- 6.3.5 Continuous synthesis -- 6.4 Enzymes of DNA synthesis -- 6.4.1 Introduction -- 6.4.2 DNA polymerases -- 6.4.3 DNA ligases -- 6.4.4 Helix-destabilizing proteins (HD) or single-stranded DNA- binding proteins (ssb) -- 6.4.5 DNA unwinding proteins or DNA helicases (DNA-dependent ATPases) -- 6.4.6 Topoisomerases -- 6.5 Fidelity of replication -- 6.6 In vitro systems for studying DNA replication -- 6.6.1 dna mutants -- 6.6.2 Permeable cells -- 6.6.3 Cell lysates -- 6.6.4 Soluble extracts -- 6.6.5 Reconstruction experiments -- 6.7 Molecular biology of the replication fork -- 6.7.1 Lagging-strand synthesis -- 6.7.2 Leading-strand synthesis -- 6.7.3 RF replication -- 6.8 Initiation of replication-general -- 6.8.1 Methods of locating the origin and direction of replication -- 6.8.2 Replicons -- 6.8.3 Rate of replication -- 6.8.4 Origin strategies -- 6.8.5 Positive or negative control of initiation -- 6.9 Initiation of replication-specific examples -- 6.9.1 Small single-stranded phage -- 6.9.2 Double-stranded phage -- 6.9.3 Plasmids -- 6.9.4 Bacteria -- 6.9.5 Mitochondria -- 6.9.6 Double-stranded cyclic DNA viruses (SV40 and polyoma) -- 6.9.7 Adenoviruses -- 6.9.8 Yeast -- 6.9.9 Higher eukaryotes -- 6.9.10 Retroviruses -- 6.10 Termination of replication -- 6.10.1 Cyclic chromosomes -- 6.10.2 Small linear chromosomes -- 6.10.3 Telomeres -- 6.11 Replication complexes -- 6.12 Chromatin replication -- References -- 7 Repair, recombination and DNA rearrangement -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 Mutations and mutagens -- 7.2.1 Base and nucleoside analogues -- 7.2.2 Alkylating agents -- 7.2.3 Intercalating agents -- 7.2.4 The effects of ionizing radiation -- 7.2.5 Ultraviolet radiation -- 7.3 Repair mechanisms -- 7.3.1 Reversal of damage -- 7.3.2 Excision repair -- 7.3.3 Mismatch repair -- 7.3.4 Post-replication repair -- 7.4 Recombination -- 7.4.1 E. coli rec system and single-strand invasion -- 7.4.2 Reciprocal recombination between duplex DNA molecules -- 7.4.3 Site-specific recombination -- 7.5 Gene amplification -- 7.5.1 Developmental amplification -- 7.5.2 Amplification by chemical selection -- 7.5.3 Mechanism of amplification -- 7.6 Gene duplication and pseudogenes -- 7.6.1 Multiple related copies of eukaryotic genes -- 7.6.2 Mechanism of tandem gene duplication -- 7.6.3 Pseudogenes -- 7.6.4 Concerted evolution of duplicated genes -- 7.7 Transposition of DNA -- 7.7.1 Transposable elements -- 7.7.2 Transposition in prokaryotes -- 7.7.3 Transposition in eukaryotes -- 7.8 Gene conversion -- 7.8.1 Yeast mating-type locus -- 7.8.2 Variant surface glycoprotein (VSG) genes in trypanosomes -- 7.9 Gene rearrangements -- 7.9.1 Immunoglobulin genes -- 7.9.2 T-cell receptor genes -- 7.9.3 Other gene rearrangements -- 7.10 Chromosomal translocations -- References -- 8 RNA biosynthesis -- 8.1 DNA-dependent RNA polymerases -- 8.1.1 Bacterial DNA-dependent RNA polymerase -- 8.1.2 Eukaryotic DNA-dependent RNA polymerases -- 8.2 Prokaryotic RNA synthesis -- 8.2.1 Prokaryotic initiation of transcription -- 8.2.2 Elongation of RNA transcripts -- 8.2.3 Termination of transcription in prokaryotes -- 8.3 Eukaryotic RNA synthesis -- 8.3.1 Initiation by RNA polymerase II -- 8.3.2 Initiation by RNA polymerase III -- 8.3.3 Initiation by RNA polymerase I -- 8.3.4 Eukaryotic termination -- 8.3.5 Transcription of mitochondrial and chloroplast genes -- 8.4 RNA polymerases and RNA synthesis in DNA viruses -- 8.5 The replication of RNA viruses by RNA-dependent RNA polymerase (Replicase) -- 8.5.1 RNA bacteriophage -- 8.5.2 Eukaryotic RNA viruses -- References -- 9 The arrangement of genes, their transcription and processing -- 9.1 Transcription and processing of prokaryotic and bacteriophage mRNA -- 9.2 The organization of eukaryotic protein-encoding genes -- 9.2.1 Genes are often discontinuous -- 9.2.2 Gene families and gene clustering -- 9.3 Transcription and processing of eukaryotic pre-messenger RNA -- 9.3.1 The nature of gene transcripts -- 9.3.2 Caps and 5?-leader sequences of eukaryotic mRNA -- 9.3.3 Poly adenylate tails, 3? -processing and 3? -non-coding sequences of eukaryotic mRNAs -- 9.3.4 Removal of intron transcripts from pre-mRNA -- 9.4 The arrangement of rRNA genes, their transcription and processing -- 9.4.1 The prokaryotic rRNA genes and their processing -- 9.4.2 The rRNA genes of eukaryotes -- 9.4.3 The transcription and processing of eukaryotic ribosomal RNA -- 9.5 The arrangement and expression of tRNA genes -- 9.5.1 tRNA genes -- 9.5.2 The processing of tRNA -- 9.6 The arrangement and expression of mitochondrial and chloroplast genes -- 9.6.1 Protein-encoding genes of mitochondria and chloroplasts -- 9.6.2 Mitochondrial and chloroplast rDNA -- 9.6.3 Mitochondrial and chloroplast tRNA genes -- 9.6.4 The introns of mitochondrial genes and their splicing -- 9.7 A postscript on splicing -- References -- 10 Control of transcription and mRNA processing -- 10.1 The regulation of prokaryotic RNA chain initiation -- 10.1.1 Induction of the lac operon - a negative control system -- 10.1...
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 90
    ISBN: 9789401167680
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1: Introduction -- Definitions of ‘robot’ and ‘robotics’ -- Other definitions in robotics -- Connections between robotics and some related subjects -- Bibliographic notes -- 2: Geometric configurations for robots -- The distinction between arms and vehicles -- Structural elements of manipulators -- Degrees of freedom and number of joints -- Types of joint -- Construction of joints -- Parallel linkages -- Constrained linkages -- Distributed manipulators -- Robot transporters and workpiece positioners -- Arm configuations -- Tension structures -- Wrists -- End effectors (grippers, tools and hands) -- Bibliographic notes -- 3: Operation, programming and control of industrial robots -- Types of industrial robot and their methods of operation -- Methods of teaching and programming -- Types of controller and program memory -- Analysis and control -- Programming languages for industrial robots -- Bibliographic notes -- 4: Actuators for robots -- Pneumatic actuation -- Hydraulic actuation -- Hydrostatic circuits -- Electric actuation -- Mechanical transmission methods -- Bibliographic notes -- 5: Sensing for robots -- Joint angle -- Joint angular velocity -- Rectilinear position -- Force and torque -- Proximity sensing and range measurement -- Touch sensing -- Vision -- Types of computer vision -- Non-visual sensing in welding and other processes -- Bibliographic notes -- 6: Performance specifications of industrial robots -- Geometric configuration; number of axes -- Positioning accuracy and repeatability -- Angular accuracy and repeatability -- Speed -- Speed and acceleration accuracy -- Spatial specifications: working volume, swept area, reach -- Payload (maximum load capacity) -- Control-related specifications -- Vibration -- Miscellaneous specifications -- Bibliographic notes -- 7: Applications of industrial robots -- Machine loading -- Pallet loading and unloading -- Investment casting -- Spot welding -- Arc welding -- Spraying (paint, enamel, epoxy resin and other coatings) -- Fettling (grinding, chiselling); polishing -- Cutting -- Inspection -- Training and education; hobby robots -- Robots in assembly -- New applications for industrial robots -- Integration of industrial robots into the workplace -- Bibliographic notes -- 8: Teleoperated arms -- Methods of control -- Special characteristics of teleoperators -- Applications of teleoperators -- Computer assisted teleoperation -- Bibliographic notes -- 9: Mobile robots -- Land surface robots -- Legged robots -- Robot submersibles -- Robots in air and space -- Bibliographic notes -- 10: Automated guided vehicles -- Automated guided vehicle technology -- Bibliographic notes -- 11: Robotics and artificial intelligence -- Vision -- Voice communication -- Planning -- Modelling -- Adaptive control -- Error monitoring and recovery -- Autonomy and intelligence in robots -- Expert systems in robotics -- Bibliographic notes -- 12: Economic and social aspects of robotics -- Reasons for installing robots -- Economic costs and benefits of installing industrial robots -- Acceptability of industrial robots by the workforce -- Employment -- Other social issues of robotics -- Bibliographic notes -- References and Bibliography.
    Abstract: Methods of contro1151 Mechanical master-slave telemanipulators 151 Powered telemanipulators 152 Servo control of unilateral telemanipulators 152 Bilateral servo manipulators 155 Special characteristics of teleoperators 158 Design criteria for teleoperators 159 Vehicles and transporters 160 Applications of teleoperators 161 Remote handling of radioactive materials 161 Remote handling of explosive and toxic materials 161 Telemanipulation of heavy objects 163 Underwater teleoperation 163 Teleoperation in space and planetary exploration 164 Telemanipulators for the disabled 164 Computer assisted teleoperation 166 Bibliographic notes 170 Chapter 9: Mobile robots 171 Introduction 171 Land surface robots 171 Arrangements of wheels and tracks 171 Unusual wheel and track arrangements 172 Navigation for land vehicles 174 Teleoperation 174 Dead reckoning 175 Inertial navigation 175 Tracking from a fixed base; beacons 175 Satellite navigation 175 Map matching 175 Wall following 176 Route planning 176 Control and communication 176 Sensors for mobile robots 177 Body orientation and angular rates 1 77 Body position, speed and acceleration 177 Terrain scanning 178 Types and applications of mobile robots 179 Education and research 179 Remote handling 183 Military mobile robots 183 Fire-fighting and rescue 187 Construction 188 Mining 188 Planetary exploration 188 Legged robots 188 Comparison of legs and wheels 189 Leg number and arrangement 189 Leg number 189 Leg disposition 190 Relative leg length 190 Leg construction 190 Control 191 Climbing robots 195 Robot submersibles 196 Uses of submersible robots 199 Robots in air and space 201 Space 202 Bibliographic notes 204 Chapter 10: Automated guided vehicles 205.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1: IntroductionDefinitions of ‘robot’ and ‘robotics’ -- Other definitions in robotics -- Connections between robotics and some related subjects -- Bibliographic notes -- 2: Geometric configurations for robots -- The distinction between arms and vehicles -- Structural elements of manipulators -- Degrees of freedom and number of joints -- Types of joint -- Construction of joints -- Parallel linkages -- Constrained linkages -- Distributed manipulators -- Robot transporters and workpiece positioners -- Arm configuations -- Tension structures -- Wrists -- End effectors (grippers, tools and hands) -- Bibliographic notes -- 3: Operation, programming and control of industrial robots -- Types of industrial robot and their methods of operation -- Methods of teaching and programming -- Types of controller and program memory -- Analysis and control -- Programming languages for industrial robots -- Bibliographic notes -- 4: Actuators for robots -- Pneumatic actuation -- Hydraulic actuation -- Hydrostatic circuits -- Electric actuation -- Mechanical transmission methods -- Bibliographic notes -- 5: Sensing for robots -- Joint angle -- Joint angular velocity -- Rectilinear position -- Force and torque -- Proximity sensing and range measurement -- Touch sensing -- Vision -- Types of computer vision -- Non-visual sensing in welding and other processes -- Bibliographic notes -- 6: Performance specifications of industrial robots -- Geometric configuration; number of axes -- Positioning accuracy and repeatability -- Angular accuracy and repeatability -- Speed -- Speed and acceleration accuracy -- Spatial specifications: working volume, swept area, reach -- Payload (maximum load capacity) -- Control-related specifications -- Vibration -- Miscellaneous specifications -- Bibliographic notes -- 7: Applications of industrial robots -- Machine loading -- Pallet loading and unloading -- Investment casting -- Spot welding -- Arc welding -- Spraying (paint, enamel, epoxy resin and other coatings) -- Fettling (grinding, chiselling); polishing -- Cutting -- Inspection -- Training and education; hobby robots -- Robots in assembly -- New applications for industrial robots -- Integration of industrial robots into the workplace -- Bibliographic notes -- 8: Teleoperated arms -- Methods of control -- Special characteristics of teleoperators -- Applications of teleoperators -- Computer assisted teleoperation -- Bibliographic notes -- 9: Mobile robots -- Land surface robots -- Legged robots -- Robot submersibles -- Robots in air and space -- Bibliographic notes -- 10: Automated guided vehicles -- Automated guided vehicle technology -- Bibliographic notes -- 11: Robotics and artificial intelligence -- Vision -- Voice communication -- Planning -- Modelling -- Adaptive control -- Error monitoring and recovery -- Autonomy and intelligence in robots -- Expert systems in robotics -- Bibliographic notes -- 12: Economic and social aspects of robotics -- Reasons for installing robots -- Economic costs and benefits of installing industrial robots -- Acceptability of industrial robots by the workforce -- Employment -- Other social issues of robotics -- Bibliographic notes -- References and Bibliography.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 91
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401170383
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Second Edition
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Manufacturing Engineering: Definition and Purpose -- 2 Fundamentals of Supervising -- 3 Work Simplification -- 4 Manufacturing Engineering Methods -- 5 Manufacturing Standards for Setting Labor Costs -- 6 Standard Manufacturing Process -- 7 Soldering -- 8 Mechanical Assembly -- 9 Plastic-Coated Electronic Equipment -- 10 Adhesive Bonding -- 11 Rework and Repair -- 12 Printed Circuit Processing and Assembly -- 13 Safety -- 14 Reference Tables -- 15 Terminology.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Manufacturing Engineering: Definition and Purpose2 Fundamentals of Supervising -- 3 Work Simplification -- 4 Manufacturing Engineering Methods -- 5 Manufacturing Standards for Setting Labor Costs -- 6 Standard Manufacturing Process -- 7 Soldering -- 8 Mechanical Assembly -- 9 Plastic-Coated Electronic Equipment -- 10 Adhesive Bonding -- 11 Rework and Repair -- 12 Printed Circuit Processing and Assembly -- 13 Safety -- 14 Reference Tables -- 15 Terminology.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 92
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400943131
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: Section 1: Introduction and Summary -- Section 2: General Topics (the Opening Session) -- Section 3: Sociocultural Aspects of Biogas Technology -- Section 4: Economic Aspects -- Section 5: Institutional and Financial Infrastructure -- Section 6: Regional Programs, Networks, and Aid Agencies -- Section 7: Technical Aspects -- Section 8: Country Programs and Projects -- Author Index.
    Abstract: The International Conference on the State of the Art on Biogas Technology, Transfer and Diffusion was held in Cairo, Egypt, from 17 to 24 November 1984. The Conference was organized by the Egyptian Academy of Scientific Research and Technology (ASR T), the Egyptian National Research Centre (NRC), the Bioenergy Systems and Technology project (BST) of the US Agency for International Development (US/AID) Office of Energy, and the National Academy of Sciences (NAS). A number of international organizations and agencies co-sponsored the Conference. More than 100 participants from 40 countries attended. The purpose of the Conference was to assess the viability of biogas technology (BGT) and propose future courses of action for exploiting BGT prospects to the fullest extent. The Conference emphasized a balanced coverage of technical, environ­ mental, social, economic and organizational aspects relevant to biogas systems design, operation and diffusion. It was organized to incorporate experiences that are pertinent, for the most part, to developing countries. In addition to the wide spectrum of presentations and country programs, structured and non-structured discussions among the participants were strongly encouraged in thematic sessions at round-table discussions, and through personal contacts during poster sessions and field trips. It was clear from the enthusiastic response of most participants that the Conference, in large measure, succeeded in fulfilling its mission. Although draft papers were distributed to all participants, it was felt that the results obtained were worthy of organized and refined documentation. And this is precisely what this book intends to do.
    Description / Table of Contents: Section 1: Introduction and SummarySection 2: General Topics (the Opening Session) -- Section 3: Sociocultural Aspects of Biogas Technology -- Section 4: Economic Aspects -- Section 5: Institutional and Financial Infrastructure -- Section 6: Regional Programs, Networks, and Aid Agencies -- Section 7: Technical Aspects -- Section 8: Country Programs and Projects -- Author Index.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 93
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401169585
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Introduction -- 1.1 What are numerical methods? -- 1.2 Numerical methods versus numerical analysis -- 1.3 Why use numerical methods? -- 1.4 Approximate equations and approximate solutions -- 1.5 The use of numerical methods -- 1.6 Errors -- 1.7 Non-dimensional equations -- 1.8 The use of computers -- 2 The solution of equations -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 Location of initial estimates -- 2.3 Interval halving -- 2.4 Simple iteration -- 2.5 Convergence -- 2.6 Aitken’s extrapolation -- 2.7 Damped simple iteration -- 2.8 Newton-Raphson method -- 2.9 Extended Newton’s method -- 2.10 Other iterative methods -- 2.11 Polynomial equations -- 2.12 Bairstow’s method 56 Worked examples 58 Problems -- 3 Simultaneous equations -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Elimination methods -- 3.3 Gaussian elimination -- 3.4 Extensions to the basic algorithm -- 3.5 Operation count for the basic algorithm -- 3.6 Tridiagonal systems -- 3.7 Extensions to the Thomas algorithm -- 3.8 Iterative methods for linear systems -- 3.9 Matrix inversion -- 3.10 The method of least squares -- 3.11 The method of differential correction -- 3.12 Simple iteration for non-linear systems -- 3.13 Newton’s method for non-linear systems -- Worked examples -- Problems -- 4 Interpolation, differentiation and integration -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Finite difference operators -- 4.3 Difference tables -- 4.4 Interpolation -- 4.5 Newton’s forward formula -- 4.6 Newton’s backward formula -- 4.7 Stirling’s central difference formula -- 4.8 Numerical differentiation -- 4.9 Truncation errors -- 4.10 Summary of differentiation formulae -- 4.11 Differentiation at non-tabular points: maxima and minima -- 4.12 Numerical integration -- 4.13 Error estimation -- 4.14 Integration using backward differences -- 4.15 Summary of integration formulae -- 4.16 Reducing the truncation error 146 Worked examples 149 Problems -- 5 Ordinary differential equations -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 Euler’s method -- 5.3 Solution using Taylor’s series -- 5.4 The modified Euler method -- 5.5 Predictor-corrector methods -- 5.6 Milne’s method, Adams’ method, and Hamming’s method -- 5.7 Starting procedure for predictor-corrector methods -- 5.8 Estimation of error of predictor-corrector methods -- 5.9 Runge-Kutta methods -- 5.10 Runge-Kutta-Merson method -- 5.11 Application to higher-order equations and to systems -- 5.12 Two-point boundary value problems -- 5.13 Non-linear two-point boundary value problems 198 Worked examples 199 Problems -- 6 Partial differential equations I — elliptic equations -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 The approximation of elliptic equations -- 6.3 Boundary conditions -- 6.4 Non-dimensional equations again -- 6.5 Method of solution -- 6.6 The accuracy of the solution -- 6.7 Use of Richardson’s extrapolation -- 6.8 Other boundary conditions -- 6.9 Relaxation by hand-calculation -- 6.10 Non-rectangular solution regions -- 6.11 Higher-order equations 238 Problems -- 7 Partial differential equations II — parabolic equations -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 The conduction equation -- 7.3 Non-dimensional equations yet again -- 7.4 Notation -- 7.5 An explicit method -- 7.6 Consistency -- 7.7 The Dufort-Frankel method -- 7.8 Convergence -- 7.9 Stability -- 7.10 An unstable finite difference approximation -- 7.11 Richardson’s extrapolation 261 Worked examples 262 Problems -- 8 Integral methods for the solution of boundary value problems -- 8.1 Introduction -- 8.2 Integral methods -- 8.3 Implementation of integral methods 271 Worked examples 278 Problems -- Suggestions for further reading.
    Abstract: This book is designed for an introductory course in numerical methods for students of engineering and science at universities and colleges of advanced education. It is an outgrowth of a course of lectures and tutorials (problem­ solving sessions) which the author has given for a number of years at the University of New South Wales and elsewhere. The course is normally taught at the rate of 1i hours per week throughout an academic year (28 weeks). It has occasionally been given at double this rate over half the year, but it was found that students had insufficient time to absorb the material and experiment with the methods. The material presented here is rather more than has been taught in anyone year, although all of it has been taught at some time. The book is concerned with the application of numerical methods to the solution of equations - algebraic, transcendental and differential - which will be encountered by students during their training and their careers. The theoretical foundation for the methods is not rigorously covered. Engineers and applied scientists (but not, of course, mathematicians) are more con­ cerned with using methods than with proving that they can be used. However, they 'must be satisfied that the methods are fit to be used, and it is hoped that students will perform sufficient numerical experiments to con­ vince themselves of this without the need for more than the minimum of theory which is presented here.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Introduction1.1 What are numerical methods? -- 1.2 Numerical methods versus numerical analysis -- 1.3 Why use numerical methods? -- 1.4 Approximate equations and approximate solutions -- 1.5 The use of numerical methods -- 1.6 Errors -- 1.7 Non-dimensional equations -- 1.8 The use of computers -- 2 The solution of equations -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 Location of initial estimates -- 2.3 Interval halving -- 2.4 Simple iteration -- 2.5 Convergence -- 2.6 Aitken’s extrapolation -- 2.7 Damped simple iteration -- 2.8 Newton-Raphson method -- 2.9 Extended Newton’s method -- 2.10 Other iterative methods -- 2.11 Polynomial equations -- 2.12 Bairstow’s method 56 Worked examples 58 Problems -- 3 Simultaneous equations -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Elimination methods -- 3.3 Gaussian elimination -- 3.4 Extensions to the basic algorithm -- 3.5 Operation count for the basic algorithm -- 3.6 Tridiagonal systems -- 3.7 Extensions to the Thomas algorithm -- 3.8 Iterative methods for linear systems -- 3.9 Matrix inversion -- 3.10 The method of least squares -- 3.11 The method of differential correction -- 3.12 Simple iteration for non-linear systems -- 3.13 Newton’s method for non-linear systems -- Worked examples -- Problems -- 4 Interpolation, differentiation and integration -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Finite difference operators -- 4.3 Difference tables -- 4.4 Interpolation -- 4.5 Newton’s forward formula -- 4.6 Newton’s backward formula -- 4.7 Stirling’s central difference formula -- 4.8 Numerical differentiation -- 4.9 Truncation errors -- 4.10 Summary of differentiation formulae -- 4.11 Differentiation at non-tabular points: maxima and minima -- 4.12 Numerical integration -- 4.13 Error estimation -- 4.14 Integration using backward differences -- 4.15 Summary of integration formulae -- 4.16 Reducing the truncation error 146 Worked examples 149 Problems -- 5 Ordinary differential equations -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 Euler’s method -- 5.3 Solution using Taylor’s series -- 5.4 The modified Euler method -- 5.5 Predictor-corrector methods -- 5.6 Milne’s method, Adams’ method, and Hamming’s method -- 5.7 Starting procedure for predictor-corrector methods -- 5.8 Estimation of error of predictor-corrector methods -- 5.9 Runge-Kutta methods -- 5.10 Runge-Kutta-Merson method -- 5.11 Application to higher-order equations and to systems -- 5.12 Two-point boundary value problems -- 5.13 Non-linear two-point boundary value problems 198 Worked examples 199 Problems -- 6 Partial differential equations I - elliptic equations -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 The approximation of elliptic equations -- 6.3 Boundary conditions -- 6.4 Non-dimensional equations again -- 6.5 Method of solution -- 6.6 The accuracy of the solution -- 6.7 Use of Richardson’s extrapolation -- 6.8 Other boundary conditions -- 6.9 Relaxation by hand-calculation -- 6.10 Non-rectangular solution regions -- 6.11 Higher-order equations 238 Problems -- 7 Partial differential equations II - parabolic equations -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 The conduction equation -- 7.3 Non-dimensional equations yet again -- 7.4 Notation -- 7.5 An explicit method -- 7.6 Consistency -- 7.7 The Dufort-Frankel method -- 7.8 Convergence -- 7.9 Stability -- 7.10 An unstable finite difference approximation -- 7.11 Richardson’s extrapolation 261 Worked examples 262 Problems -- 8 Integral methods for the solution of boundary value problems -- 8.1 Introduction -- 8.2 Integral methods -- 8.3 Implementation of integral methods 271 Worked examples 278 Problems -- Suggestions for further reading.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 94
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401170062
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1. Introduction -- 1.1 Magnetotransduction -- 1.2 Discussion Boundaries -- 1.3 Model -- 1.4 Audience -- 1.5 Theme -- I: Environments Experienced by Moving Electric Charges -- 2. Basic Laws and Definitions -- 3. Chemical Effects -- 4. Magnetic Hysteresis -- 5. Thermal Effects -- 6. Mechanical Effects -- 7. Magnetic Measurements -- 8. Magnetic Resonance -- 9. Radiant Energy -- II: The Effects of Magnetic Field Changes on MovingCharged Particles -- 10. Moving Conductor -- 11. Electromagnetic Induction -- 12. Reflected Impedance -- 13. Reluctance Variations -- 14. Composite Targets -- 15. Motor Phenomena -- III: Magnetons Moving Under Tight Constraints As in a Solid or Liquid -- 16. Magnetostriction -- 17. Galvanomagnetic Effects -- 18. Magneton Order Effects -- 19. Hysteretic Effects -- 20. Size Effects -- 21. Strong Magnetic Field Effects -- IV: Magnetons Moving Under Loose Constraints As in a Vacuum or Gas -- 22. Ionic Currents -- 23. Magnetron Effects in Gas -- V: Magnetons Moving in Environments with a Very Low Energy Content -- 24. Chemical Environment -- 25. Flux Quantization -- 26. Tunneling -- Glossary of Terms.
    Abstract: The general theory of magnetism and the vast range of individual phe­ nomena it embraces have already been examined in many volumes. Spe­ cialists hardly need help in charting their way through the maze of pub­ lished information. At the same time, a nonspecialist might easily be discouraged by this abundance. Most texts are restricted in their coverage, and their concepts may well appear to be disorganized when the uninitiated attempt to consider them in their totality. Since the subject is already thoroughly researched with very little new information added year by year, this is hardly a satisfactory state of affairs. By now, it should be possible for anyone with even a minimum of technical competence to feel com­ pletely at home with all of the basic magnetic principles. The present volume addresses this issue by stressing simplicity-sim­ plicity of order and simplicity of range as well as simplicity of detail. It proposes a pattern of logical classification based on the electronic con­ sequences that result whenever any form of matter interacts with any kind of energy. An attempt has been made to present each phenomenon of interest in its most visually graphic form while reducing the verbal de­ scription to the minimum needed to back up the illustrations. This might be called a Life magazine type of approach, in which each point is prin­ cipally supported by a picture. The illustrations make use of two (perhaps unique) conventions.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. Introduction1.1 Magnetotransduction -- 1.2 Discussion Boundaries -- 1.3 Model -- 1.4 Audience -- 1.5 Theme -- I: Environments Experienced by Moving Electric Charges -- 2. Basic Laws and Definitions -- 3. Chemical Effects -- 4. Magnetic Hysteresis -- 5. Thermal Effects -- 6. Mechanical Effects -- 7. Magnetic Measurements -- 8. Magnetic Resonance -- 9. Radiant Energy -- II: The Effects of Magnetic Field Changes on MovingCharged Particles -- 10. Moving Conductor -- 11. Electromagnetic Induction -- 12. Reflected Impedance -- 13. Reluctance Variations -- 14. Composite Targets -- 15. Motor Phenomena -- III: Magnetons Moving Under Tight Constraints As in a Solid or Liquid -- 16. Magnetostriction -- 17. Galvanomagnetic Effects -- 18. Magneton Order Effects -- 19. Hysteretic Effects -- 20. Size Effects -- 21. Strong Magnetic Field Effects -- IV: Magnetons Moving Under Loose Constraints As in a Vacuum or Gas -- 22. Ionic Currents -- 23. Magnetron Effects in Gas -- V: Magnetons Moving in Environments with a Very Low Energy Content -- 24. Chemical Environment -- 25. Flux Quantization -- 26. Tunneling -- Glossary of Terms.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 95
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401170277
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Telecommunication. ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Introduction -- 1.1 Purpose and Objectives -- 1.2 Developments and Trends in Space Communications -- 1.3 Frequency Allocations and Regulatory Aspects -- References -- 2 Fundamentals of Radiowave Propagation -- 2.1 Transmission Principles -- 2.2 Antenna Gain and Free Space Attenuation -- 2.3 Polarization -- 2.4 Radiowave Frequency and Space Communications -- 2.5 Radiowave Propagation Mechanisms -- 2.6 Major Radiowave Propagation Factors in Space Communications -- References -- 3 Attenuation by Atmospheric Gases -- 3.1 Oxygen and Water Vapor Attenuation 25 -- 3.2 Total Slant Path Atmospheric Attenuation -- 3.3 Summary of Atmospheric Attenuation Procedure -- References -- 4 Hydrometeor Attenuation on Satellite Paths -- 4.1 Classical Development for Rain Attenuation -- 4.2 Rain Attenuation Measurements -- 4.3 Cloud and Fog Attenuation -- References -- 5 Rain Attenuation Prediction Methods -- 5.1 Rice Holmberg Rain Model -- 5.2 Dutton-Dougherty Attenution Prediction -- 5.3 Lin Rain Attenuation Model -- 5.4 Crane Global Rain Attenuation Model -- 5.5 CCIR Rain Attenuation Model -- 5.6 Summary -- References -- 6 Depolarization on Satellite Paths -- 6.1 Depolarization Caused By Rain -- 6.2 Ice Depolarization -- 6.3 Multipath Depolarization -- References -- 7 Radio Noise in Satellite Communications -- 7.1 Noise From Atmospheric Gases -- 7.2 Noise From Clouds -- 7.3 Noise From Rain -- 7.4 Noise From Surface Emissions -- 7.5 Noise From Extra-terrestrial Sources -- References -- 8 Scintillation, Bandwidth Coherence, and Other Propagation Factors -- 8.1 Scintillation -- 8.2 Bandwidth Coherence -- 8.3 Antenna Gain Degradation and Angle of Arrival Effects -- References -- 9 Propagation Effects on Communications Satellite Link Performance -- 9.1 Communications System Parameters -- 9.2 Link Performance in the Presence of Propagation Effects -- References -- 10 Restoration Techniques for Overcoming Severe Attenuation -- 10.1 Site Diversity -- 10.2 Power Control -- 10.3 Orbital Diversity -- 10.4 Spot Beams -- 10.5 Signal Processing Restoration Techniques -- 10.6 Summary -- References -- Appendix A Elevation Angle Dependence for Slant Path Communications Links -- Appendix B Interpolation Procedure for Atmospheric Attenuation Coefficients -- Appendix D Crane Global Rain Attenuation Model Calculation Procedure -- Appendix E CCIR Rain Attenuation Model Calculation Procedure -- Appendix F CCIR Tropospheric Scintillation Model Procedure.
    Abstract: Radiowave Propagation in Communications was written with two basic objec­ tives: (l) to present an up-to-date review of the major radiowave propagation phenomena which hinder reliable space communications, and (2) to describe how these propagation phenomena affect the design and performance of satellite communications systems. Earth-orbiting satellites are employed extensively for the relay of information in a vast array of telecommunications, meteorological, government, and sci­ entific applications. Satellite systems rely on the transmission of radiowaves to and from the satellite and are dependent on the propagation characteristics of the transmission path, primarily the earth's atmosphere. Radiowave propagation thus plays a very important part in the design and ultimate performance of space communications systems. This book presents, for the first time, the meshing in a single publication of the fundamentals of radiowave propagation factors with a discussion of the practical consequences of these factors on satellite communications systems. Two major subfie1ds are involved in this book. Radiowave propagation, which is basically applied electromagnetic theory, provides the theory and an­ alytical tools for the first several chapters. Later chapters then apply propagation effects to the field of electrical engineering involved with satellite communi­ cations. The material progresses from the essential aspects of radiowave prop­ agation to the application of practical methods and techniques in the design and performance of satellite communications systems.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Introduction1.1 Purpose and Objectives -- 1.2 Developments and Trends in Space Communications -- 1.3 Frequency Allocations and Regulatory Aspects -- References -- 2 Fundamentals of Radiowave Propagation -- 2.1 Transmission Principles -- 2.2 Antenna Gain and Free Space Attenuation -- 2.3 Polarization -- 2.4 Radiowave Frequency and Space Communications -- 2.5 Radiowave Propagation Mechanisms -- 2.6 Major Radiowave Propagation Factors in Space Communications -- References -- 3 Attenuation by Atmospheric Gases -- 3.1 Oxygen and Water Vapor Attenuation 25 -- 3.2 Total Slant Path Atmospheric Attenuation -- 3.3 Summary of Atmospheric Attenuation Procedure -- References -- 4 Hydrometeor Attenuation on Satellite Paths -- 4.1 Classical Development for Rain Attenuation -- 4.2 Rain Attenuation Measurements -- 4.3 Cloud and Fog Attenuation -- References -- 5 Rain Attenuation Prediction Methods -- 5.1 Rice Holmberg Rain Model -- 5.2 Dutton-Dougherty Attenution Prediction -- 5.3 Lin Rain Attenuation Model -- 5.4 Crane Global Rain Attenuation Model -- 5.5 CCIR Rain Attenuation Model -- 5.6 Summary -- References -- 6 Depolarization on Satellite Paths -- 6.1 Depolarization Caused By Rain -- 6.2 Ice Depolarization -- 6.3 Multipath Depolarization -- References -- 7 Radio Noise in Satellite Communications -- 7.1 Noise From Atmospheric Gases -- 7.2 Noise From Clouds -- 7.3 Noise From Rain -- 7.4 Noise From Surface Emissions -- 7.5 Noise From Extra-terrestrial Sources -- References -- 8 Scintillation, Bandwidth Coherence, and Other Propagation Factors -- 8.1 Scintillation -- 8.2 Bandwidth Coherence -- 8.3 Antenna Gain Degradation and Angle of Arrival Effects -- References -- 9 Propagation Effects on Communications Satellite Link Performance -- 9.1 Communications System Parameters -- 9.2 Link Performance in the Presence of Propagation Effects -- References -- 10 Restoration Techniques for Overcoming Severe Attenuation -- 10.1 Site Diversity -- 10.2 Power Control -- 10.3 Orbital Diversity -- 10.4 Spot Beams -- 10.5 Signal Processing Restoration Techniques -- 10.6 Summary -- References -- Appendix A Elevation Angle Dependence for Slant Path Communications Links -- Appendix B Interpolation Procedure for Atmospheric Attenuation Coefficients -- Appendix D Crane Global Rain Attenuation Model Calculation Procedure -- Appendix E CCIR Rain Attenuation Model Calculation Procedure -- Appendix F CCIR Tropospheric Scintillation Model Procedure.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 96
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401571777
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIX, 451 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 A Network in Transition -- 1.1 Introduction -- 1.2 The Network Yesterday -- 1.3 The Network Today -- 1.4 The Network Tomorrow -- 2 Speech Digitization Fundamentals -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 Speech Coding Approaches -- 2.3 Sampling -- 2.4 Quantization -- 2.5 Effect of Digitization on Bandwidth -- 2.6 Speech Digitizer Performance -- 2.7 Speech Coding Advantages -- 3 Pulse Code Modulation -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Basic PCM Encoding -- 3.3 Compression and Nonuniform Quantization -- 3.4 PCM Performance -- 4 Efficient Speech Coding Techniques -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Special PCM Techniques -- 4.3 Differential PCM -- 4.4 Delta Modulation (DM) -- 4.5 Subband Coding (SBC) -- 4.6 Adaptive Predictive Coding (APC) -- 4.7 Adaptive Transform Coding (ATC) -- 4.8 Vocoders -- 4.9 Hybrid (Waveform-Parametric) Techniques -- 4.10 Performance -- 5 Digital Techniques in the Telephone Network -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 Synchronization -- 5.3 Time-Division Multiplexing -- 5.4 Error Coders -- 5.5 Scramblers -- 5.6 Channel Coders -- 5.7 Signal Impairments in Transmission -- 5.8 Signaling and Supervision -- 5.9 Monitoring and Maintenance -- 5.10 Digital Speech Interpolation -- 5.11 Digital Repeaters -- 5.12 Digitization of the Loop Plant -- 5.13 Speech Recognition -- 5.14 Computer Voice Response -- 6 Digital Transmission -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 Digital Modulation Techniques -- 6.3 T-Carrier Systems -- 6.4 The Digital Hierarchy -- 6.5 Multiplexing -- 6.6 Error Control -- 6.7 Pair-Gain Systems -- 6.8 Retrofit -- 6.9 Testing and Fault Detection -- 7 Microwave Transmission -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 Characteristics of Microwave Propagation -- 7.3 Microwave System Engineering -- 7.4 Characteristics of Microwave Equipment -- 7.5 Digital Microwave Radio Systems -- 8 Satellite Transmission -- 8.1 Introduction -- 8.2 Characteristics of Satellite Propagation -- 8.3 Satellite System Design -- 8.4 Characteristics of Satellite System Equipment -- 8.5 Major Operational Communication Satellite Systems -- 8.6 Future Trends in Communication Satellite Systems -- 9 Fiber Optic Transmission -- 9.1 Introduction -- 9.2 Fiber Transmission Characteristics -- 9.3 Fiber Types -- 9.4 Optical Sources -- 9.5 Photodetectors -- 9.6 Coupling of Sources to Fibers -- 9.7 Repeaters and Couplers -- 9.8 Noise Sources -- 9.9 Operational and Planned Fiber Optic Systems -- 9.10 Wavelength Division Multiplexing -- 9.11 Future Optical Telephone Network -- 10 The Circuit Switching Environment -- 10.1 Introduction -- 10.2 Basic Switching Functions -- 10.3 Basic Switching System -- 10.4 Control Concepts -- 10.5 Signaling -- 10.6 Switching Network Technology -- 10.7 Why Digital Switching? -- 11 Digital Switching Architecture -- 11.1 Introduction -- 11.2 Terminal Interface Techniques -- 11.3 Switching Network Considerations -- 11.4 Service Circuit Techniques -- 11.5 Control Architectures -- 11.6 Maintenance Diagnostics and Administration -- 12 Operational Switching Systems -- 12.1 Introduction -- 12.2 Rockwell 580 DSS -- 12.3 Stromberg-Carlson System Century DCO -- 12.4 Northern Telecom DMS-100 -- 12.5 GTE GTD-5 EAX -- 12.6 AT&T No. 5 ESS -- 12.7 ITT System 1240 -- 12.8 GTE GTD-3 EAX -- 12.9 AT&T No. 4 ESS -- 13 Evolution of the Switched Digital Network -- 13.1 Introduction -- 13.2 The North American Analog Network -- 13.3 The Evolving Digital Network -- 13.4 Intra-LATA Networks -- 14 Evolution of the Integrated Services Digital Network (ISDN) -- 14.1 The ISDN Concept -- 14.2 ISDN Plans and Progress -- 14.3 Future Trends and Issues.
    Abstract: What is "digital telephony"? To the authors, the term digital telephony de­ notes the technology used to provide a completely digital point-to-point voice communication system from end to end. This implies the use of digital technol­ ogy from one end instrument through the transmission facilities and switching centers to another end instrument. Digital telephony has become possible only because of the recent and ongoing surge of semiconductor developments allowing microminiaturization and high reliability along with reduced costs. This book deals with both the future and the present. Thus, the first chapter is entitled, "A Network in Transition." As baselines, Chapters 2, 3, and 10 provide the reader with the present status of telephone technology in terms of voice digitization as well as switching principles. The book is an outgrowth of the authors' continuing engineering education course, "Digital Telephony," which they have taught since January, 1980, to attendees from business, industry, government, common carriers, and tele­ phony equipment manufacturers. These attendees come from a wide variety of educational backgrounds. but generally have the equivalent of at least a bachelor's degree in electrical engineering. The book has been written to provide both the engineering student and the practicing engineer a working knowledge of the principles of present and future voice communication systems based upon the use of the public switched network. Problems or discussion questions have been included at the ends of the chapters to facilitate the book's use as a senior level or first year graduate level course text.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 97
    ISBN: 9789401097260
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVIII, 515 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 98
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401170123
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIX, 620 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: Section 1. Design and Manufacture of Printed Circuits -- 1. How Printed Circuit Boards Are Manufactured: Processes and Materials -- 2. Computer Aided Design and Design Automation -- 3. Digital Printed Circuit Design -- Section 2. Planning, Document Control, and Quality -- 4. Definitions -- 5. Planning -- 6. Quality Assurance Program -- 7. Quality Assurance Manual -- Section 3. Imaging and Artwork -- 8. Artwork Processing -- 9. Artwork Registration Systems for Dry Film Imaging -- 10. Dry Film Imaging -- 11. Screen Printing -- Section 4. N/C Processing -- 12. Numerical Controlled Drilling and Routing -- 12A. Drilling Procedures -- Section 5. Plating and Other Wet Processes -- 13. Metal Thickness Determination -- 14. Amperage Determination -- 15. The Electroless Copper Process 300 Detecting Problems -- 16. Pattern Plating: Copper, Tin-Lead, and Other Metals -- 17. Contact Finger Plating -- 18. Resist Stripping -- 19. Etching -- 20. Tin-Lead Fusing -- Section 6. Multilayer Printed Circuits -- 21. Multilayer Processing -- 22. Etchback and Smear Removal -- Section 7. Process Control -- 23. The Laboratory -- Section 8. The Marketing Program -- 24. Sales Tools -- 25. What Sales People Should Know About Printed Circuits -- Appendix A: Yield Tracking: A Tool for Productivity -- Appendix B: CAD: Swift, Precise, Infinitely Repeatable, but Never Creative -- Appendix C: Soldermask Over Bare Copper: Alternatives and Manufacturing Techniques -- Appendix D: Control and Operation of Printed Circuit Plating Baths with the Hull Cell -- Appendix E: Troubleshooting the IR Fusing Process -- Appendix F: Preserving Solderability with Solder Coatings -- Appendix G: Screen Printing Is the Answer -- Appendix H: Forecasting Waste Treatment Requirements -- Appendix I: Wave Soldering of Discrete Chip Components.
    Abstract: Of all the components that go into electronic equipment, the printed circuit probably requires more manufacturing operations-each of which must be per­ formed by a skilled person-than any other. As a shift supervisor early in my printed circuit career, I had to hire and train personnel for all job functions. The amount of responsibility delegated to my subordinates depended strictly on how well I had been able to train them. Training people can be a trying experience and is always a time-consuming one. It behooved me to help my workers obtain the highest degree of job under­ standing and skill that they and I were capable of. One hindrance to effective teaching is poor continuity of thought, for example, having to say to a trainee, "Wait a minute; forget what I just told you. We have to go back and do some­ thing else first. " It was in trying to avoid pitfalls such as this that I undertook a detailed examination of the processes involved, what I thought each trainee had to know, and what questions they would most frequently ask. From this analysis I developed the various process procedures. Only after I had done so was I able to train effectively and with the confidence that I was doing the best possible job. Answers had to be at hand for all of their questions and in what­ ever detail they needed to know.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 99
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400948624
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: What this book covers -- some applications of portable computers -- 1. Which computer? -- Developing a selection methodology -- computers v. terminals -- portables v. hand-helds v. transportables v. plug-ins -- the ideal portable -- what to look for in a portable -- Summary — 20 portables on the market -- 2. The HX-20 -- to the HX-20 -- the hardware components -- environmental considerations -- documentation and technical support -- warranty -- prices -- 3. HX-20 BASIC -- Why and how to learn BASIC -- what to get in HX-20 BASIC -- what HX-20 BASIC is missing -- 4. Using and writing BASIC programs -- Finding and entering BASIC programs -- tips on converting programs written for other machines -- programming tips -- some BASIC programs and subroutines -- 5. The 6301 microprocessor -- Basic concepts -- to machine architecture -- programming the 6301 -- interrupts -- the real-time clock -- 6. Assembly language -- Why use machine/assembly language? an assembler -- other assemblers -- storing machine code into memory -- using the Monitor as a learning tool -- assembly language coding hints -- sample program -- 7. Forth -- An introduction to the language -- description of HCCS Forth -- 8. Communications -- The why of data communications -- The how of data communications -- 9. Word processing -- Word processing on the HX-20 -- Ffosswriter -- SkiWriter -- Intext -- Other WP/Editing programs -- 10. Inventory/stock tracking -- What to look for in an inventory system -- available inventory software -- bar code readers and software -- technical information on bar codes -- bar code printing program -- 11. Software and systems -- Packaged software and systems from the US, UK and Australia -- 12. Peripherals -- Different peripherals available: what they do, how they connect, where to get them -- 13. Operating tips -- Appendix A: Vendor List -- Where to go to buy software, hardware, supplies -- Appendix B: Where to go for more information Magazines -- Magazines, newsletters, user’s groups -- Appendix C: Portable Computer Manufacturers -- Appendix D: System Reference -- Appendix E: Computer Terminology -- Glossary of the familiar but different, as well as the totally unfamiliar.
    Abstract: Why this book? Other than the fact that I like writing about computers more than just about anything else, this book fills several real needs. No matter how many manuals a computer manufacturer puts out to accompany a syste- and some of Epson America's are very good - not everything can be covered. This book fills in the gaps. This book is unbiased, having been written independently of Epson. So, I won't be telling you to drop everything and run out to buy an HX-20. The HX- 20 is good for some uses, not so good for some others. This book is a guide to out of the machine and/or pointing you towards a different getting the most machine that might better suit your needs. At the start of this project I had to decide who was my target audience: novices, experts, or those in between? Because HX-20 owners and prospective owners don't fall into neat categories, I tried to 'cover all the bases'. Or at least as many as possible. As with any attempt to do everything, I didn't always succeed. But I did succeed in providing at least something for everyone. For those who haven't yet bought a portable - or are unsure if buying an HX-20 was the right move - there are descriptions of 20 other portables on the market. For those who have used other computers before, there's information on how Epson BASIC differs from other BASICs, with tips on converting programs.
    Description / Table of Contents: What this book coverssome applications of portable computers -- 1. Which computer? -- Developing a selection methodology -- computers v. terminals -- portables v. hand-helds v. transportables v. plug-ins -- the ideal portable -- what to look for in a portable -- Summary - 20 portables on the market -- 2. The HX-20 -- to the HX-20 -- the hardware components -- environmental considerations -- documentation and technical support -- warranty -- prices -- 3. HX-20 BASIC -- Why and how to learn BASIC -- what to get in HX-20 BASIC -- what HX-20 BASIC is missing -- 4. Using and writing BASIC programs -- Finding and entering BASIC programs -- tips on converting programs written for other machines -- programming tips -- some BASIC programs and subroutines -- 5. The 6301 microprocessor -- Basic concepts -- to machine architecture -- programming the 6301 -- interrupts -- the real-time clock -- 6. Assembly language -- Why use machine/assembly language? an assembler -- other assemblers -- storing machine code into memory -- using the Monitor as a learning tool -- assembly language coding hints -- sample program -- 7. Forth -- An introduction to the language -- description of HCCS Forth -- 8. Communications -- The why of data communications -- The how of data communications -- 9. Word processing -- Word processing on the HX-20 -- Ffosswriter -- SkiWriter -- Intext -- Other WP/Editing programs -- 10. Inventory/stock tracking -- What to look for in an inventory system -- available inventory software -- bar code readers and software -- technical information on bar codes -- bar code printing program -- 11. Software and systems -- Packaged software and systems from the US, UK and Australia -- 12. Peripherals -- Different peripherals available: what they do, how they connect, where to get them -- 13. Operating tips -- Appendix A: Vendor List -- Where to go to buy software, hardware, supplies -- Appendix B: Where to go for more information Magazines -- Magazines, newsletters, user’s groups -- Appendix C: Portable Computer Manufacturers -- Appendix D: System Reference -- Appendix E: Computer Terminology -- Glossary of the familiar but different, as well as the totally unfamiliar.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 100
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400949461
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1. Injection Moulding Derivatives -- 2. Mould Manufacture -- 3. Computer-Aided Part and Mould Design -- 4. Sprueless and Runnerless Moulding -- 5. Mould Cooling Circuits by Computer -- 6. The Injection Moulding of Reinforced Thermoplastics -- 7. The Rheology and Injection Moulding of Reinforced and Liquid Crystalline Polymers.
    Abstract: In the field of polymer technology, injection moulding is the most important moulding process. Because of the size of that industry and the rate of development which it attracts, it is impossible to present, in a single reasonably sized volume, all of the developments that have taken place in recent years. The purpose of this book is therefore to present selected topics which contribute to, or exemplify, develop­ ments in this important area. Each year considerable development takes place in the area of machine and process control and these developments receive con­ siderable publicity in the trade press. Another area which advances at the same pace, but which seems to receive far less publicity, although it is equally important, is the area of mould design and manufacture. It is important because profitability is dependent upon the design, manufacture and operation of the mould. It is for this reason that several chapters relating to mould design have been included in this, the third volume in this series. The topics covered include advances in mould manufacture, the use of runnerless systems to aid productivity, and others showing how the applications of computers can greatly assist the moulder to obtain a more productive unit.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. Injection Moulding Derivatives2. Mould Manufacture -- 3. Computer-Aided Part and Mould Design -- 4. Sprueless and Runnerless Moulding -- 5. Mould Cooling Circuits by Computer -- 6. The Injection Moulding of Reinforced Thermoplastics -- 7. The Rheology and Injection Moulding of Reinforced and Liquid Crystalline Polymers.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
Close ⊗
This website uses cookies and the analysis tool Matomo. More information can be found here...